Management plan for Coupon Bight Aquatic Preserve (draft), September 1990

[From the U.S. Government Printing Office, www.gpo.gov]

ON.

COUPON BIGHT

AQUATIC PRESERVE MANAGEMENT PLAN

1990

QH
90.75
16 DEPARTMENT OF NATURAL RESOURCES
C68
1992

DRAFT MANAGEMENT PLAN

FOR

COUPON BIGHT AQUATIC PRESERVE

SEPTEMBER 1990

MR. TOM GARDNER

Executive Director

Florida Department of Natural Resources

Division of State Lands

Bureau of Submerged Lands and Preserves

C-

Funds for this project were provided by the Department of
Environmental Regulation, Office of Coastal Management using funds
made available through the National Oceanic and Atmospheric
Administration under the Coastal Zone Management Act of 1972, as
amended.

TABLE OF CHAPTER CONTENTS

Chapter Page

1. INTRODUCTION 1

II. MANAGEMENT AUTHORITY
A. Statutory Authority 7
B. Administrative Rules
Governing Aquatic Preserves 7
C. Relationship to Other Plans and Programs 12
D. Other Management Authorities 13

III, RESOURCE DESCRIPTION
A. Location and Boundaries 17
B. Geology 17
C. Physiography ig
D. Hydrology 22
E. Water Quality 24
F. Climate 25
G. Biological Communities
1. Mangrove/Saltmarsh 26
2. Marine Grassbeds 45
3. Beach/Berm 55
4. Coral Patch Reefs 62
5. Hardbottom 77
H. Designated Species 78
I. Regional Land Use, Development
and Associated Impacts
1. Regional Land Use and Development 93
2. Local Land Use and Development 94
3. Associated Impacts 101

IV. MANAGEMENT AREAS
A. Introduction 103
B. Management Area classifications 103
C. Minimum Criteria for Allowable Uses 106
D. Resource Management Areas
(Boundary, Resource Description,
Allowable Uses and Criteria) 112

V. SITE SPECIFIC MANAGEMENT ISSUES
A. Management Issues and Special Needs 127
B. Policy Guidelines 132

VI. MANAGEMENT ACTION PLAN 135

VII. MANAGEMENT COORDINATION NETWORK
A. Federal Agencies 153
B. State Agencies 155
C. Regional Agencies 159
D. Local Governments/Agencies 160
E. Other Entities

VIII. STAFFING AND FISCAL NEEDS 165

IX. RESOURCE AND ACTIVITY MONITORING PROGRAM 169

REFERENCES 171

LIST OF FIGURES AND TABLES

Figure 1. Coupon Bight Aquatic Preserve Boundary .... 5
Figure 2. Florida Aquatic Preserves ................. 7
Figure 3. Aquatic Preserve Resource Maps ............ 27
Figure. 4. Adjacent Land Use Designations ............ 95
Figure 5. Management Area Maps ...................... 125

Table 1. Partial List of Mangrove/Saltmarsh Flora .. 30
Table 2. Partial List of Non-vascular Flora ........ 34
Table 3. Monroe County Fish Landings ............... 38
Table 4. Partial List of Mangrove/Saltmarsh Fauna .. 39
Table 5. Partial List of Marine Grassbed Fauna ..... 50
Table 6. Partial List of Beach/Berm Flora .......... 57
Table 7. Partial List of Beach/Berm Fauna .......... 60
Table 8. Partial List of Patch Reef Fauna .......... 72
Table 9. Partial List of Protected Flora ........... 89
Table 10. Partial List of Protected Fauna ........... 91
Table 11. Management Coordination Network ........... 162
Table 12. Anticipated Two-year Budget ............... 167

LIST OF APPENDICES

Appendix A. Relevant Legislation .................... 185
Chapter 18-20, F.A.C.

Copies of the legal description of the Coupon Bight Aquatic
Preservel as well as copies of Chapter 253 and 258, F.S., and
Chapter 18-21, F.A.C., may be obtained from:

Bureau of Submerged Lands and Preserves
Department of Natural Resources
3917 Commonwealth Blvd.
Mail Station 140.
Tallahassee, Florida 32399

CHAPTER I

INTRODUCTION

Coupon Bight Aquatic Preserve is located in the lower half of
the Florida Keys in Monroe County. The aquatic preserve
includes approximately 6000 acres of submerged lands in Coupon
Bight and the Atlantic ocean in a narrow band parallel to the
Newfound Harbor Keys south of Big Pine Key (Figure 1). There
are currently 42 aquatic preserves throughout the state
(Figure 2). Coupon Bight is one of three that are located in
the Key's. (Lignumivitae Key Aquatic Preserve lies in the
upper Keys and the Card Sound portion of Biscayne Bay Aquatic
Preserve is located between north Key Largo and the Florida
mainland.) Coupon Bight is unique within the state system
because it encompasses living coral reef formations.

This management plan will also address several upland habitats
contained within the Coupon Bight Buffer Project. To date, 99
acres of transitional wetlands and tropical hardwood hammock
uplands have been purchased by the Conservation and
Recreational Lands (CARL) Trust Fund. Purchase of these lands
was deemed necessary because of their environmental
sensitivity, proximity to the aquatic preserve and to protect
several species of endangered and threatened plants and
animals.

The role of the Aquatic Preserve Program is to manage and
protect the natural resources within the boundaries of a
preserve through staff programs and coordination with other
state and federal resource management programs. An integrated
management plan encompassing all the legislatively delegated
resource management and protection laws is essential in
preserving the resource values of the preserve. Local
government will also be encouraged to incorporate this plan's
policy directives into the local government comprehensive
plan.

The rich mosaic of resource types within Coupon Bight Aquatic
Preserve and the Buffer area contribute to the biological
diversity and productivity of marine systems and enhance man's
enjoyment of the area. The aquatic preserve was designated by
the Florida Legislature in 1969 to conserve and protect these
values. This plan is intended to be used as the primary tool
for management of the preserve to attain these goals. It is
designed to be site-specific in addressing resource management
issues relative to lands within the preserve.

The process of developing this management plan involved
compiling an inventory of resource information, coordinating
with other plans that have been developed for the area and
state, and identifying resource and management issues related

to present and future uses of the preserve and adjacent
uplands. various management areas will be identified or
delineated. Supporting goals, objectives and policies were
developed to be consistent with statutory authority and the
overall intent of the Aquatic Preserve Program for helping
ensure that the resources of Coupon Bight Aquatic Preserve
will remain for future generations to enjoy. As additional
resource information becomes available or as laws are
implemented or revised, changes may have to be made to the
plan to reflect those events.

The Governor and Cabinet, sitting as the Board of Trustees of
the Internal Improvement Trust Fund has been legislatively
delegated statutory authority (Section 253.03, F.S.) to
exercise proprietary control over state-owned lands and may
assign management responsibilities for those lands to
appropriate governmental agencies. Development and
implementation of this management plan will be through the
administrative support and the field staff of the Department
of Natural Resources (DNR), Division of State Lands, Bureau
of Submerged Lands and Preserves.

More specifically, this plan is divided into chapters
according to their management application:

Chapter II cites the statutory authorities upon which this
resource management program and plan are built.

Chapter III provides a description of the aquatic preserve and
details the physical, biological and cultural components of
the preserve. It also contains an overview of regional and
local land use and associated impacts.

Chapter IV delineates the management areas within the
preserve. These areas are defined by taking into account the
quantity and the quality of the biological resources in
conjunction with the use of the adjacent lands.

Chapter V presents specific needs and issues that are unique
to the preserve that are not addressed through statute or
code.

Chapter VI outlines the program's goals, objectives, and the
tasks required to fulfill those needs within the preserve for
resource management, resource protection, research, and
environmental education.

Chapter'VII identifies local, regional, state, and federal
agencies, their authorities and programs, and how they relate
and assist in protection and management of the preserve. It
also identifies non-governmental organizations, interest
groups, and individuals that have interests in or may assist
in management objectives.

Chapter VIII projects future staffing and fiscal needs
necessary for providing effective management and protection
of the preserve, as well as supporting research and
environmental education.

Chapter IX outlines a monitoring program for recording and
reporting resource changes and establishes a tracking system
for detailing the progress and accomplishments in resource
management.

81-22'W

NO NAME KEY

MODLE 8 1 G
TORCH
KEY
PINE

Z
KEY REF,mjo
KEY

/o%_SIG MANGROVE
EY

LITTLE
:t *. . ..

TORCH
RAMROD 7- fvl KEY
KEY
SPANISH

MAROON

fill C 0 u P-0 Jv
'J'10 ............
of0 6 H 7,1-
T4

Cal

... ..... .. . .
pil
0

. . . . . . . . . .

C14A
,,=ISLAW . .. ...
..... .. ...
14 A
ON.
bill
%1SLANDI

LEGEND

PAVED ROAD-HIGH TYPE

LOCATION US NUMBERED HIGIWAY

&AIUATIC PRESERVE MAP OF
K.MOLA COUPON BIGHT AQUATIC PRESERVE
(AQUATIC PRESERVE NO.25)
MONROE COUNTY. FLORIDA
CREATED BY
STATE OF FLORIDA. BOARD OF
TRUSTEES OF THE INTERNAL IMPROVEMENT TRUST FUND
OCTOBER 21, 1969

PREPARED BY CA.KNOX
BUREAU OF HISTORICAL AND
ENVIRONMENTAL LAND MANAGEMENT
JANUARY.19"

tl w.T

FIGURE I

J
"A

77-
T i
-J
ITA I

IARIM
QKKKI
*16

AQUATIC
PRESERVES

cCKNITv -,a

cl-
m Ll
ImmoK

MIT

LIKKNI

AZI

IM-KII,

AQUATIC PRESERVES ARE ESTABLISHED
13Y THE FLORIDA LEGISLATURE AND
INCLUDE ONLY STATE OWNED v
SOVEREIGNTY SUBMERGED LANDS.
THE GOVERNOR AND CABINET SITTING r-.-.
AS TRUSTEES OF THE INTERNAL
IMPROVEMENT TRUST FUND ARE -K
MANAGERS OF THESE AREAS.

FOR MORE INFORMATION REGARDING
AQUATIC PRESERVES CONTACT:

DEPARTMENT OF NATURAL RESOURCES
D141SION OF STATE LANDS

BUREAU OF AQUATIC PRESERVES KIT

3900 COMMONWEALTH BLVD
TALLAHASSEE,FLORIDA 32303
CREATID IN CAMOL A. K@

FIGURE 2

CHAPTER II

MANAGEMENT AUTHORITY

A. STATUTORY AUTHORITY

The primary statutory authorities available to the staff for
the management of aquatic preserves are found in Chapters 253
and 258F Florida Statute (F.S.) . In particular, Sections
258.35-258.24 enacted in 1975 by the Florida Legislature
represent the Florida Aquatic Preserves Act. These statutes
set forth a standardized management criteria for all
designated aquatic preserves and represent the primary laws
governing the use of sovereignty submerged lands. These
authorities also clearly establish the proprietary management
role of the Governor and Cabinet in their capacity as the
Board of Trustees of the Internal Improvement Trust Fund. All
management responsibilities assig@ed to the Trustees may be
fulfilled directly by the Governor and Cabinet or indirectly
via staff through delegations of authority, management
agreements, or other legal mechanisms. All references to the
"Board" or the "Trustees" in this plan potentially include
staff in addition' to the Governor and Cabinet themselves.

Aquatic Preserve staff may be designated to review requests
for use of state-owned lands and provide comments to the Board
of Trustees, via the Division of State Lands and Department of
Natural Resources administrative staff, relevant to the
environmental impacts of a proposed use. The staff review is
conducted within the confines of Section 258.:42, F.S., and in
conjunction with other governmental bodies, comments and
recommendations are presented to the Board as an agenda item
for their deliberations.

B. ADMINISTRATIVE RULES GOVERNING AQUATIC PRESERVES

Chapters 18-20 and 18-21, Florida Administrative Code
(F.A.C.), are two administrative rules directly applicable to
the DNR's/Trustees' actions regarding uses of lands in aquatic
preserves and other state-owned submerged lands.

1. CHAPTER 18-20, F.A.C.

Chapter 18-20, F.A.C., addresses the aquatic preserves and
derives its authority from Sections 258.35, 258.36, 258.37 and
258.38, F.S., and is found in Appendix A. The intent of this
rule is contained in Section 18-20.001, F.A.C., which states:

11(l) All sovereignty lands within a preserve shall be
managed primarily for the maintenance of essentially
natural conditions, the propagation of fish and

wildlife, and public recreation, including hunting and
fishing where deemed appropriate by the Board and the
managing agency.

(2) The aquatic preserves which are described in Section
258.392, F.S., and in 18-20.002, F.A.C., were
established for the purpose for being preserved in an
essentially natural or existing condition so that their
aesthetic, biological and scientific values may endure
for the enjoyment of future generations.

(3) The preserves shall be administered and managed in
accordance with the following goals:

(a) To preserve, protect, and enhance these
exceptional areas of sovereignty submerged lands
by reasonable regulation of human activity within
the preserves through the development and
implementation of a comprehensive management
program;

(b) To protect and enhance the waters of the preserves
so that the public may continue to enjoy the
traditional recreational uses of those waters such
as swimming, boating, and fishing;

(c) To coordinate with federal, state, and local
agencies to aid in carrying out the intent of the
Legislature in creating the preserves;

(d) To use applicable federal, state, and local
management programs, which are compatible with
the intent and provisions of. the act and these
rules, to assist in managing the preserves;

(e) To encourage the protection, enhancement or
restoration of the biological, aesthetic, or
scientific values of the preserves, including but
not limited to the modification of existing man-
made conditions toward their natural condition,
and discourage activities which would degrade the
aesthetic, biological, or scientific values, or
the quality, or utility of a preserve, when
reviewing applications, or when developing and
implementing management plans for the preserve;

(f) To preserve, promote, and utilize indigenous life
forms and habitats, including but not limited to:
sponges, soft coral, hard corals, submerged
grasses, mud flats, estuarine, aquatic and marine
reptiles, game and non-game fish species,
estuarine, aquatic and marine invertebrates,

estuarine, aquatic and marine 'mammals, birds,
shellfish and mollusks;

(g) To acquire additional title interests in lands
wherever such acquisitions would serve to protect
and enhance the biological aesthetic, or
scientific values of the preserves;

(h) To maintain those beneficial hydrologic and
geologic functions, the benefits of which accrue
to the public at large."

2. CHAPTER 18-21, F.A.C.

Chapter 18-21, F.A.C., controls activities conducted on state-
owned submerged lands and is predicated upon the provisions of
Sections 253.12 and 253.03, F.S. The stated intent of this
administrative rules is:

11(l) To aid in fulfilling the trust and fiduciary
responsibilities of the Board of Trustees of the
Internal Improvement Trust Fund for the administration,
management and disposition of sovereignty lands;

(2) To insure maximum benefit and use of sovereignty lands
for all the citizens of Florida;

(3) To manage, protect, and enhance sovereignty lands so
that the public may continue to enjoy traditional uses
including but not limited to, navigation,fishing,- and
swimming;

(4) To manage and provide maximum protection for all
sovereignty lands, especially those important to public
drinking water supply, shellfish harvesting, public
recreation, fish and wildlife propagation and
management;

(5) To insure that all public and private activities on
sovereignty lands which generate revenues or exclude
traditional public uses provide just compensation for
such privileges; and

(6) To aid in the implementation of the State Lands
Management Plan."

Chapter 18-21.0041 provides more specific statements regarding
multi-slip docking facilities in the Florida Keys Marina and
Dock Siting Policies and criteria. This section of the F.A.C.
requires consistency and conformity with the "Principles for
Guiding Development in the Florida Keys Area of Critical State

Concern" designation (Chapters 27F-8, -9, -10, -11, -12, -13,
and -15, F.A.C.). In summary, this rule. is intended to
protect endangered, threatened and species of special concern,
the Florida Reef Tract, other corals, wetland and submerged
vegetation, and benthic communities. Additionally, this rule
requires that facilities be located in areas with, adequate
tidal flushing and adequate water depths to avoid dredging and
other bottom disturbance. More specific criteria require a
minimum depth of -4 f eet and that depth be adequate in the
mooring, turning and access channel areas, with greater depth
requirements for those facilities intended for mooring of
boats with drafts greater than 3 feet. Specific structure
design criteria are also contained with Chapter 18-21.

C. RELATIONSHIP TO OTHER PLANS AND PROGRAMS

As mandated in 18-20.001, 3 (a), F.A.C., this plan, as well as
plans for other aquatic preserves have and are being developed
as funding is made available. Presently, 14 management plans
have been approved by the Trustees, which cover 21 of the
State's 42 aquatic preserves. Former plans were designed to
be generic in nature, with policies and management guidance
generally applicable to all aquatic preserves. However, this
plan and all future plans will be more site-specif ic and
contain policy guidance and directives applicable to an
individual preserve. The former management plans were
incorporated into rule in 1988. This and future plans will be
similarly incorporated. As such, these plans carry the same
authority as do Chapters 18-20 and 18-21, F.A.C.
The Conceptual State-'Lands Management Plan, adopted on March
17, 1981, and amended by the Trustees on July 7, 1981 and
March 15, 1983, contain specific policies concerning spoil
islands, submerged land leases, "Outstanding Native Florida
Landscapes", unique natural features, seagrass beds,
archaeological and historical resources, and endangered
species. These policies provide management direction for the
Aquatic Preserve Program.

The State Comprehensive Plan, established by Chapter 187,
F.S., provides board policy guidance for the development of
management plans for the statewide system of aquatic
preserves, Therefore, the goals, objectives and policies set
forth in this aquatic preserve management plan are designed to
be consistent with the goals and policies of the State
Comprehensive Plan pertaining to the water resources, coastal
and marine resources and natural systems.

The Local Government Comprehensive Planning Act of 1975
(Section 163.3163, F.A.C.) (as amended by Chapter 85-55, Laws
of Florida, to the Local Government Comprehensive Planning and
Land Development Regulation Act) requires that all.counties in

Florida have a Local Government Comprehensive Plan (LGCP) by
1990. Monroe County government is required to provide
planning for various elements including: housing, physical
facilities, land use, conservation, and coastal zone
protection. This plan has been developed to be consistent
with present conservation and coastal management elements of
the local government plan and will endeavor to provide
criteria and standards that will' be used in local plan
revision. Monroe County's LGCP will be submitted in September
of 1990. When the LGCP plan is adopted, applicable policy
statements will be incorporated into this management plan.

D. OTHER MANAGEMENT AUTHORITIES

Other Department of Natural Resources management authorities
applicable to aquatic preserves include management and
protection of fisheries and marine mammals as well as beach
and shore preservation programs outlined in Chapters 370 and
161, F.S., respectively. Land acquisition programs conducted
under the Environmentally Endangered Lands (EEL) authorities
of Chapter 259, F.S., and the Conservation and Recreation
Lands (CARL) program, authorized by Chapter 253, F.S., will
enhance management and protection of the natural resources
within the aquatic preserves.

Chapter 403, F.S., which is an important adjunct to Chapters
253 and 258, F.S., governs, in part, the State's regulatory
programs affecting water quality and biological resources.
The Department of Environmental Regulation (DER), through a
permitting and certification process, administers this
program. Section 253.77, F.S., as amended by the Warren S.
Henderson Wetlands Protection Act of 1984, requires that any
person requesting use of state-owned land to have approval of
the proposed use from the Trustees before commencing the
activity. An interagency agreement between DNR and DER
provides an avenue for staff comments on the potential
environmental impacts of projects in aquatic preserves through
the DER permitting process. Additionally, the DER has
designated through administrative rule, a series of
waterbodies as Outstanding Florida Waters (OFWs) . The DER has
adopted stringent use criteria for these OFWs, The inclusion
of all aquatic preserve waters within this classification
greatly enhances the protective provisions of Chapter 258,
F.S. As the designated 1130611 Coastal Zone Management Agency,
the DER also provides a source of funding matched by federal
monies for data collection and planning in various areas.
Funding for this plan was provided, in part, from these
sources.

The DER's administrative rules of primary significance to the
aquatic preserve management program are based upon the
authorities contained in Chapter 403, F.S. Chapter 17-3,

F.A.C., addresses water quality standards and establishes the
OFW category. Chapter 17-4, F.A.C., addresses permit
requirements.

Other opportun ities f or environmental review and input into
activities potentially affecting aquatic preserves are
af forded by the Department of Community Af f airs (DCA). The
DCA is statutorily responsible for administering the
Development of Regional Impact (DRI) and Area of Critical
State Concern (ACSC) designation. The DRI program, authorized
by Section 380.06, F.S., was established by the Legislature to
provide a review and monitoring procedure for those
development projects potentially affecting more than one
county. The Governor and Cabinet designated the Florida Keys
as an Area of Critical State Concern on April 15, 1975. A
prime objective of the designation and regulations (or
"Principles for Guiding Development" established for the Keys
'1984) was to strengthen local land use management
capabilities. DCA has been working with the local governments
in a cooperative intergovernmental effort to meet this
objective. DCA also has the authority to approve or amend the
local comprehensive growth management plan and implement land
use regulation within the ACSC.

The Department of State's Division of Archives, History, and
Records Management (DAHRM) is legislatively assigned to
preserve and manage Florida's archaeological and historical
resources. DAHRM holds title to the cultural resources
loca'ted on state-owned lands, including state-owned submerged
lands, pursuant to Chapter,267, F.S.

The Department of Health and Rehabilitative Services (HRS) ,
under their public mandate, administers two programs directly
affecting the aquatic preserve management program. The
regulation of septic tanks is typically administered by the
county health department. The arthropod (mosquito) control
program is implemented through the local Mosquito Control
District (MCD). Administration of these programs may
potentially have significant impacts upon the aquatic
preserve. Although there is no legislatively created vehicle,
establishment of close working relationships between the
aquatic preserve staff and HRS is a necessary element of the
aquatic preserve management program.

The South . Florida Water Management District (SFWMD)
administers permitting programs for the local potable water
supply, stormwater discharges, and some dredge and fill
activities. Stormwater discharges in the area of the aquatic
preserve may potentially affect certain management objectives.
Close coordination with SFWMD permitting review is indicated
when a particular project could pose threats to the quality or
quantity of water introduced into the preserve.

Additional agencies and organizations that have inte rests or
regulatory authority within the aquatic preserve or the
adjacent uplands are listed in Chapter VII (Management
Implementation Network) of this plan.

CHAPTER III

RESOURCE DESCRIPTION

The geology, climate, and hydrology of the Florida Keys have
combined to create a unique environment suitable for
colonization by tropical plants and animals that are highly
specialized and limited to a relatively small geographic area
on this continent. Coupon Bight Aquatic Preserve encompasses
a variety of habitats or communities that support many of this
species.

Detailed information on the resources (e.g., species lists,
water quality data, archaeological and historical site
information, life histories, supporting maps, cultural
resource information, etc.) is listed in the following
sections. The resource information presented in this chapter
is intended to be generally descriptive of major management
functions and resources in the area of the preserve.

A. LOCATION AND BOUNDARIES

Coupon Bight Aquatic Preserve is located in the lower half of
the Florida Keys archipelago. Lying south of the main land
mass of Big Pine Key, the preserve is bounded on the north and
east by the extension of that land area and on the south by
the twelve foot depth contour in the Atlantic Ocean. The
western boundary runs from the 12 foot Atlantic contour along
the 6 foot depth contour of Newfound Harbour Channel in a
northeasterly direction to the southwestern tip of Big Pine
Key. The privately owned Newfound Harbor Keys lie between the
interior waters of the Bight and the Atlantic portions of the
preserve. Only state-owned submerged lands are included
within the boundary. Total area is approximately 6000 acres.

Additionally, this management plan will address state-owned
uplands acquired through the Conservation and Recreational
Lands Coupon Bight Buffer project. Approximately 100 acres of
mangrove/ saltmarsh and tropical hardwood hammock areas have
been purchased to date.

B. GEOLOGY

Both the ancient and modern geology of the Florida Keys is
reflective of the biological communities and the marine
environment that have shaped and continue to influence the
configuration of these islands and adjacent marine areas. In
geological time, the area is still very young and the present
epoch heralds further change as sea levels rise with the
retreat of glacial ice fields.

The present geological formations began 100,000 years ago
during the Pleistocene Era when sea level was approximately 25
feet above present level. Corals and other marine organisms
assimilated calcium carbonate from marine waters and
constructed reef formations very similar to the living reefs
of today. As the plants and animals died, their skeletal
remains became part of the fossilized patch reefs and sea
floor that were exposed as sea level receded during the
Wisconsin glaciation period. The glacial fields bound up
large volumes of the earth's water and sea level dropped to
approximately 325 feet below present levels. The exposed
limestone was subjected to the erosive forces of wind, rain,
and plants and began to take on its present appearance.
During the recent Holocene period, sea level rose to 'its
present level and is continuing a slow rise of about two
inches every 100 years (Hoffmeister, 1974, Wanless, 1969).
More recent calculations by Wanless (1989) estimate that sea
level in Florida may be rising at 8-16 inches per 100 years.

The geological formations of the Keys may be further
subdivided into two distinct physiographic and geologic
regions. The Upper Keys (from Soldier Key to the eastern edge
of Big Pine Key) are distinguished by the elongate dome and
linear configurations that are the remains of the ancient
coral reefs. Elevations may rise 15-18 feet above sea level
near the center of the northern most islands. This porous
aggregate of fossil skeletal remains is referred to as the
"Key Largo limestone" formation. Many of the fossilized
remains are recognizable as the progenitors of species that
inhabit the reef today (Multer, 1977) (Hof fmeister and Multer,
1964).

In the Lower Keys (Big Pine Key to Key "'West), the Key Largo
limestone is overlain by the Miami limestone formation, or
Miami oo.lite. The Miami limestone was formed in a. high
energy,, shallow water environment with low silt content and
high levels of calcium carbonate. Spherical ooid films were
cemented together in dense layers around a core material,
usually a grain of sand (Multer, 1977).

The geological interface of these two formations is exposed
near the Long Beach area at the eastern boundary of the
preserve. Some areas have been obliterated by road building
and other earth moving activities. Other areas have been
exposed by the same activities and the construction of
drainage ditches. The submerged portions of the interface
within the Coupon.Bight are difficult.to distinguish,-having
been buried by layers of silt and detritus. Small ledges and
outcroppings encountered while mapping community distribution
in 1985 may be an indicator of the submerged portions of the
interface. observations by Howard et al., (1970) described
the Key Largo limestone as underlying the southern one-third
of the Bight.

Although the exposed portions of the interface are presently
outside the boundary of the preserve, every effort should be
made to encourage protection of this locally significant point
of geological interest.

The Miami limestone is not as porous as the Key Largo
formation. Acid etched solution features form depressions
that retain freshwater. These freshwater lenses influence the
biological communities. They support a variety of plants and
animals that are not found in the Upper Keys and are more
closely akin to communities on the mainland. .This is
especially true on Big Pine Key and No Name Key where
pinelands and cattail (Typha) marshes are common upland
features.

C. PHYSIOGRAPHY

Based upon biogeography and physical characteristics, the
modern geologic environments of the preserve may be divided
into three regions: lagoon, nearshore and patch reef. Each
environment or region is significantly influenced by existing
basement geology, as well as tidal circulation patterns and
the biological communities that occur in each.

1. Lagoon

Coupon Bight is a shallow semi-enclosed basin approximately
2.2 miles (3.5 kilometers) long and 1.6 miles (2.5 kilometers)
wide and with an average 6 foot (1. 8 meter) depth near the
center. Tidal circulation in the shallow-water bay is
restricted by the land mass of Big Pine Key on the north and
east, to a lesser extent by the Newfound Harbor Keys on the
south, and the bay mouth bank at the western opening of the
Bight. The deep sediments associated with the bay mouth bar
are the result of hydrological transport and deposition from
Newfound Harbor and Big Pine Channels. Turtle grass
(Thalassia testudinum) is a major influence in stabilizing the
bank and in trapping additional sediments.

The lagoon environment of t he Bight is characterized by
varying depths of sediments over bedrock. Exposed portions of
the basement rock are colonized by sponges, small corals or
algae. (This type on environment is referred to as hardbottom,
hardgound or live bottom by various authors. For purposes of
this management plan it will be referred to as hardbottom.)
Areas of deeper sediments are colonized by marine grasses and
algae. Areas of thinner sediments are dominated by algae,
sponges or sparse colonies of grasses6

Major sediment constituents are fragments of calcareous algae,
Foraminifers, rock and mollusk shells. Minor constituents of
scleractinian corals, crustacean carapaces and echinoderm

ossicles, and pellets are also present. The abundant coral
skeletal fragments in the southern portion of the Bight are
transported from the Atlantic nearshore to the south through
the'tidal passes between the New Found Harbor Keys. The
sediment facies are generally reflective of the living biota
that occur within the Bight today. There are 55 species of
Foraminifera and approximately 94 species of mollusks
represented within the Bight (Howard et al., 1970) (Howard and
Faulk, 1968).

2. Nearshore

The submerged substrate seaward of the Newfound Harbor Keys
slopes gradually from the shoreline to the edge of Hawks
Channel. As in the Bight, sediment depth over bedrock is a
major factor in determining the distribution of community
associations and individual organisms that shape the
geophysical environment. The intertidal zone is typically a
broad, shallow shelf of the exposed bedrock material with a
thin veneer of sediment. The crenelate, solution pocked
surface is the product of the soluble nature of limestone and
the burrowing and boring organisms that inhabit the intertidal
ZOV. pponges,.worms, crustaceans, mollusks, and echinoderms
ar major erosive agents in these areas. As it is being
eroded, crustose and filamentous algae bind sediments and as
they Are alternately wetted and dried, form a karst-like layer
over the underlying limestone in the intertidal zone
(Ginsburg, 1953; Neuman, 1966; Robertson, 1963).

Subtidal areas are typically colonized by hardbottom
communities where sediment is thin. Clear, shallow waters
nearshore support impressive colonies of clubbed finger coral
(Porites) and coraline algae near Cooks and Big Munson
Islands. Their skeletal remains form a large proportion of
the sediment in the passes between the Newfound Harbor Keys
and may be deposited in the Bight during storm events and high
tides. In deeper water, sponges, gorgonians, algae and small
colonies of stony corals tend to dominate. This hardbottom
community is the most common association in the Atlantic
portion of the preserve. As in the Bight, the basement rock
is dotted with shallow, sediment filled depressions that
support sea grass beds of varying dimensions and density.

3. Patch Reef

Patch -reefs develop on hardbottom substrate where other
environmental factors are favorable. These three dimensional
features are elevated, solid frameworks of living organisms
(and their skeletal remains) that are actively building the
geological record of the future. Major reef building
organisms are the stony corals (Scleractinia) and coraline
algae.

In the early stages of patch reef development, the f auna is
dominated by pioneering species such as f inger corals (Porites
spp.), rose coral (Manicina areolata) and golfball coral
(Favia fragum). These are smaller nonreef building species.
The corals assimilate and redistribute calcium carbonate in
the f orm of an exoskeleton. Over time, these corals live,
die, erode, and recolonize the hardbottom, transforming it
into a very different community. They will consolidate the
hardbottom, into a substrate dominated by coral and coral
skeletal material. The larger coral colonies then have a
foundation for colonization. The primary frame builders of
this stage of the reef are the starlet corals (Siderastrea
sp.), star corals (Montastraea sp.) and the brain corals
(Diploria-sp.). The more massive corals add vertical relief
and numerous micro-habitats that offer sustenance to a vast
array of other organisms (Japp, 1984).

Many other organisms are instrumental in the geological
formation of the reef. Some are active bioerosive forces that
bore or feed upon corals and fragment the exoskeleton. This
sediment is thus redistributed on the reef where other
physical and geochemical agents consolidate loose sediments
and provide additional substrate for reef expansion (Ginsburg
and Schroeder, 1973). Exported sediment is redistributed in
other marine areas or washed ashore to form beaches and berm.
This course carbonate "sand" or rubble is remarkably different
from the quartzous silica of other shorelines in Florida. The
fine grained silica sands of riverine systems make up only a
small proportion of the beach sediments in the Keys.

The growth and distribution of patch reefs is governed by
several other physical and biological factors. They are not
arranged haphazardly but lie in areas that not only offer
suitable substrate, but have access to.the photic zone, warm
water temperatures, nutrients from the waters of Florida
Straits and protection from the excessive sediments,
temperature and salinity fluctuations of Florida Bay
(Hoffmeister and Multer, 1968). Given optimum local
conditions a coral colony may grow as much as 190 inches
(482.6 cm) in a thousand years (0.2 inches or .5 cm/year)
(Shinn et al., 1977).

The amounts of calcium carbonate (CaC03) associated with coral
reefs is a good indicator of this community's importance as a
geological agent. As much as 163 metric tons of CaC03 can be
fixed by a moderate sized reef shelf in a single year (Stearn
et al., 1977) . Primary fixing agents are the stony corals and
the crustose coraline algae. In warmer climates growth may be
triple this annual rate (Adey, 1977). Thus, the patch reef is
a significant engineer of both past and future geology in
tropical waters.

D. HYDROLOGY

The present geological landforms and the hydrological regime
interact to influence the distribution of biological
communities and ongoing process of deposition and erosion that
sculpture the appearance of the area. The islands of the
Lower Keys are oriented on a perpendicular axis to the Upper
Keys islands. The numerous north/south channels that separate
the Lower keys allows the sediment laden waters of the Gulf of
Mexico and Florida Bay to mix with the Atlantic Ocean. The
longshore currents and eddies that circulate from the north--@
bound Gulf stream flow roughly parallel to the island
shorelines in a southwesterly direction. Silt and sediments
from the channels are transported by these currents. As
current velocity diminishes, sediments fall to the bottom
forming bars-.or filling in depressions in the bedrock.

The distribution of patch reefs within the preserve is
affected by the proximity of the two channels east and west of
the preserve boundaries and by the barrier created by the
Newfound Harbor Keys. Turbid waters from Pine Channel are
diverted to the southwest by Little Munson and Big Munson
Islands and the bay mouth bar on the west side of Coupon
Bight. Circulation of the waters from Coupon Bight is
obstructed by bars that shoal the passes between the islands.
The larger patch reefs lie in the "shadow" or sheltered area,
seaward of Big Munson island, in those areas where the
island's land mass acts as a barrier to the turbid, cooler
waters of Florida Bay and Coupon Bight.

Sediment laden waters from Spanish Harbor (Bogie) Channel are
propelled along the shoreline of the Long Beach area at the
eastern side of the preserve. Fewer patch reefs are located
in that portion of the preserve as a result of the excessive
sediments and fluctuating salinities and temperatures. For
this same reason, the best developed beach strand also occurs
in this area. Fine sediments are sorted and transported, then
deposited on the shoreline in the Long Beach area.

Hydrological regime within Coupon Bight also plays a role in
the distribution of biological communities in the lagoon.
Water flow and circulation is governed almost entirely by the
proximity to Big Pine Channel. Hydrological patterns affect
the distribution of sediments and deposits reach maximum depth
in the area of the bay-mouth 'bar at the edge of Big Pine
Channel. The bar acts as a barrier to circulation and a
catchment for additional deposits of sediments from the
channel. The bay-mouth bar and the shoals between the
Newfound Harbor Keys restrict tidal import and export of vital
nutrients and creates conditions of highly variable salinities
and temperatures within the Bight. The more diverse
biological communities occur in the northeastern corner of the
lagoon where larger volumes of water from the channel are

circulated. As the circulation pattern diminishes toward the
eastern portions of the Bight, the biological communities are
correspondingly less diverse with distance f rom the channel
(Howard et al., 1970).

Wind plays a secondary role in the hydrological patterns in
the lagoon. The shallow waters are easily agitated and fine
sediments are easily suspended by wind-driven currents.
Suspended sediments inhibit photosynthetic activity by
reducing light penetration and thus may determine the variety
and density of marine f lora. Water near the center of the
lagoon is frequently turbid and marine grass beds in deeper
portions of the Bight are usually sparse even though sediment
depths are adequate to support them (pers. obser.) . Waters
along most of the leeward shorelines of the New Found Harbor
Keys are protected from wind/currents and tend to be
relatively clear. Grass beds in these areas are generally
lush and expansive.

Historically, Coupon Bight may have been open to additional
circulation from Big Pine and Spanish Harbor Channels. The
restricted baylet at the northeast corner of the Bight appears
to have been open to circulation currents from Spanish Harbor
Channel and was most probably obstructed during the
construction of U.S. Highway 1 or during the railroad era. An
existing mangrove creek was connected to Spanish Harbor
channel at the southeast corner of the Bight. This creek has
been interrupted by the construction of the Long Beach and
U.S. Highway 1 roadways and a marina/campground at the
channel's edge. A similar creek, or slough, exists near the
center of the north shoreline and angles toward the northwest.
It has been interrupted by a series of residential finger
canals and roadways before it connects to Pine Channel.

Little researched information is available regarding the more
recent events that have perpetuated or altered the hydrology
of the Bight. The effects that these events have had upon the
distribution and diversity of marine organisms is therefore
purely speculative. The gradual rise (or retreat) in sea
level is yet another factor that will determine the future
configuration of emergent lands and hydrological regime in the
area. Additional observation and research may reveal the
patterns of biological succession that can be anticipated.

Tide cycles are . semi-diel, having two highs and two lows
within each lunar period. Tidal flood enters the Bight via
the channel north of the bay mouth bar and to a lesser extent
through the passes between the Newfound Harbor Keys. Velocity
gradually diminishes traveling eastward and is barely
perceptible in the constricted baylets. Tidal ebb typically
moves in the reverse direction (Howard et al., 1970). Tidal
range is approximately 2 feet with higher and lower tides
experienced durin g full and new moon phases. Low elevations

of adjacent wetlands contributes to frequent flooding during
these events.

E. WATER QUALITY

The Florida Department of Environmental Regulation (DER) has
designated waters of the . preserve as Outstanding Florida
Waters (OFW) (17-3.041, F.A.C.). As such, these waters are to
be afforded the highest protection possible. To qualify for
this designation, water quality must be maintained within the
established standards. All activities that may potentially
alter these standards are evaluated accordingly.

Water quality data is limited in the area of the preserve.
DER maintains a monitoring station west of Newfound Harbor
Channel, outside the preserve boundary. Data from this
station is generally reflective of ambient conditions since
1982. A summary of conditions for both ambient and impacted
stations was published in "Report to the Environmental
Regulation commission on the Proposed Designation of the
Florida Keys as an Outstanding Florida Water" (DER, 1984). A
short term study by Newfound Harbor Marine Institute
(Unpublished, 1987) provides limited data. Present proposals
for research include an extension of the previous study.

Other research centered on the effects of septic tank effluent
on ground and surface waters in the Big Pine Key area. This
study has determined that septic effluent increases
contamination in ground waters during the dry (winter) season
and that horizontal subsurface transport introduces these
effluents to contiguous (marine) surface waters during the wet
(summer) period. Nutrient loading of surface waters is also
indicated with the use of aerobic treatment units with shallow
injection wells. The non-saline wastewater effluent is
buoyant and rises within the rock strata to mix with surface
waters. Continued increases in land use density and use of
on-site sewage disposal systems (OSDS) are predicted to
increase nutrient contamination of marine waters. (La Pointe,
1989).

Highly publicized reports on the recent decline of marine
grass beds in the eastern portion of the Bight attribute the
loss to water pollution from upland development (Estrin,
1988). However, Howard et al., (1970) described.this area as
having 'generally sparse' marine grasses and algae as early as
1967. Howard further points out that 'the primary factor in
biotic distribution (in the Bight) is the type of substrate
present. I Extreme temperatures and highly variable salinities
would also tend to inhibit grasses in this area.

F. CLIMATE

The nearly tropical climate is characterized by mild, dry
winters and warm, humid summers. Prevailing trade winds from
the east and southeast are occasIonally interrupted by winter
cold fronts that move over the area from the north or
northwest in the winter and infrequent tropical storms and
depressions in the summer months (Warzeski, 1976). The
average rainfall at Key West is 39.8 inches per year with
large peaks occurring in June and September (NOAA, 1965,
1979). Rainfall increases from Key West to the Upper Keys by
about five inches per year. Summer thunderstorms and the
occasional tropical storm provide the bulk of the rainfall,
with minor amounts associated with the winter cold fronts.

Annual average air temperature (measured at.Key West) is 77.5
degrees Fahrenheit (F). Seasonal mean highs of 84.7 degrees
F occur in July and August. Mean lows of 69.0 degrees F occur
during December and January (NOAA, 1965, 1979). Ambient
temperatures are a direct influence of the Gulf Stream
(Jordan, 1973). Neither frost nor freeze have been recorded
for the area. As with most maritime climates, average
humidity is typically high.

The tropical storms and hurricanes . that visit this area
deserve more than a casual mention. They tend to have major
effects on the biology and natural features of a large area
and on the activities of the human populations that visit and
inhabit those areas. The long term benefits and deficits to
the natural environment are poorly understood. Ball et al.,
(1967) and Craighead and Gilbert (1962) reported extensive
biological and geological rearrangement and destruction of the
coastal zone in South Florida and the Keys after the passage
of Hurricane Donna in 1960. The greatest destruction or
erosion of shorelines occurred where shoreline vegetation ' or
shallow water marine grassbeds had been previously damaged or
destroyed. Recovery of these areas was hindered by these
alterations, as erosion often continued after the initial
onslaught of the storm (Multer, 1977).

It is necessary to understand a hurricane's potential as a
destructive agent and to be prepared for its occurrence. It
is also necessary to plan development that will minimize
destruction of natural communities. Although these natural
communities may be severely damaged by hurricanes, the corals,
grass beds and mangroves provide a natural buffer that can
reduce the severity of impacts on coastal areas. - They
demonstrate a capacity to recover when functional integrity
has not been undermined by manmade alterations to biological
and geological features.

G. BIOLOGICAL COMMUNITIES

This section will discuss some of the plant and animal
associations within the preserve. Individual species are
grouped in representative community types based upon dominance
or absence of certain floral and faunal constituents. General
descriptions and species lists are intended to be reflective
of the community being discussed under each subheading. The
listing of a species in one community does not limit its
occurrence to only that community. Each community association
is presented separately, but in reality they display an
infinite variety of mixed. and interdependent associations.
Major community associations in the preserve are
mangrove/saltmarsh, coastalbeach or berm, marine grassbeds,
hardbottom and patch reefs. Figure 3 illustrates the
submerged vegetation resources of the preserve.

Subtle differences in geology, topography, microclimate and
other physical parameters may determine the initial dominance
of a particular association in an area, or the particular area
may be modified by the existing biota and thus evolve or
succeed into an entirely different association. The natural
components of the environment are never static and usually
progress in an orderly sequence of change from one sere to the
next. Each succeeding sere is generally more complex and
diverse than the previous association.. Those communities that
have reached a climax or balanced condition are usually most
productive in terms of biomass and species diversity.

Catastrophic events, such as hurricanes and man-made
alteration of natural features disrupt orderly progression and.
may set back the sere to an earlier stage that is less
productive. Many of the man-made disturbances will be
discussed in the text. .These changes not only inhibit or
reverse succession but may replace entire associations with
other less productive environments. The affected environment
or community is not the only one to be diminished. All marine
systems are interrelated and thus changes to one association
will directly or indirectly affect a number of other related
and interdependent associations. The importance of marine
productivity has been expounded upon since ancient times yet
only recently has modern man begun to appreciate the intricate
and vital role that these communities play in the larger
ecological profile of our region and our planet.

1. Mangrove/Saltmarsh

Mangrove/ sa 1 tmarsh communities contribute substantially to the
health and productivity of marine systems in the preserve.
Shoreline stabilization, storm protection, filtration and
stabilization of sediments, nutrient cycling and habitat
diversity are only a few of the many functions that this

BIG PINE
e- EY

'00

r""le" U,7

'M V

o
Y-

Figure 3 Resource Map

community performs. It is composed of two diverse groups of
salt tolerant plants.

The saltmarsh vegetation is represented by a large group of
herbaceous and woody plants that lie landward of the fringing
mangroves. Members of this plant community are often included
in what is referred to as the "buttonwood" or "transition
zone". It is distinguished by an open canopy of buttonwood
(Conocapus erectus) trees and low growing species that are
tolerant of periodic tidal inundation and extreme fluctuations
in salinity. Plants in this community may also be intermixed
with. mangroves and beach/berm communities and form a rich
mosaic of vegetative types. A partial list of the
mangrove/ saltmarsh plants is presented in Table 1. Endangered
and threatened species are noted.

Mangroves are a pan-tropical species, occurring on seventy-
five,percent of the worlds tropical coastline (McGill, 1959).
Of the 72 species recognized by Chapman (1976), only three
species occur in Florida. Red mangrove (Rhizophora mangle)
and white mangrove (Languncularia racemosa) grow along low
energy shorelines from the Florida Keys to near Cedar Key on
the west coast (Rehm, 1976) and north to Ponce de Leon Inlet
on the east coast (Teas, 1977). Black mangrove (Avicennia
germinans) extends-farther north on the east coast to near 30
degrees north latitude and along the Gulf coast to Louisiana
and Texas (McMillan, 1971). These tropical trees are
sensitive to fluctuating temperatures and prolonged periods of
cold or frost (Davis, 1940). Prolonged temperatures below 66
degrees F may be lethal or cause stunted growth forms (Waisel,
1972). Accordingly, the largest mangrove forests (90%
according to estimates by the Coastal Coordinating Council,
1974) are located in the more southern areas of the state,
primarily in Lee, Collier, Dade, and Monroe Counties. Monroe
County encompasses approximately 234,000 acres (95,000 ha.) of
mangroves, the majority lying within the boundaries of
Everglades National Park and the small islands in Florida Bay.

of the six mangrove forest types described by Lugo and
Snedaker (1974), only the fringing forest and the scrub (or
dwarf mangrove) forest are well represented in the preserve.
The fringing mangroves occur along the intertidal shoreline
surrounding the emergent islands and are especially abundant
on the leeward sides of these islands that are protected from
prevailing easterly winds and waves. The scrub or I'dwarfol
mangrove forests occur in many of the constricted baylets on
the eastern shoreline of Coupon Bight and within the impounded
wetlands to the north of the Bight.

TABLE 1

A PARTIAL LIST OF THE MANGROVE/SALTMARSH.FLORA

Beach orach Atriplex arenaria
Black mangrove Avicinnia germinans
Saltbush Baccharis sp.
Saltwort Batis maritima
Sea oxeye daisy Borrichia spp.
Saffron plum Bumelia celestrina
Gray nicker Caesalpinia crista
Seven-year apple Casasia clusifolia
Saltgrass Distichlis spicata
Seagrape Coccoloba uvifera
Buttonwood Conocarpus erectus
Geiger Cordia sebetena (E)
Clamshell orchid Encyclia cochleata (T)
Butterfly orchid Encyclia tampensis (T)
Seaside gentian Eustoma exaltatum
Sedge Fimbristylis castanea
Wild cotton Gossypium hirsutum (E)
Seaside heliotrope Heloiotropium
curassavicum
Seaside hibiscus Hibiscus tillaceus
Manchine6l Hippomane mancinella
Keys spider lily Hymenocallis latifolia(T)
White mangrove Languncularia racemosa
Herbaceus sea lavender Limonium carolinianum
Christmas berry Lycium carolinianum
Sea lavender Mallotonia gnaphalodes(E)
=Tournefortia anaphalodes
Wild dilly R-anilkara bahamensis
Gutta percha mayten Maytenus Phllanthoides
Poisonwood Metopiu toxiferum
Key grass Monanthochloe littoralis
Prickly pear cactus Opuntia stricta (T)
Knot grass Pasnalum distichum
Purslanes Portulaca spp.
Red mangrove Rhizophora mangle
Rouge berry Rivina humilis
Glasswort Salicornia spp.
Sea purslane Sesuvium yortulacastrum
Virginia dropweed aR@robolus virginicus
Sea blight Suaeda linearis
Bay cedar Suriana maritima (E)
Mahoe Thesoesia populnea
Air plants Tillandsia spp.

All except T. usproides are endangered (E), threatened (T), or
commercially exploited (C).)

Local distribution 0 f ma ngroves is affected by several
physical parameters. Wave energy and substrate are probably
most significant within the preserve. Fringing mangrove
forests reach optimum development on low energy shorelines
with fine sediments. Fine sediments deposited in shallow
depressions in the caprock provide sufficient depth for
propagules to become rooted. other areas lack sufficient
sediment depths or are buffeted by waves or swift currents
that would bury seedlings or sweep them away. This type of
environment is especially prevalent along the Atlantic
shoreline of the Newfound Harbor Keys. Although all three
mangrove species are present, the mangrove fringe is usually
not wide and may only occupy the extreme seaward edge of the
shoreline. Constant wave energy scours the rocky intertidal
zone and longshore currents deposit course calcarious sand
fragments that form a beach/berm along the more exposed
shorelines. This shifting substrate offers few opportunities
for mangrove propagules to become established and those that
survive are continually threatened with being submerged by
additional sand or swept away by storm waves.

Recent loss of several white and black mangroves on the
Atlantic side of the Long Beach area may be directly
attributed to storm surge associated with minor hurricanes
(Kate and Elaina) that passed near the Keys in 1985. Close
examination of affected trees revealed that sediments were
eroded and large portions of the root systems of these trees
were exposed as a result. Leaves withered and died within
four to six weeks after the storms and were still attached to
the trees months after the event. In some cases only portions
of the trees exhibited extreme signs of necrosis. Those
individuals that suffered only partial excavation of the root
systems showed signs of resprouting or retention of landward
portions of the canopy one year after the storms.
Survivability of these individuals is precarious, as they may
be further stressed by desiccating forces (sun and wind) or
toppled by winds.

Tidal regime in coastal areas also plays an important part in
mangrove dominance of the shoreline. The advance and retreat
of marine waters facilitates import of necessary nutrients
into the community and exports organic carbons and other
compounds to marine systems. Tides are also instrumental in
dispersing the buoyant seeds and propagules.

Ambient marine salinities benefit mangroves in several ways.
Competition from less tolerant terrestrial plants is minimized
and soil salinities are moderated by daily flushing. Unlike
their terrestrial counterparts mangroves have evolved
mechanisms to exclude or excrete salt from plant tissues. The
red mangrove can exclude salt at the root surface (Scholander,
1968). Black and white mangroves secrete salt through
modified glands on the leaf or trunk and by storing salt in

succulent leaves and fruit that fall from the tree. Most
halophytic plants are believed to use these mechanisms or a
combination of them to dispose of excess salt (Teas, 1979).

Excessive soil or water salinity, however, can stress
mangroves. Salinities above 65 parts per thousand (ppt) can
kill red mangroves (Cintorn et al., 1978). Salinities at or
above 80 ppt may stunt white and black mangroves, especially
in combination with high water temperatures (Lugo and Zucca,
1977). Impounded mangroves are frequently subjected to this
type of stress. As normal tidal circulation is interrupted,
water temperatures may exceed 100 degrees F and evaporation
increases salinity to debilitating levels. Highly fluctuating
temperatures and salinities combined with low sediment
deposition, and low nutrient import create an extremely
inhospitable environment. The result is a dwarfed or scrub
mangrove forest (after Lugo and Snedaker, 1974). All three
species may be represented but are seldom more that 5 feet
tall. They are often referred to (locally) as "spider"
mangroves. Impoundment may be the result of natural
topographic features (e.g., coastal berms) or caused by
ditching and other manmade alterations to drainage patterns.
Dwarfed mangroves occur over extensive areas of the wetlands
adjoining the east and north shorelines of Coupon Bight.

Excessive temperatures and salinities (greater than 100 ppt)
are also thought to be responsible for the relatively barren
.salt ponds or salinas that persist in many areas (Teas, 1979).
Although these hypersaline areas may be inhospitable for most
vascular plants, they perform other functions and should not
necessarily be considered wasteland. They serve as valuable
repositories for storm water@ runoff and sediments. These
shallow water environments also support a broad range of algae
that serve as a food source and provide cover for an equally
diverse faunal community. Large numbers of larval fish
species, gastropods, and crustaceans utilize this environment
and are in turn valuable food reserves for many of the wading
birds when other feeding areas may be flooded during high
tides or inaccessible during periods of unfavorable winter
weather (Sprunt, pers. com.)

The mangrove/ sa ltmarsh association is a major component of the
preserves resources, both in distribution and ecological
value. This community is the most common interface between
the upland and the marine environment. As such it contributes
to the diversity and productivity of the larger ecological
units. Major contributions from this community involve the
complex and often poorly understood detrital food webs that
are an integral part of tropical and temperate marine systems.
Nutrients from both marine and terrestrial sources are
assimilated and recycled in the vegetative tissues of the
mangroves and everpresent root and mud algae.- Primary
productivity is difficult to partition because.all levels of

the community have not been thoroughly researched. it is,
however, a widely accepted hypothesis that the organic carbons
exported by mangrove systems are a major source of energy for
many biologically and economically important species of
invertebrates and fishes.

Carbon and other nutrients from terrestrial sources (Carter et
al., 1973), rainfall (Lugo et al., 1980), and from marine
sources are assimilated and recycled in the form of plant
material that is fed upon by a host of arboreal, epiphytic,
infaunal, and pelagic life forms. Energy pathways may
originate from several different sources within the community.
Sea grasses and benthic algae are trapped and broken down into
particulate matter that is used by large numbers of consumers
(Brook, 1975). Senecsed mangrove leaves are attacked by fungi
.(Fell et al., 1975) and bacteria (Casagrande and Given, 1975)
that colonize the leaf surface. As the leaf surface is
fragmented, plant starches and proteins are broken down or
converted to other compounds that are more easily consumed and
assimilated by other microscopic life forms that break down
the plant material to even smaller fragments. As more surface
area is actually made available, the biotic community expands,
thus increasing the net available energy. As these smaller,
protein rich particles are consumed, the resulting energy is
passed on to higher order consumers (Odum, 1971; Odum and
Heald, 1972; Odum and Heald, 1975; and Odum et al., 1982).

Epiphytic and benthic algae that live on and near the mangrove
roots also contribute substantially to the energy transfer to
higher trophic levels. Rehm (1974) recorded 74 species of
red, brown, green and blue-green algae associated with
mangrove areas. This-abundant resource is actively grazed by
numerous faunal species on site or may die to become part of,
the detrital food web. The net primary production of prop
root epiphytes and mud algae may equal emergent leaf
production in some areas (Lugo et al., 1975).

The contributions of plankton to local marine energy budgets
are difficult to evaluate. This dynamic group is subject to
abrupt changes in density depending upon season, currents and
nutrient levels. Although quantitive research has not been
done specifically for mangrove estuaries, the importance of
planktonic food chains has been well documented for other
regions and it may be assumed that there are large numbers of
invertebrate grazers that benefit from this community
component. The abundance of phytoplankton and zooplankton
within the immediate area of mangroves would indicate that
this energy source is important to many larval food webs
(Odum, 1970). Table 2 contains a partial list of non-vascular
plants and phytoplankton of the mangrove/saltmarsh
association.

TABLE 2

A PARTIAL LIST OF THE NON-VASCULAR MANGROVE/SALTKARSH FLORA

FUNGI
Genera Location Reference

Nigrospora Leaf Fell, et
Phyllostica go al., 1975,
Pestalotica if 1980
Phytophora it
Drechslera
Gloeosporium
Lulworthia

ALGAE

Monostroma High water Taylor,
Rhizoclonium mark on red 1960
and black mangrove

Bostrychia Just below high
Catenella water mark on red
Caloglossa prop roots

Acanthorphora Submerged on Almodovar
Caulerpa red prop roots and Biebl
Hypnea 1962
Laurencia
Spyrida
Valonia
Wrangelia
-Centroceras
Dasya Taylor,
Dictyota 1960
Halimeda of
Murrayella go I
Polysiphonia to
Wurdemaniia to
Boodleopsis Mud near roots if I
Cladophoropsis of go
Enteromorpha if of
Vaucheria

PHYTOPIANKTON

Chaetocerus Water column Mattox,
Thalassothrix It 1949
Nitzschia it Wood, 1965
Skeletonema Walsh, 1965
-Rhizosolenis Bacon, 1970

Disploneis Benthic Wood, 1965
Mastogloia sediments if
Pluerosigma It it
Peridinium Water column Odum et al.,
1982
Gymnodinium.

(From Odum et al., 1982)

Faunal components of the mangrove/saltmarsh community are as
diverse as the floral counterpart. This community provides
food, cover, spawning, nesting and resting habitat for many
species of mammals, birds, reptiles, amphibians, fish and
invertebrates. Many species are dependent upon this community
during all or part of their life cycle. This interdependency
may be critical for several endangered and threatened species
that will be discussed in subsequent sections.
Animal life that graze directly upon a6oreal leaf material
include large numbers of insects including the olethrautid
moth (Ecdytolopha sp.) and beetles (principally, Poecilips
rhizophorae) (Onuf et al. , 1977) . Simberlof f and Wilson (1969)
list 200 species of insects that are assoicated with mangrove
communities. The mangrove tree crab (Aratus pisonii) is also
a primary consumer of mangrove leaves (Beever et al., 1979).
other invertebrate fauna of the emegent mangrove/ sa ltmarsh
include large numbers of gastropods. The snails (Littorina
sp., Cerithidea sp..and Melampus sp.), isopods (Ligea spp.),
and fiddler crabs (Uca spp.) are especially plentiful (Odum. et
al., 1982). These invertebrates are in turn a staple to many
species of birds.

The striking avifauna is often the most noticeable in the
mangrove/saltmarsh association. Many species depend upon the
community for feeding, nesting and resting sites. Large
wading birds, such as the egrets, ibis, spoonbill, herons and
the open-water piscivorous birds, such as the osprey and
pelican are especially dependent upon mangrove areas. Others
are only occasional or seasonal visitors. Odum et al., (1982)
list 181 species that may be expected to use the mangrove
community.

Other macrofauna that utilize the mangrove/saltmarsh include
a number of terrestrial and aquatic reptiles, amphibians and
mammals. Among the marine turtles, only the Atlantic
loggerhead (Caretta caretta caretta) is relatively common in
the preserve. This species may use mangroves as nursery areas
(Odum. et al., 1982). The Atlantic hawksbill (Eretmochelys
imbricata) and the Atlantic green turtle (Chelonia mydas) are
known to feed upon mangrove roots and leaves (Ernst and
Barbour, 1972; Carr and Goin, 1955) and may occasionally
frequent mangrove areas in the preserve. The Atlantic ridley

(Lepidochelys. kemipii) is an occasional visitor to shallow
coastal areas of south Florida (Carr and Goin, 1955). Green
turtles were once plentiful in the Keys and were an important
commercial f ishery until populations were nearly extirpated
f rom overharvesting and egg collecting. Recent ef forts to
reintroduce this species may prove beneficial.

Other reptiles include several species of snakes and anoles,
a turtle, a terrapin, and two crocodilians. Of the snakes,
only one, the mangrove water snake (Nerodia fasciata
compressicauda) is entirely dependent upon mangrove/saltmarsh
areas. The others are transitory in habit and may utilize a
variety of environments, as do the turtle and terrapin. The
American alligator (Alligator mississippiensis) is primarily
an inhabitant of freshwater areas but may venture into
-mangrove areas more frequently than past observations would
indicate, especially during periods of drought (Jacobsen,
1983). The American crocodile (Crocodylus actus) is more
commonly associated with the mangrove fringed shorelines
adjoining deeper waters, such, as natural creeks, canals,
barrow pits or basins. It is a rare visitor in the preserve.

Amphibians are generally not well represented due to the
plausity of freshwater areas that are usually necessary for
reproduction. Those listed are suitably adapted to
reproducing during the brief rainy period and may utilize
brackish water pools for this purpose. The giant toad (Bufo
marinus) and the Cuban treefrog (Hyla septentrionalis) are
introduced species that have expanded their range considerably
in the last several* decades (King and Krakauer, 1966; King and
Krakauer, 1968; and Krakauer, 1970).

The mammals of the mangrove/ saltmarsh include a number of
subspecies that are unique to the Lower Keys. Like the
reptiles, they utilize a broad range of habitat types. All,
except the silver rice rat (Orvzomys argentatus) and the
Virginia opossum (Didelphis virginiana) , are frequent visitors
to the mangrove/ saltmarsh areas. The rice rat may utilize
saltmarsh areas that adjoin fresh or brackish marshes
(Spitzer-Goodyear, pers. com.). The opossum is generally
confined to small populations in close proximity to human
habitations. Recent signs of range expansion in other areas
of the Keys may also be duplicated on Big Pine Key, as urban
populations expand. This marsupial and the raccoon are
extremely versatile omnivores and are known to forage
mangrove/saltmarsh habitats (Layne, 1974).

The Key deer (Odocoileus virginianus clavium) is a frequent
visitor to the preserve mangrove/saltmarsh. The deer use a
variety of habitats and the mangrove fringe offers excellent
cover for foraging and a corridor for movement between the
Newfound Harbor Keys and Big Pine Key. Fresh water ponds
located in the Cactus Hammock in the Long Beach area are

readily accessible and deer sightings are common throughout
the year.

The marine life of the mangrove/saltmarsh is by far the most
diverse group of organisms in this association. Detritus and
plankton are primary food sources for a large number of
invertebrate fauna that attach themselves to prop roots, live
in adjacent muds, or swim in the water. Courtney (1975), Tabb
et al., (1962), and Odum and Heald (1972) reported extensive
lists of invertebrates that are associated with mangroves.

The prop root complex is also important to many species of
fish. Ample food and close proximity to cover that offers
protection from predators is essential for large numbers of
juvenile and adult fish. Many complete their life cycle
within the mangrove community. Others are dependent upon
mangroves during juvenile stages and migrate to grassbeds
and/or coral reefs when mature. Still others are
opportunistic vagabonds that utilize avariety of habitats and
may be only seasonally or locally abundant. The proximity of
other habitat types greatly increases the overlap of species
from the other communities.

Many species of invertebrates and fishes that utilize the
mangrove/ sa ltmarsh are important to local recreational and
commercial fisheries. Important species of local commercial
fisheries include; pink shrimp (Penaeus duorarum), stone crab
(Menippe mercenaria), spiny lobster (Panulirus argus), jacks
(family Caranigadae), jewfish (Epine-pelus itajara), grunts
(family Pomadasyidae) , grouper (Dpinepelus spp.) , seabass
(family Serranidae), snapper (Lutianus spp.), mullet (family
Mugilidae), red drum (Sciaenops ocellata), ladyfish (Elops
saurus), spotted sea trout (Cynoscion nebulsus), and menhaden
(Brevoortia Patronus).

These species represent a major portion of the annual seafood
landings in Monroe County and are an integral part of the
local economy. Finfish from the above groups represented
$2,472,866 of the landings value for the county in 1985.
Shrimp, spiny lobster and crabs represented $32,781,414 or
(92%) of the total value of all species taken. Total landings
for all species represented approximately 39 million dollars
to the local economy (NMFS, 1985). These figures reflect
commercial dockside landing prices and do not include income
derived from local support facilities (fuel, repair, dockage,
tackle, etc.).

Table 3 provides Monroe County commercial landing statistics
data for finfish and crustaceans landed at local docks in-1984
and 1985. These figures were extracted from the NMFS annual
report and include only finfish that are dependent upon
mangrove and seagrass associations during part or all of their
life cycle. They do not include landings for sharks.

Although there were approximately 219,149 pounds harvested in
1985 . (and many sharks are closely associated with mangrove
areas), the data cannot be fairly apportioned as to species.
Neither do the f igures include deepwater pelagic species or
sponges that are landed locally.

Many of the commercial species are also important to local
recreational fisherman. Additionally, tarpon (Megalops
atlantica), snook (Centropomus undecimalis), barracuda
(Sphyraena barracuda) and bonefish (Albula vulpes) are avidly
pursued by local enthusiast as well as thousands of annual
visitors. Unfortunately, statistics are not currently
available for recreational landings and income. Although the
pounds landed would not approach the commercial statistics,
conservative estimates would indicate that local income from
hook and line enthusiasts is probably in excess of 50 million
dollars a year. Once again, the total value of support
services cannot be separated from local income statistics.

The statistics themselves do not and cannot reflect the many.
values of this important resource. They cannot, for example,
assign a dollar figure to the aesthetic and ecological values
associated with mangrove/ saltmarsh habitats. Nor can they
relate the cost or efficiency of the intricate transfer of
energy from one organism to the other. They can, however,
provide some rudimentary knowledge of the importance of this
habitat to the many species that enrich our culinary pleasure
and our local economy. They also reaffirm man's close
association with and dependency on the vital marine food web
that emanates from mangrove and saltmarsh estuaries.

TABLE 3

NATIONAL MARINE FISHERIES
MONROE COUNTY FISH LANDINGS 1984-1985

1984 1985
Category Pounds Value($) Pounds Value ($)
----------------------------------------------------------------
Finfish 2,808,582 3,145,376 2,326,927 .2,472i866

Crabs 1,783,314 3,407,821 1,738,179 3,569,105

Lobster 5,926,266 14,838,419 5,421,52.4 13,070,966

Shrimp 10,776,329 15,219,687 10,494,228 16,141,343

(Reference: NMFSISEFC, 1984, 1985)

Table 4 includes a partial list of the major invertebrate
groups and the vertebrate fauna of the mangrove/ saltmarsh
association. For additional information on specific species,
the reader is directed to the noted references. odum. et al.,
(1982) provide comprehensive lists of habitat types and diet
preferences for fish and birds.from published literature.

TABLE 4

PARTIAL LIST OF THE MANGROVE/SALTKARSH FAUNA

INVERTEBRATES

Zooplankton
This extensive group includes single-celled protozoans and the
larvae and eggs of the invertebrates and fish listed below.

Jellyfish (Scyphozoa)
Unside-down jellyfish Cassiopeia xamachana
Marine worms (Annelida) Armandia agilis
CirrWE-U-ius sp.
Lumbrineries maculata

molluscs
Blackhorn snail Batillaria minima
Ladderhorn snail Cerithidea scalariformis
Periwinkle Littorina spp.
Saltmarsh snail Melampus coffeus
Bleeding tooth Nerita spp.
Predatory snail Pisania tincta

Crustaceans (may comprise 70% of zooplankton)
Barnacle Chthamalus stellatus
Lithortrya dorsalis
Copepod Acartia spp.
Searoach Ligia spp.
Wood borer Sphaerom terebans
Pistol shrimp Alpheus spp.
Pink shrimp Penaeus duorarum
Shore shrimp Palaemonetes spp.
Cleaning shrimp Periclimenes spp.
shrimp Synalpheus fritzmuelleri
Spiny Lobster Panulirus argus
Hermit crab Pagurus spp.
Hermit crab Clibanarius sp.
Blue crab Callinectes sapidus
Crab Cyclograpsus sp.
Shore crab Pachygrapsus spp.

mangrove tree crab Aratus visonni
Marsh crab Sesarma sp.
Fiddler crab Uca spp.
Stone crab Menippe mercenaria

Holothurians
Sea cucumber Holothuria floridana

(References: Odum et al., 1982)
See Simberlof f , 1976; Simberlof f and Wilson, 1969 f or comprehensive
list of insects

VERTEBRATES

Fishes

Nurse shark Ginalymostom a curratum
Blacktip shark Carcharbinus limbatus.
Lemon shark Negaprion brevirostris
Bonnethead Sphyrna tiburo
Smalltooth sawfish Pristis Dectinata
Guitarfish Rhinobatos letiginosus
Lesser electric ray Narcine brasiliensis
Southern stingray Dasyatis american
Yellow ray Urolophus iamaicensis
Spotted eagle ray Aetobatus narinari
Ladyfish Elops saurus
Tarpon Megalops atlantica
Bonefish Albula vulpes
Scaled sardine Harengula Pensacolae
Atlantic thread herring Opisthonema oglinum
Bigeye anchovy Anchoa lamprotaenia
Bay anchovy Anchoa mitchilli
Inshore lizardfish Synodus foetens
Sea catfish Aruis felis
Gulf toadfish Opsanus beta
Skilletfish Gobiesox strumosus
Shortnose batfish OgcoceRhalus nasutus
Key brotula Oqilbia cavorum
Halfbeak Hyporhamphus unifasciatus
Redfin needle fish Strongylura notata
Timucu Stronqylura timucu
Houndfish Tylosurus crocodulus
Sheepshead minnow Cyprinodon variegatus
Rainwater killifish Lucania parva
Rivulus RivuYu-s marmoratus
Mosquitofish Gambusia affinis
Mangrove mosquitofish Bamvusia rhizophorae
Sailfin molly - Poecilia latipinna
Reef silverside Allanetta harringtonensis
Rough silverside Membras marinica
Tidewater siverside Menidia beryllina

Lined seahorse Hippocampus erectus
Dwarf seahorse Hippocampus zosterae
Pipefish Syngnathys spp.
Snook Centorpomus undecimalis
Black seabass Centropristis striata
Sand perch Diplectrum formosum
Jewfish Evinephelus itaiara
Red grouper Epinephelus morio
Nassua grouper Epinephelus Striatus
Barred hamlet Hypolectrus Puella
Gag Mycteroperca microlepis
Bronze cardinalfish Astrapogon alutus
Conchfish Astrapogon stellatus
Bluefish Pomatomus saltatrix
Cobia Rachycentron canadu
Whitefin sharksucker Echeneis neucratoides
Blue runner Caranx crysos
Jack crevalle Caranx hippos
Bar jack Caranx ruber
Atlantic bumper Chloroscombrus chrysurus
Leatherjacket Oligoplites saurus
Florida pompano Trachinotus carolinus
Permit Trachinotus falcatus
Lookdown Selene vomer
Mutton snapper Lutjanus apodus
Schoolmaster Lutlanus apodus
Gray snapper Lutjanus griseus
Dog snapper Lutianus jgcu
Lane snapper Lutianus synagris
striped mojarra Diapterus Plumieri
Mojarras Eucinostomus spp.
Grunts Haemulon spp.
Pigfish Orthopristis chrysoptera
Sheepshead Archosargus probatocephlus
Sea bream Archosargus rhomboidalis
Grass porgy Calamus arctifrons
Saucereye porgy Calamus calamus
Pinfish Lagadon rhomboides
Blue croaker 'Bairdiella batabana
Silver perch Bairdiella chrysura
Spotted seatrout Cynoscion nebulosus
Southern kingfish Menticirrhus americanus
Gulf kingfish Menticirrhus littoralis
Atlantic croaker Micropogon undRlatus
Black drum Pogonias cromis
Red drum Sciaenops ocellata
High hat Eguetus acumin!Atus
Atlantic spadefish Chaetodipterus faber
Sergeant major Abudefduf saxatillis
Slippery dick Halichoeres bivittatus
Parrotfishes Sparisoma spp.
Mullet Mugil spp.
Great barracuda Sphyraena barrslcuda

Mottled jawfish Opistognathus maxillosus
Bluethroat pikeblenny Chaenoysis ocellata
Marbled blenny Paraclinus marmoratus
Banded blenny Paraclinus fasciatus
Blackbelly blenny Stathmonotus hemphilli
Florida blenny Chasmodes saburrae
Seaweed blenny Blennuis marmoreus
spotted dragonet Callionymus pauciradiatus
Gobys Gobionellus spp.
Gobiosoma spp.
Lophogogius sp.
Microqobius spp.
Spanish Mackerel Scomberomorus'maculatus
King Mackerel Scomeromorus cavalla
Barfish Scorpaena brasiliensis
Plumed scorpionfish Scorpaena grandicornis
Searobins Prionotus spp.
Eyed flounder Bothus ocellatus
Spotted whiff Citharichthys macrops
Fringed flounder Etropus crossotus
Gulf flounder Paralichthys albigutta
Southern flounder Paralichthys lethosticma
Dusky flounder Syacium Papillosum
Lined sole Achirus lineatus
Scrawled sole Trinectes inscriptus
Hogchoker Trinectes maculatus
Blackcheek tonguefish Symphurus plagiusa
Orange filefish Aluterus schoepfi
Fringed filefish Monacanthus ciliatus
Planehead filefish Monacanthus hispidus
Gray triggerfish Balistes capriscus
Queen triggerfish Balistes vetula
Scrawled cowfish Lactophrys quadracornis
Trunkfish Lactophrys trigueter
Puffers Sphoeroides spp.
Burrfish Chilomycterus spp.

(List modified from Odum et al., 1982)

Locally important species of commercial, sport and bait
fisheries.

Amphibians and Reptiles

American alligator Alligator mississippiensis
American crocodile Crocodylus acutus
Keys mud turtle Kinosternon baurii baurii
Mangrove terrapin Malaclemys terrerin
rhizophorarum
Atlantic loggerhead Caretta caretta caretta
Atlantic green turtle Chelonia mydas mydas
Atlantic hawksbill Eretmochelys imbricata
imbricata

Atlantic ridley Lepidochelys ke-mpii
American anole Anolis carolinensis
Cuban anole Anolis sagrei
Southern black racer Columber constrictor haasti
Big Pine Key ringneck Diadophis'punctatus acricus
Eastern indigo snake Drymarchon corais couperi
Rat snake Elaphe guttata quttata
Mangrove water snake Nerodia fasciata
compressicauda
Florida brown snake Storeria dekayi
Florida ribbon snake Thamnophis sauritus sackeni
Giant toad Bufo marinus
Southern toad Bufo terrestris
Treefrog Hyla squirella
Cuban treefrog Hyla septentrionalis

(References: Carr and Goin, 1955; Duellman and Schwartz, 1958;
Ernst and Barbour, 1972; Paulson, 1966)

Birds

Great egret Casmerodius albus
Snowy egret Egretta thula
Cattle egret Bubulcus ibis
Great white heron Ardea herodia occidentalis
Great blue heron Ardea herodias
Reddish egret- Dichromanassa rufescens
Louisiana heron Hydranassa tricolor
Little blue heron Florida caerulea
Green heron Butorides striatus
Black-crowned night heron Nycticorax nycticorax
Yellow-crowned night heron Nyctanassa violacea
White ibis Eudocimus albus
Roseate spoonbill Ajaia ajaja
Semiplamated plover Charadrius semipalmatus
Black-bellied plover Pluvialis sguatarola
Ruddy turnstone Arenaria interpres
Spotted sandpiper Actitis macularia
Solitary sandpiper Tringa solitaria
Greater yellowlegs Tringa melanoleucas
Lesser yellowlegs Tringa flavipes
Dunlin calidris alpina
Least sandpiper Calidris minutilla
Semipalmated sandpiper Calidris pusilla
Western sandpiper Calidris mauri
Short-billed dowitcher Limnodromus griseus
Black-necked stilt Himantopus mexicanus
Brown pelican Pelecanus occidentalis
Double-crested cormorant Phalacrocorax auritus
Mallard Anas platyrhynchos
Blue-winged teal Anas crecca carolinensis
Red-breasted merganser Mergus serrator

Ring-billed gull Larus delawarensis
Laughing gull Larus atricilla
Least tern Sterna albifrons
Royal tern Thalasseus maxima
Belted kingfisher Megaceryle alcyon
Magnificent frigatebird Fregata magnificens

Red-shouldered hawk Buteo lineatus
osprey Pandion haliaetus
American kestrel Falco sgarverius
White-crowned pigeon leucocephala
Mangrove cuckoo Coccyzus minor
Red-bellied woodpecker melanerves carolinus
Gray kingbird Tyrannus domincensis
Great crested flycatcher Myriarchus crinitus
Eastern phoebe Sayornis phoebe
Mockingbird Mimus polyglottos
Catbird -5umetelia carolinensis
Brown thrasher Toxostoma rufum
White-eyed vireo Vireo griseus
Black-whiskered vireo Vireo altiloquus
Red-eyqd vireo Vireo olivaceus
Black-and-white-warbler Mniotilta varia
Yellow-throated warbler Dendroica dominica
Yellow warbler dendroica petechia
Tellow-rumped warbler Dendtocia coronata
Prairie warbler Dendroica discolor
Palm warbler Dendroica palmarum
Yellowthroat Geothlypus trichas
American redstart Setophaga ruticilla
Northern parula Parula americana
Red-winged blackbird Aqelajus phoeniceus
Boat-tailed grackle Ouiscalus major
Cardinal Cardinalis cardinalis

(References: Robertson and Kushlan, 1974; Sprunt, 1954; Bent,
1932)

Mammals
Virgihia opossum Didelphis virginiana +
@Keys marsh rabbit Sylvilacfus Palustris hefneri
.Silver rice rat Oryzomys argentatus +
Key cotton rat Siqmodon hispidus exsputus
Black rat Rattus rattus
Raccoon Procyon lotor auspicautus
Key deer Odocoileus virginianus clavium

(References: Layne, 1974; Humphrey and Barbour, 1979; Spitzer and
Lazell, 1978; Lazell, 1984)

+ = Species not currently recorded in preserve but available
habitat and proximity of known populations suggest presence.

2. Marine Grassbeds

Marine grassbeds are a major feature in the aquatic resources
of the preserve. Seagrasses stabilize sediments, baffle wave
energy, cycle nutrients, and provide substrate for a complex
f loral and faunal community. Abundant food and cover make
this an important resource for invertebrates and a nursery
area for many fish species. However, biological productivity
is not limited to the area of distribution. Marine energy
cycling is enhanced as detrital material and nursery species
are dispersed to other areas. Species from geographically and
physiologically isolated habitats, such as, the patch reef and
the mangrove communities also forage in the seagrass
community. Thus, marine grassbeds function as an interface
between other communities and enrich the ecological diversity
and productivity of all marine systems.

Dominant marine grasses in the preserve are turtle grass
(Thalassia testudium) and Cuban shoalweed (Halodule wrightii) .
Shoalweed is typically a pioneer species that colonizes
disturbed sites and areas where water depth (too shallow or
too deep) or substrate is less favorable for turtle grass.
Turtle grass is a climax species (Phillips, 1960), and as such
is usually considered to be the primary producer in this
community. Turtle grass meadows are most expansive were
sediments are deepest over the bedrock. Manatee grass
(Syringodium filiforme) and several species of Halophila may
also be present within the turtle grass beds.

Seagrasses are flowering plants that have evolved to a totally
marine existence. They have adapted physiological and
chemical mechanisms that facilitate photosynthesis, growth,
maintenance and reproduction while completely submerged.
Unlike their terrestrial counterparts seagrasses lack stomata
on the leaf surfacesf thus gases are slowly diffused through
the leaf tissue. oxygen is stored in interstitial cell spaces
and passed to root structures and rhizomes when needed (Zieman
and Wetzel, 1980). The release of gaseous bubbles from leaf
surfaces is often the source of the faint popping sounds heard
when grass flats are exposed at low tide. Stored gases also
make the leaf blade buoyant, keeping it vertical to the
substrate and allow a much larger surface area to be exposed
to solar radiation.

Certain plant nutrients are derived from the sediments, while
others are taken from the water column. Nitrogen f ixation can
occur in the rhizomes, on the leaf surface and in some cases.
may be transferred between the leaf surface and epiphytes on
the leaf (Harlin, 1971). Nitrogen and carbons are also
derived from the particulate organic matter from dead plant
material, and animal excretion. This highly efficient use of
relatively limited nutrients and sunlight are the basis for a

level of productivity often compared to the coral reef s and
mangroves.

The study of seagrass reproduction has evolved primarily as a
means to restore or -mitigate those areas that have been
adversely impacted by man's activities or natural
disturbances. Marine grasses may reproduce both sexually and
vegetatively. Vegetative reproduction originates from the
root or rhizome of the plant. Vegetative starts (plug or
turion) are usually preferred for transplanting as they become
established more quickly and survive longer. However,
relative cost of this type of restoration may be prohibitive
for large areas. Cost ranged from $27,000 to 86,500/ha to
revegetate one area in the Upper Keys (Lewis et al., 1981).
This technique has also caused much controversy, as many-
scientists and environmentalists have questioned the possibly
negative impacts to donor (source) areas. Donor areas are.
slow to recolonize and large scale removal may cause a more
serious disturbance than it is intended to remedy.

Sexual reproduction in marine grasses is less clearly
understood. Orpurt and Boral (1964) observed flowering turtle
grass in the Keys during April and fruiting until September.
Seed production and seedling survival, however, may vary
considerably from year to year. Lewis (1980) while monitoring
a revegetation project near Craig Key, reported a, "prodigious"
seed crop in the intertidal area of Lower Matecumbe Key during
1979. Previous observations by Moffler (from Lewis, 1980)
indicated little fruiting occurred in 1975 and Phillips
reported large numbers of seedlings in the same area in 1960.
Periods of high seed production certainly offer the
opportunity to harvest and propagate seedlings for
revegetation of disturbed areas but cost may again be
prohibitive. Thorhaug and Austin (1976) reported costs of
$42,000-$280,000/ha (depending on desired plant cover) for
collection, propagation, planting and overhead for restoration
efforts. Survival rates for transplanted seedlings are also
very low, less than 30% (Zieman, 1982).

Marine grassbed distribution is influenced by physical and
chemical factors similar to those described for mangroves.
Temperatures and salinities are usually well within the
tolerance limits of the species listed. Optimum temperatures
(68-86 degrees F) and salinities (24 ppt to 35 ppt) for turtle
.grass (Phillips, 1960), occur throughout the aquatic preserve
waters with the exception of the constricted baylets on the
eastern portion of Coupon Bight. These shallow waters are
often subjected to extreme fluctuations of salinity during
extended periods of drought and during the rainy season. They
are also subject to more abrupt temperature changes than
normally observed in deeper waters and therefore are usually
devoid of grasses.

The three most important parameters determining grassbed
distribution in the preserve are light intensity, current
velocity, and sediment depth. Like their emergent
counterparts, marine plants must have access to sunlight to
carry on the photosynthetic process. Unlike terrestrial
plants, the water column lies between the source and
recipient. Water depth and clarity affect the amount of
sunlight that reaches the leaf surface. In this area water
depth is less important than water clarity. Shading f rom.
docks and, turbidity in the water column inhibit photic zone
access. High turbidity and water velocity in and near
channels inhibit sea grass colonization. Access channel and
prop dredging are also sources of excessive turbidity. These
impacts are usually localized and not normally of a duration
or intensity to cause extensive light reduction but have
other, more severe, consequences.

variations in temperature, salinity, turbidity, and sediment
deposition are closely related to current patterns in the
preserve. Tidal currents and topographic relief influence the
rate of accretion (or erosion) of sediment deposits. Sediment
depth and stability are instrumental in the establishment and
distribution of marine grassbeds. Areas with low current
velocities and adequate sediment depths are more readily
colonized. This often accounts for the "patchy" distribution
of lush turtle grass in the preserve. Turtle grass requires
sediment depths from 3 inches (Scoffin, 1970) to 20 inches
(Zieman, 1972) for optimum growth. These conditions are
exemplified in the sheltered waters leeward of the Newfound
Harbor Keys, on the eastern half of the bay-mouth bank in
Coupon Bight, and in the natural depressions in the sea floor.
In profile, these colonized depressions often appear as
"domes". As the plants entrap additional sediments, the
depression fills and appears elevated as more sediments are
added. Areas with thin sediments may be more readily
colonized by the less selective shoalweed or species from the
hardbottom community.

In addition to the previ ously noted marine grasses, several
species of algae are also commonly found in this community.
Benthic algae include Halimeda. Penicillus, Caulerpa,
Rhipocephalus, and Udotea species. These calcareous algae are
instrumental in producing organic carbons and calcium
carbonate. that are incorporated into the sediments (Zieman,
1982). Benthic algae are also early colonizers of fine
sediments and their rhizoid holdfasts may stabilize these
sediments so that seagrasses may become established on
otherwise unoccupied Areas (Williams, 1981). Drift algae,
primarily Laurencia, is also a common component of the
grassbeds.

Seagrass leaves provide substrate for a wide range of
epiphytic algae. Some 66 species have been recorded to

utilize seagrasses for attachment (Ballantine and Humm, 1975).
While access to the photic zone is enhanced by this
arrangement, the encrusting of the leaf surface may
effectively reduce photosynthesis in the host plant (S*and-
Jensen, 1977). The overall loss of photosynthetic production
may be off-set by the increased habitat for marine fauna and
a corresponding increase in.animal and plant protein.

The faunal constituents of the marine grassbeds range from the
microscopic zooplankton that drift with the . currents,
epiphytic biota that live upon the grasses and the pelagic
invertebrates, fishes and mammals that utilize these areas.
Trophic structure presents ample food for a variety of
specialized feeders. Herbivores that feed directly upon the
algae or seagrasses include a wide variety of invertebrates.
Most notable are the crabst queen conch, and sea urchins.
Vertebrate herbivores include the green, loggerhead, and
hawksbill turtlest and a wide variety of fishes. Zieman
(1982)-lists 63 species that utilize seagrass in their diet.
Many of these species also consume varying amounts of detritus
and epifauna as they forage.

Detrital feeders make up a large percentage of the grassbed
fauna and may well represent the primary pathway of energy
transfer to higher tropic levels (Zieman, 1982). This group
is composed of many small organisms that feed upon the
decomposing plant and animal material in the vicinity of the
grassbeds. Corals, sponges, tube worms and shrimp filter
detritus and plankton from the water column. others glean
material from the sediments and leaf surfaces. Exported
detritus becomes available to an even wider range of'consumers
in more remote areas. 'Carr and Adams (1973) found detrital
feeders to be A major food source for at least one feeding
stage in 15 of 21 juvenile marine fishes studied.
commercially important detrital feeders include the pink
shrimp (Penaeua duorarum), spiny lobster (Panulirus argus),
and mullet (Mugilcurema).

Higher order consumers include the myriads of fishes usually
associated with grassbeds, as well as many that are more
commonly associated with coral reefs and mangrove areas. Some
spend early development stages in the shelter of the sea
grasses and move to other habitats when mature. Still others,
by alternating periods of diurnal and nocturnal activity, may
utilize grassbeds for foraging at night and seek shelter in
mangroves or coral reefs during the day. This partitioning of
time and" resources serves to eliminate competition between
similar species and affords a much greater number of niches in
the ecological structure of the community. Fishes of
recreational and commercial interest include most of those
from the annotated list for the mangrove/ sa 1 tmarsh in Table 4.

Marine grassbeds are heavily utilized by several bird species.
The abundant marine fauna of this community are the staple
food for most of these birds (Kushlan, 1978). Heron, egrets,
and spoonbills exploit fish, crustaceans and other marine
organisms in shallow water grassbeds and upon exposed grass
flats during low tides. open water piscivorous birds include
the cormorant, osprey, pelican, and gulls.

Mammals that utilize marine grassbeds include the manatee and
the bottle-nosed dolphin. The manatee, although not formerly
recorded as a resident species in the preserve, may well
frequent the area on occasion and is well known for it's
predilection for aquatic plant life. It is assumed that the
abundant seagrasses would provide a welcome repast for this
nomad. Bottle-nosed dolphin are occasional visitors of the
aquatic preserve and undoubtedly take quantities of schooling
fish as opportunity permits. Consult Table 5 for a list of
animal species commonly associated with the marine grassbed
community.

Major impacts to the marine grassbed community in coupon Bight
Aquatic Preserve are associated with human activities. Direct
removal of grassbeds by prop souring and channel dredging are
most noticeable. Although the single prop scar may be
comparatively insignificant, the cumulative impact from
repeated scaring, which is evident on the bay-mouth bank in
Coupon Bight, is of concern. Zieman (1976) estimated recovery
f or these areas may take from 2-5 years and the natural
@ecovery process may be further inhibited by rechanneling and
increased erosion.

Dredging (and the spoiling of material) permanently eliminates
grassbeds in most cases. Almost continual turbulence from
prop wash and erosion of channels inhibits re-colonization
efforts. More stringent regulations on dredging "access
channels" have generally been effective in reducing this type,
of activity. However, intentional "prop dredging" (using boat
propeller wash to cut a channel) has been observed and will
most probably continue to be a sporadic activity.

The cumulative effect of docking facilities must also be
considered. Docks interrupt light penetration and "shade out"
yegetation. As with prop scaring, the individual site may be
insignificant but is compounded when the total area influenced
(by all facilities) is tabulated. The loss in primary
productivity must then be multiplied by the "dock life" to
comprehend the possible net loss in biological productivity
over several years or decades.

The effects of septic effluent and upland run-off in marine
communities is often difficult to 'detect given the highly
variable physical and chemical parameters of both the effluent
and the community being studied. But recent and future

technological improvements and additional research (and
monitoring) may well scientifically validate the general
assumption that all nearshore environments are subjected to
measurable amounts of pollution from these sources when in
close proximity to poorly planned development. Remedial and
corrective actions will be time consuming and will require
coordination with the appropriate agencies to insure that
continued urbanization does not undermine the functional
integrity of our marine resources.

The value of marine grassbeds cannot be evaluated by any
monetary formula presently available. In the opening
paragraphs of this section, the comparatively high cost (and
relatively, low success) of restoring or mitigating damaged
grassbeds were discussed. Further research and
experimentation are to be encouraged in hopes of discovering
more successful and cost efficient methods ofreplanting and
encouraging expansion of marine grassbeds. However, the
preferable alternative to costly and often futile restoration
is to protect this dynamic and productive resource from
further damage. To achieve that goal, preservation and
protection of marine grassbed communities shall be a priority
in the designation of management areas and the management
procedure and policies in Chapters IV and V of this plan.

TABLE 5

A PARTIAL LIST OF MARINE GRASSBED FAUNA

INVERTEBRATES

Corals

Golfball coral Favia fragum
Rose coral Manicinia areolata
Small finger coral Porites furcata

Sponges

Aiptasia sp.
Bartholomea sp.
Condylactis sp.
Stoichactis sp.

Annelids

Ammatryipane sp.
Arenicola cristata
Eurythoe sp
Hermodice sp.
Eunice longicerrata

Lysidice sp.
Nereis sp.
Phascolion sp.
Onuphis magna
Sipunculoidea sp.
Sthenelais sp.
Terebellides stroemi

molluscs
Gastropods Anachis sp.
Aplysis sp.
Astrea sp.
Bittium varium
Caecum sp.
Cardita floridana
Cerithium sp.
Crepidula sp.
Cvmatum sp.
Fasiolaria tuliva
Mitrella lunata
Modulus modulus
Pluroploca gigante-a.
Rissoina sp.
Strombus gigas
Tegula sp.
Tridachia sp.
Pelecypods Vasum sp.
Americardia sp.
Anadara sp.
Antigona sp.
Atrina
Cardita floridana
Chione cancellata
Codakia orbicularis
Laevicarduim laevigatum
Lucina vennsylvanica
Telling radiata
Amphipods
Cymadus compta
Gammarus mucronatus
Melita nitida
Grandidierella sp.
Cephalopods Octopus briareus

Crustaceans

Shrimp and lobster
Alpheus normanni
Hyppolyte Pleuracantha
Latreutus focorum

Palaemonetes spp.
Penulirus argus
Penaeus duorarum
Periclimenes spp.
Thor floridanus
Tozeuma sp.

Crabs
Calappa sp.
Callinectus sp.
Clibanarius sp.
Dardanus sp.
Glyptoxanthus sp.
Libinia sp.
Macrocoeloma sp,
Microphrys sp.
Mithrax sp.
Pagurus sp.
Petrochirus sp.
Pilumnus sp.
Pithos sp.
MantiIsshrimp Pseudosquilla sp.

Echinoderms

Starfish
Echinaster sp.
Oreaster reticulata

Sea urchins
Diadema antillarium
Echinometria sp.
Lytechinus variegatus
Trinneustes ventricosus

Holothurians

Sea cucumber
Actinopyga agassizi
Holothura floridana
Sea hare

Aplysia dactylomela

(From Bock, 1971 and Zieman, 1982)
Species of commercial interest

Fishes

Nurse shark Ginglymostoma curratum
Lemon shark Negeprion brevirostris
Bonnethead Sphyrna tiburo
Smalltooth sawfish Pristis pectinata
Southern stingrayf Dasvatis americana
Ladyfish Elops saurus
Tarpon Megalops atlantica
Bonefish Albula vulves
Scaled sardine Harengula Vensacolae
Atlantic thread herring Opisthonema oglinum
Anchovies Anchoa spp.
Inshore lizardfish Synodus foetens
Sea catfish Arius felis
Gulf toadfish Opsanus beta'
Skilletfish Gobiesox strumosus
Hardhead halfbeak Chridorus atherinoides
Needlefishe Hyporhamphus unfasciatus
Goldspotted killifish Flordichthys carpio
Rainwater killifish Lucania parva
Sheepshead minnow Cyprinodon variegatus
Rivulus Rivulus marmoratus
Sailfin molly Poecilia latipinna
Reef silverside Allanetta harringonenesis
Hardhead silverside Atherinomorus stipes
Dwarf seahorses Hippocampus zosterae
Dusky pipefish Syngnathus floridae
Fringed pipefish Micrognathus crinigerus
Snook Centropomus undecimalis
Gag Mycteroperca microlevis
Jewfish Evinephalus itaiara
Cobia Rachycentron canadum
Jacks Caranx spp.
Permit Trachinotus falcatus
Florida pompano Trachinotus carolinus
Leatherjacket Oligoplites zaurus
Lookdown Selene vomer
Snappers Lutianus spp.
Silver blenny Eucinostomus gjLla
Grunts Haemulon spp.
Pigfish orthopristis chrysoptera
Porgies Archosargus spp.
Pinfish Lagodon rhomboides
Red drum Sciaenops ocellata
Silver perch Bairdiella chrysura
Spotted seatrout Cynoscion nibulosu
Southern kingfish Menticirrhus americanus
Atlantic spadefish Chaetodipterus faber
sergeant major Abudefduf saxatilis
Slippery dick Halichoeres bivittatus
Hogfish Lachnolaimus maximus
Parrotfishes Scarus spp.

Sparisoma spp.
Mullet mugil spp.
Barracuda Sphyraena barracuda
Blennies Paraclinus spp.
Chaenopsis spp.
Blennius sp.
Dragonet Callionymus Parciradiatus
Gobies Bathygobius sp.
Gobiosoma spp.
Microqobius spp.
Scorpionfishes Scorpaena spp.
Searobin Prionotus spp.
Lined sole Achirus lineatus
Tonguefish Symphurus Plagiusa
Filefish Monocanthus ciliatus
Cowfish Lactophrys guadricornis
Trunkfish Lactophrys trigonus
Southern puffer Sphoeroides nephalus
Burfish Chilomvcterus schoepfi

(Adapted from Zieman, 1982).
Important sport, commercial and bait species

Reptiles

Green sea turtle Chelonia mvdas
Loggerhead sea turtle Caretta carretta carretta
American crocodile Crocodylus acutus

Birds

Roseate spoonbill Ajaja alaia
Great blue heron Ardea herrodias
Great white heron Ardea occidentalis
Great egret Casmerodius albus
Little blue heron Florida caerulea
Reddish egret Dichromanassa rufescens
Louisiana heron Hydranassa tricolor
Bald eagle , Halieaeetus leucocephalus
Red-breasted merganser Mergis serrator
osprey Pandion haliaetus
Brown pelican Pelecanus occidentalis
Double-crested cormorant Phalacrocorax auritus

Mammals

Bottle-nosed dolphin Tursions truncatus
Manatee Trichechus manatus

(From Kushlan, 1976, 1978)

3. Beach/Borm

The beach and berm community of the preserve exhibits several
major differences when compared to other coastal areas of
Florida. Classic strand beach and dune formation is a dynamic
process of deposition and erosion of fine-grained silica sands
that are transported by riverine systems and littoral drift
along much of the Florida coastline. Beaches generally tend
to have a broad sloping profile with one or several dune lines
landward of the beach face. Width of the beach and height and
arrangement of dunes are typically reflective of the wave
energy and direction exerted upon the shoreline. Substantial
changes in topography are usually evident from season to
season as winter storms erode the beach and gentler wave
action deposits sands during summer. Prevailing winds are
also instrumental in transporting and depositing sand that
adds to or subtracts from the dune formations (Bascom, 1964).
1
Substrate and depositional environment are quite different
along the shorelines of the preserve. Topography of the sea
floor and the island themselves are typically outcroppings of
limestone rock. The intertidal zone is often a broad rock
ledge that parallels the shoreline. Nearshore patch reefs and
the gradually sloping bottom tend to dissipate wave energy and
those wave crests reaching shore are reduced to gentle eddies
throughout most of the year. This low energy environment is
not conducive to expansive beach development, as much of the
suspended sediments are dropped well off-shore. Finer
sediments and organic materials that are washed near shore are
deposited in shallow depressions in the caprock and often
support colonies of mangroves or marine grassbeds.

Also noticeably lacking are the fine-grained sands so typical
of classic beach and dune strands. Major component material
of,the beach and berm areas in the preserve are the fragmented
remains of corals, cast-off shells, and calcareous algae. The
larger, angular fragments are sorted by wave action and
deposited on the beach crest or berm during storm events. The
relative size and weight of the fragments inhibits extensive
dune formation because they are less subject to erosion or
deposition by winds. The berm areas are almost solely the
result of storm events that have repeatedly deposited these
fragments in parallel ridges along the shoreline. These
ridges are more accurately referred to as coastal berms. The
height and width of many of the berms are testimony to the
frequency and severity of some of those storms. Although the
geophysical nature of the dune and berm are different, they
perform much the same function in the natural environment.
They dissipate wave energy during storms and act as a barrier
to protect communities that lie landward of the beach.

The most extensive beach development is along the Atlantic
shoreline of the Newfound. Harbor Keys and Long Beach. The

beach face is relatively narrow along most of the shoreline
but reaches optimum development on the Long Beach, Cooks, and
Big 'Munson Island shorelines. Lower energy shorelines are
colonized by mangroves. Berm development is much more common
and varies in width and height dependent upon the exposure of
the shoreline. The southerly shorelines of the Newfound
Harbor Keys have well developed berms that are in excess of 50
feet wide and 2 to 4 feet in height over much of their length.
The berm gradually becomes lower and terminates in mangroves
on the leeward shoreline. The comparatively low profile would
be breached during a moderate storm surge. The berm
constitutes the only available "uplands" on these islands and
has been developed for residential use on Long Beach and Cooks
Island.

Lower, narrower berms are located along the northern shoreline
of Coupon Bight. Prevailing winds and currents are
instrumental in forming these coastal- ridges that barely
extend above the tide line. They are frequently inundated and
are usually colonized by mangroves and saltinarsh vegetation.

1@lant communities of the beach and berms are influenced by the
pioximity to tidal influence. Plants near the beach face and
low berms are subjected to intense sun and wind, high salinity
tidal wash, and a shifting substrate. Physiological
adaptations to prevent moisture loss from salt, sun, and winds
are evident in the succulent, shortened leaves of sea purslane
(Sesuvium portulacastrum), saltwort (Batis maritima), and
glasswort (Salicornia sp.). Other plant species possess
thickened or involute leavest surface hairs, or spines that
slow moisture loss and inhibit grazing. Low, vertically
spreading growth habits offer optimum leaf surface for
photosynthesis and a low profile to damaging winds. Extensive
horizontal and vertical root systems of the grasses
(Distichlis sp., Spartina sp., and Panicum sp.) intercept
available moisture and nutrients in ti@ls arid environment to
stabilize and enrich the soil for additional plant colonizers.
Black and white mangroves are also frequently encountered in
this zone.

Portions of the berm above the reach of normal tides support
a variety of herbaceous and woody plants including black
mangrove and many of the saltmarsh species. Highest portions
of the berm are vegetated with coastal plants, as well as many
from the tropical hardwood hammock community. Many of the
plant species of this community are rare, endangered,
threatened or species of special concern because @ of
development pressure on this resource. (See section on
Endangered and Threatened Species.) Native plants of the
beach and berm community are listed on Table 6.

TABLE 6

A PARTIAL LIST OF THE BEACH/BERM FLORA

Chaff flower Alternanthera maritima
Beach orach Artiplex arenaria
Saltmarsh aster Aster tenuifolius
Black mangrove Avicennia germinans
Saltbush Baccharis sp.
Saltwort Batis maritima
Sea oxeye daisy Borrichia sp.
Saffron plum Bumelia celestrina
Gumbo limbo Bursera simaruba
Gray nicker Caesalpinia crista
Jamaica caper Capparis cynophyllopora
Limber caper Capparis flexuosa
Goatweed Capraria biflora
Seven-year apple Casasia clusifolia
Sandspur Cenchrus incertus
Barbed-wire cactus Cerus pentagonus
Marine ivy Fi7ssus trifolata
Spurges Chamaesyce spp.
Snowberry Chioccoca alba
Pigeon plum Coccoloba diversifolia
Sea grape Coccoloba uvifera
Silver thatch palm Coccothrinax argentata
Buttonwood Conocarpus erecta
Geiger Cordia sebestena
White stopper Eugenia axillaris
Spanish stopper Eugenia foetida
Blue mistflower Eupatorium incarnatum
Garber's spurge Euphorbia garberi
Seaside gentian Eustoma exaltatum
Wild cotton Gossypium hirsutum
Blolly Guapira discolor
Seaside hibiscus Hibiscus tiliaceus
Seaside heliotrope Heliotropium carassavicum
Wild hibiscus Hibiscus pilosus
Manchineel Hippomane mancinelia
Keys spider lily Hymenocallis latifolia
Railroad vine Ipomoea Des-caprae
Joewood Jacauinia keyensis
Bahama morning glory Jaguemontia pentantha
Black ironwood Krugiodendron ferrum
White mangrove Languncularia racemosa
Wild sage Lantana involuctata
Beach bamboo Lasiacis divaricata
Herbaceus sea lavender Limonium carolinianum
Christmasberry Lyciu carolinianum
Wild dilly Manilkara bahamensis
Gutta-percha mayten Maytenus Phyllanthoides
Poisonwood Metopiu toxiferum

Key grass Monanthochloe littoralis
Prickly pear cactus Opuntia stricta
Corkystemmed passionflower Passiflora suberosa
Joint grass Paspalum vaginatum
Beach carpet Philoxerus vermicularis
Blackbead Pithecellobium keyense
Cat's claw Pithecellobium unquis-cati
Purslane Portulaca oleracea
Indigoberry Randia aculeata
Darling plum Reynosia septentrionalis
Rougeberry. Rivinia humilis
Glassworts Salicornia spp.
Scaevola Scaevola plumieri
(= Mallotonia gnaphalodes).
Sea purslane Sesuvium portulacastrum
Teaweed Sida rhombifolia
Bahama nightshade Solanum bahamense
Pride-of-Big-Pine Strumfia maritima
Sea blight Suaeda linearis
Bay cedar Suriana maritima
Mahoe Thespesea populnea
Keys thatch palm Thrinax morrisii
Spanish moss Tillandsia usenoides
Pearlbery Vallesia antillana
Hog plum Ximenia americana
Wild lime Zanthoxylu fagra

(Source: Author's botanical field notes.)

The plant communities of the beach/berm area play a major role
in stabilizing the shoreline and offering a first line defense
to waves and winds during storms (Sensabaugh, 1975). They
dissipate wave energies and protect upland plant communities
and property from the adverse effects of winds and salt spray.
Alteration of the berm or the plant communities may subject
the shoreline to erosion and will subject less tolerant plant
species to the desiccating influence of wind and salt spary.
Removal of the plant community may also prepare the soil for
invasive exotic plants that offer little value in stabilizing
shorelines or as wildlife habitat (Mazzotti et al., 1981).

Exotic plant intrusion is fairly localized with Australian
pine (Casuarina equisetifolia) and Brazilian pepper (Schinus
terbinthifolius) occurring on distrubed sites. Latherleaf
(Colubrina asiatica), an invasive, exotic vine, has also
become well established. Disturbance from land clearing or
tropical storms may aid the proliferation of these undesirable
plants.

Animal life of the beach and berm community represents a wide
array of arboreal, terrestrial, and aquatic fauna. Infauna of
the sand/shell beach include numerous species of

invertebrates. marine worms, crabs, snails and clams are
periodically inundated by tides that provide detritus and
plankton from the sea. These creatures are in turn fed upon
by a host of wading and probing birds. Numerous insects and
crabs also forage the grass wrack along the shoreline.

The.avifauna is a mixture of seasonal and resident species of
various habits. The wading and shore birds include many of
those associated with the mangrove/saltmarsh communtiy.
Passerine species incude the many migrant visitors, as well as
the vireos, flycatchers, warblers, cardinal, and grackles that
are year round residents. The white-crowned pigeon (a
threatened species) is also a frequent visitor to the beach
and berm community where it feeds upon the fruit of
poisonwood, snowberry, and other native plants. Aerial
searching birds would include the red-shouldered hawk,
kestrel, night hawk, and others that are opportunistic and
make use of any suitable area.

Reptiles include the American and Cuban anoles, and several
threatened sub-species of snakes and possibly the Keys mud
turtle. The American crocodile is also potentially a visitor
of the berm areas within the Bight. These areas would offer
loafing beaches for the shy crocodile as they are well away
from human habitation. Those berms with vegetative cover and
marl soils are also potential nesting sites for the crocodile.

The Atlantic loggerhead turtle is a confirmed visitor to the
Atlantic beach and berm areas. This threatened species is
known to nest here and efforts to collect data on the number
of nests and hatching success in now underway. Hopefully
future data and observation may also establish the
presence/ absence of other endangered sea turtles, including
the Atlantic green turtle, which historically may have nested
here. The introduced Australian pine has the potential to be
a direct threat to turtle nests. Moisture-seeking roots
invade nest cavities and enmesh the turtle eggs. Upon
hatching, the newborn turtles may not be able to extricate
themselves from the root "net" and may perish inside the nest.
The relative lack of pristine beaches in the Keys requires
that the remaining areas be left in a natural condition and
free of exotic plants so that the sea turtles may continue to
nest here.

Mammals of the beach and berm community include several
species of herbivorous rodents and the marsh rabbit
(Silvilagus palustris hefneri) that feed upon leaves, fruit,
and seeds and seek out nest sites in the dense foliage
(Lazell, 1984). The silver rice rat (Orvzomys.argentatus), an
endangered spcies, has not been positively confirmed for this
area but studies indicate that proximity of suitable habitat
to the beach and berm may make this area attractive to the

species for occ asional foraging (Spitzer-Goodyear, per.
comm.).

The nocturnal ramblings of the raccoon and opossum also
include foraging on the beaches and berms. The possibility of
a easily obtained meal usually awaits in the seagrass wrack on
the shoreline where, fruit, crustaceans, molluscs, and other
tidbits need only be uncovered. The largest native mammal of
the lower Keys is also primarily nocturnal or crepuscular in
habit. The tiny Key deer (also an endangered species) forages
over a wide range of habitat types. The mangrove areas in the
preserve are heavily utilized by the deer and recent
observations indicate that the berm areas are also a favored
area for bedding and foraging. The berm in the Long Beach
area also serves as a dry corridor between the Newfound Harbor
Keys and mainland portion of Big Pine Key. Numerous deer
trails and signs of foraging are evident over much.of the berm
throughout the year (pers. obser.).

A partial list of beach and berm fauna is provided in Table 7.

TABLE 7

A PARTIAL LIST OF THE BEACH/BERM FAUNA

INVERTEBRATES

Snails Batillaria sp.
Littorina sp.
Nerita sp.
Marine Worms Nereis sp.
Lumbrineris sp.
Land crab Cardisomaguauhumi
Hermit crab Coenobita clypeatus
Mole crab Emerita Talpoida
Ghost crab Ocypode guadrata
Clam Anomalocardia sp.
Numerous inscets

VERTEBRATES

Reptiles and Amphibians

Florida Keys mole skink Eumeces e. egregius
Five-lined skink Eumeces Tnexpectatus
Ashy gecko Sphaerodactylus cinereus
Reef gecko Sohaerodactylus n. notatus
American anole Anolis carolinensis
Cuban anole Anolos sagrei steinegeri

Mangrove water snake Natrix fasciata compressicauda
Rough green snake Opheodrys aestivus
Eastern indigo snake Drymarchon corals goupari
Red rat snake Elaphe guttata guttata
Keys mud turtle Kinosternon b. bauri
Atlantic loggerhead turtle Carretta carretta carretta
American crocodile -Erocodylus acutus
Green tree frog Hyla cinerea
Squirrel tree frog Hyla scruirella
Cuban tree frog Hyla sententrionalis
Southern toad Bufo terrestris
Giant toad Bufo marinus
Narrow-mouthed toad Gastrophryne carolinensis

Birds

Great blue heron Ardea herodia
Great white heron Ardea fierodias occidentalis
Little blue heron Florida caerulea
Great egret Casmerodius albus
Turkey vulture Cathartes aura
Red-shouldered hawk Buteo lineatus
American kestrel Falco sparverius
Semipalmated plover Charadrius semipalmatus
piping plover charadrius melodus
Wilson's plover Charadrius wilsonia
Black-bellied plover Pluvialis sauatarola
Ruddy turnstone Arenaria interpes
Willet Catoptrophorus semipalmatus
Least sandpiper Calidris minutilla
Dowitchers Limnodromus sp.
Semipalmated sandpiper Calidris Dusilla
Sanderling Calidris alba
Herring gull Larus argentatus
Ring-billed gull Larus delawarensis
Laughing gull Larus atricilla
Foster's tern Sterna fosteri.
Least tern Sterna albifrons
Royal tern Sterna maxima
Sandwich tern Sterna sandvicenjg@jj
Black skimmer Rynchops niger
White-crowned pigeon Columba leucocephala
Ground dove Columbina passerina
Mangrove cuckoo Coccyzus minor
Belted kingfisher Megaceryle alcyon
Gray knigbird Tyrannus domincensis
Brown thrasher Toxostoma rufum
Blue-gray gnatcatcher Pilioptila caerulea
Black-whiskered vireo Vireo altiloquus
Yellow-rumped warbler Dendroica coronata
Prairie warbler Dendroica discolor
Plam-warbler Dendroica valmarum
Common yellowthroat Geothlypis trichas

ouse sparrow Passer domesticus
Red-winged blackbird Agelaius phoeniceus
Common gackle Ouiscalus quiscula
Cardinal Cardinalis cardinalis

Mammals

Oppossum Dildelphis marsunialis
Raccoon Procyon lotor
Marsh rabbit Sylvilagus palustris hefneri
Hispid cotton rat Sigmodon hispidus
Key deer Odocoileus virginianus-clavium

(From: Schomer and Drew, 1982; and field observations.

4. Coral Patch Reef

There are reef-like buildups as far north as Georgia on the
Atlantic coast, but three dimensional, living, coral reefs are
restricted to the tropical waters of the Florida Keys in North'
America.

Narrow tolerances in such factors as substrate, light,
temperature and sediment limit distribution within the broader
geographic zone, as well as within a local area. Corals
develop best where bare limestone sea floor is in close
proximity to the Gulf Stream that provides nutrients and
stable temperatures. The bare limestone provides a point of
attachment for the early colonizers. As the pioneers die,
their skeletal remains furnish new ground for additional
colonization. This process of building up and tearing down
keeps the community in a constant state of change and imparts
a distinctive character to the geological profile of the area.

The Florida Reef Tract parallels the Florida Keys island chain
and reaches optimum development in the deeper waters, seaward
of Hawk's Channel and landward of the Straits of Florida. The
Florida Keys archipeligo lies between the large lagoonal
system of Florida Bay and the oceanic waters of the Atlantic
and Gulf Stream. The configuration of the island chain
significantly influences the configuration of the reefs
(Ginsburg and Shinn, 1964). The reef tract is actually a
narrow band of disjunct reefs with many horizontal gaps in the
linear configuration. The gaps or breaks in the reef
correspond with the creeks, cuts or passes between the islands
of the Keys that act much like river deltas. These tidal
passes facilitate mixing of the waters of Florida Bay with
oceanic currents.

Bay is a shallow receiving basin for run-off from the
mainland. Water temperatures and salinities are extremely
variable and suspended sediments are fine and easily
transported. Outgoing tides carry these waters out to the reef
tract. Where tidal channels cross the Keys and the line of the
reef, there is a gap in the reef because reef building corals
cannot tolerate the excessive sediments and fluctuating
temperatures and salinites.

Japp (1984) divides the reefs into four types, based upon
physical habitats and community structure patterns. The
seaward most community is the bank reef. This community
receives the most beneficial nutrients, displays the most
diverse associations, and exhibits the most highly developed
super-structure. Many of the massive, reef building corals in
this community do not occur in the other community types.
They thrive in the deep, clear waters and can withstand the
wave surge that constantly washes the seaward edge of the
formation. The seaward spur and groove configuration and the
abundance of elkhorn corals (Acropora palmata) are distinctive
(Shinn, 1963; Shinn et al., 1981). Looe Key Reef is a good
example of the bank reef formation and exhibits well developed
spur and groove formations.

The transitional reef is, as the name implies, between
development from patch reef to bank reef. This community has
fauna from both the bank reef and the patch reef or may also
resemble well developed hardground in some areas. The
transitional reef often exhibits a tendency to spur and groove
formation and may in time or under more favorable conditions
(higher sea level) develop into the more diverse bank reef.
This type of formation also occurs on artificial substrate,
such as sunken ships or other debris used to construct
artificial reefs (Japp, 1984).

Patch reefs are smaller, isolated versions of the bank reef.
These domed or horseshoe- shaped mounds usually lie landward of
the main reef and seaward of Hawk's Channel in the area
commonly referred to as the "reef flan" (Marszelak, 1982).
This community assumes many variations in size, dominant
species, and degree of diversity. Patch reef development in
nearshore waters (landward of Hawk's Channel) is known to
occur in only a few locations in the Keys.

The patch reefs in the preserve are in depths from 6 to 12
feet (2 to 4 meters) scattered along a more or less parallel
axis to the Newfound Harbor Keys. The two largest are located
within .6 mile (1 km.) of Big Munson Island shoreline near the
western boundary of the preserve. A large cluster of smaller
patches is located due south of Cooks and Hopkins Islands.
Other, even smaller, more isolated patches may consist of only
one or two large coral heads (colonies) surrounded by
gorgonians and sponges. Most are typically ringed by sand and

rubble halos that are created by the foraging activities of
f ish and sea urchins. These unique patch reef s lie in the
"shadow" of the Newfound Harbor Keys and are thus protected
from the sediments and variable temperatures and salinities of
'Big Pine Channel and Coupon Bight.

Species diversity and density generally increase in proportion
to the size of the patch reef. Larger patches provide more
niches for invertebrates and fishes. Large heads of star
coral (Montastrea annularis,. M. cavernosa) starlet corals
(Siderastrea spp.) and to a lesser extent, the brain coral
(Diploria labyrinthiformis) provide crevices and vertical
relief.that may rise to within a few inches of the surface.
Encrusting corals, algae, soft 'corals and sponges colonize
interstitial spaces.

The presence of a large coral head inside Coupon Bight is a
unique occurrence. This colony is approximately 2 feet high
and 3-4 feet wide. The deep cleft near the center divides it
almost in half. Several fish species and a few small
gorgonians and sponges (and in one observation, a small
loggerhead sea turtle) make up the entire community. If the
existence of the nearshore patch reef community on the
Atlantic can be described as marginal (Japp, 1984), this small
community may well be described as extraordinary. The lagoon
environment is subjected to extreme variations in temperature,
salinity and turbidity that presumably would inhibit large,
hard coral formation, yet this colony survives and has
expanded under the most adverse conditions. The origin of
this colony is a subject of much speculation.

The fourth type of coral community is the live bottom or
hardground (referred to in this plan as hardbottom) . This
association is dominated by scattered colonies of corals,
gorgonians, sponges, and algae that colonize exposed portions
of the limestone bedrock or reef ruubble. Hardbottom
communities are extremely diverse in distribution and numbers
of organisms within a given area. They may contain reef-
building species but other environmental conditions
(substrate, water depth, sediment loads, currents, etc.) do
not favor more extensive patch reef development at the present
time. As environmental or biological conditions change,
portions of the hardbottom could evolve to patch reefs or be
displaced by marine grassbeds. Grassbeds are frequently
dispersed throughout this community on substrates with deeper
sediments. (Although generally included in the coral reef
communities, the hardground community is a major component of
the preserve's resources and is discussed in a separate
section of this chapter.)

The major structural and biological foundations of the patch
reef community are the colonial corals that.separate calcium
carbonate from sea water and construct a stony skeleton..

Corals are members of the phylum Cnidaria which includes such
organisms as jellyfish, sea anemones, and hydrozoans. Two
classes of Cnidaria are principal colonial forms associated
with or responsible for producing reefs, the Hydrozoa and the
Anthozoa. The Hydrozoa are represented by the fire corals or
stinging corals. The Anthozoa contain two subclasses, the
Octocorallia, the soft corals (e.g. whipcorals, sea feathers
and sea fans) and the Zoantharia. Within the Zoantharia
subclass is the order Scleractinia, containing the true stony
corals (brain coral, star coral, etc.) (Barnes, 1974). -The
characteristics common to each subclass are the capability to
secrete a calcareous skeleton and functional autotrophy (self-
production).

The Scleractinia are the reef builders. Although many
colonies are only several inches in diameter, larger forms may
reach dimensions of up to 8 feet, often referred to as coral
'heads'. The living coral tissue inhabits only the external
surface of the head. The individual polyp secretes a cup or
calice that provides shape and protection for the individual.
As the colony grows, the calices of members of the same
species join and the colony assumes a distinctive
configuration and coloring. Thus the particular species is
often easily identifiable by the visual appearance of the
colony as a whole. Some appear relatively smooth and
spherical, such as the starlet coral (Siderastrea siderea),
and others may be grooved, such as the brain coral (Diploria
labyrinthiformis), or still others may form finger-like
projections, such as the finger corals (Porites spp.).

Over many generations, stony corals have laid down massive
limestone skeletons and sediments that add relief to the sea
floor and may rise to within a few feet or even inches of the
water's surface. Major reef building species of the patch
reef community within the preserve are star coral (Montastraea
annularis) , cavernous star coral (M. cavernosa) , starlet coral
and the brain corals. Table 8 provides a partial list of
faunal species of the patch reefs. ,

Coral tissues are host to dinoflagellate zooxanthellae
(microscopic algae) that live symbiotically within each coral
polyp. Zooxanthellae, like other plants are capable of
producing their own food. Using solar energy, they build
protein, carbohydrates and other complex compounds from carbon
dioxide, nitrates, and phosphates obtained from the
surrounding sea water and the host. The algae provide self-
sustaining nourishment and contribute to the oxygen
requirements of the coral host. The corals capture plankton
and other mobile fauna with their tentacles and their
metabolic waste products provide some of the basic structural
compounds for the algae in return. If environmental
influences (heat, cold, disease, pollution, etc.) are adverse,
the coral polyps may expel the zooanthellae and the coral

colony will die. This symbiotic relationship is only one of
many that occur in the patch reef community.

Other fauna include the "soft" corals or gorgonians. The sea
whips (Pseudopterogorgia acerosa), sea fingers (Briareum
asbestinum), and sea fans (Gorgonia flabellum) are only a few
that colonize reef rubble and are a major element of the
hardbottom area that often adjoins the patch reef community.
Each of these individual colonies supports a characteristic
flora and fauna of their own. Grazing often eliminates these
(and other) species closest to the reef and creates the "halo"
of bare rubble and course sediment that encircles a patch
reef. The sediment and reef rubble is eventually cemented by
physical and biological agents and becomes suitable substrate
for reef expansion (Ogden et al., 1973).

Infaunal organisms that inhabit the patch reef include boring
and burrowing sponges (Cliona sp.), gephyrid worms, urchins
(Centrechinus and Echinometra spp.), and numerous bivalves,
barnacles and crabs. The corals provide some of these
organisms with substrate for attachment and access to
nutrients. Several species of invertebrates and fishes feed
directly upon coral polyps and are a major component of the
biologically erosive forces that tear down the the reef as it
is being built. Still others, such as the encrusting corals,
play important roles in consolidating reef rubble and
sediments for colonization by other organisms.

The macrofauna of the reef are more colorful and diverse than
in any other marine environment. The coral formations provide
protection and shelter for small shrimp, crabs, fish, and
several species of lobster, including (Panulirus argus), the
spiny lobster of commercial interest. The larger predators of
the reef include the often spectacularly colored schools of
fishes that prey upon invertebrates and smaller individuals of
their own kind. The most frequently observed larger predators
on the reef include the barracuda (Sphyraena barracuda) and
moray eel (Gymnothorax spp.). The nurse shark (Ginglymostoma
cirratum), primarily a scavenger, is a common shark of the
shallow water patch reefs and is seldom a threat to man,
unless stepped upon or harassed.

Many of the larger predators are important species for local
fisheries. The groupers (Epinephelus spp. and Mycteroyerca
spp.), snappers (Lutjanus spp. and Ocyurus chrysurus), grunts
fflaemulon spp.) and jacks (Caranx spp.) account for a large.
percentage of the commercial finfish landings in the county.
Spiny lobster is also a prime target and the harvest averages
4-5 million pounds a year (NMFS, 1981, 1985, 1986). Ballyhoo
(Hemiramphus brasiliensis),. a small omnivorous species, is
also an economically important bait fish that inhabits coral
reef areas.

Trophic levels and dependency upon other communities may be
highly specialized. Zooplankton is an important energy source
for larval stages of most of the reef species and a primary
food source for several adult species. The adult anchovies,
herrings, silversides, cardinalfish, chromis, and others are
schooling species that feed upon zooplankton. other f ish
species of the coral reefs depend upon marine gras.sbeds for
feeding during juvenile life stages. The grassbeds also
provide cover for the fry and fingerlings. As they become
larger and can no longer hide in the grass, they seek refuge
and feed from the relative safety of the reef. Conversely,
many adults of a species utilize the reef for temporary refuge
and feed almost exclusively in the grassbeds. The nocturnal
foraging of the grunts and snappers is a good example of this
type of energy partitioning. These f ish rest on the reef
during the day and f eed in the grassbeds at night. These
species and others facilitate the dispersal of energy from one
community to another in the form of standing biomass and
imported" nutrients in feces that are dropped over the patch
reef (Zieman, 1982).

The productivity of coral reefs has been compared to that of
tropical rain forests and considered by some to be the most
productive ecosystem on earth (Sournia, 1977). Although
qualitative research for south Florida reefs has not been
extensive enough to be conclusive, some interesting
comparisons seem to reinforce this supposition. The annual
overall productivity of a small reef in the Pacific was
estimated to be 846 grams dry weight per square meter (g dry
wt/m2) with a net gain of 2 g Carbon/m2 per day (Odum and
Odum, 1955). In comparison, red mangrove leaf biomass
averages between 700 and 800 g/m2 (Odum and Heald, 1975) and
leaf biomass of turtle grass on Florida's east coast may
average 125-800 g dry wt/m2 (Zieman 1975; from Japp, 1984)

The primary productivity of each of these different
environments is further enhanced when in close proximity to
each other. The transfer of nutrients between organisms is
often quicker and with less opportunity for loss of energy in
the transfer from one level to another. The snapper may rest
during the day and forage the grassbeds in relative safety
during the night. The grouper and moray need not expend large
amounts of energy to pursue and capture prey. They lie in
wait in safety and concealment for the unwary meal. Many of
the reef species need not ambulate at all. They need only to
extend their tentacles to capture sustenence. Thus, the net
effect of coral reef ecology is to provide a highly diverse
and efficient energy resource within a relatively compact
area.

Plants of the patch reef are almost exclusively represented by
the coraline algae. Small mounds of coral rubble or bare
skeleton provide attachment for Hamimeda, Rhizocephalus,

Udotia and Caulerpa species. A large group of filamentous and
boring algae are also present but less conspicuous than the
fleshier, upright forms (Humm and Wicks, 1980). Densely
consolidated substrate, grazing, and competition with
sedentary faunal organisms generally limits the abundance of
floral species.

These small patch reefs are subject to stress from several
sources. Extreme or extended drops in atmosheric temperatures
during winter cold fronts quickly cools shallow waters and as
surf temperature falls, some die-off of corals and other
species is usually evident. Inversely, warming of nearshore
waters is evident during late summer and early fall. Coupled
with low tides and calm waters, upper portions of'coral heads
may be severly stressed. Sediments from adjacent areas may
also blanket the reefs during heavy storm activity. Heavy
sediment loads can literally smother the coral community.

Environmental changes that favor proliferation of one species
of organism may well signify the doom of others.
Phytoplankton blooms (red tides) may cause heavy fish
mortality. Black band disease and coral 'bleaching' are now
prevalent phenomena in the Keys' reef and investigative
studies have only begun to determine the causes and possible
remedies for these maladies. The patch reefs *in Coupon Bight
Aquatic Preserve are existing in marginal conditions and
excessive pressures from human activities may be the deciding
factor*in their survival.

Cultural and Historic Significance of Coral Reefs

Modern technology has placed this once mysterious world within
the reach of a population that can experience first hand it's
profound beauty and biological richness. However, these same
conveniences have placed additional stress on an extremely
sensitive ecosystem that exists at the northern most limits of
it's range. The activities of man are potentially the most
destructive to the reefs. Many have been destroyed and others
are precariously balanced between survival and extinction.
overuse, overharvesting, carelessness and - ignorance of the
physical and biological requirements of the system are the
major causes of decline of the reefs in many areas. Both
direct and external impacts are of imminent concern to those
who manage for and benefit from this bountiful resource,
Hopefully, through education and protective measures this rare
and sensitive resource may be preserved for the enjoyment and
enrichment of many generations to come.

The coral reef communities of the Florida Keys are truly a
unique resource for several reasons. They have played a very
important part in the biological, geological, historic and
cultural makeup of this small geographic area and they

represent the Keys' most valuable economic and natural
resources. Culturally, this intricate assemblage of
invertebrates and fishes represents many things to many
people. It has been a dreaded navigational hazard to
mariners, and object of artistic and scientific interest and
a bountiful provider of sustenance to many cultures, both
ancient and modern.

The early native Indians and Bahamian fisherman exploited the
abundant fish and turtles and salvaged the cargos of
unfortunate sailing ships that were dashed upon the
treacherous reefs. The somewhat sketchy but colorful exploits
of the pirates who plundered the treasure laden ships of the
Spanish fleets were also to become an indelible page in the
Keys' history. Later, the descendants of these enterprising
sailors and the immigrants from the Bahamas and Cuba were to
become permanent colonizers of this chain of islands. The
ever present threat to navigation, the tropical growing
climate and the rich bounty of the sea were the mainstay of a
culture devoted to ship salvage (or "wreckers"), citrus and
pineapple plantations, and the sponge, turtle and fishing
industries. (Carter, 1976) (Eyster, 1987)

The 1900's brought many changes to both the culture and their
utilization of the areas natural resources. A chain of
lighthouses on the reef edge guided vessels on a safer course.
Blight and more productive ports in Cuba soon usurped the
agricultural markets and delining numbers of turtles and
sponging grounds eliminated those industries as sources of
subsistence. Motorized vessels and improved fishing methods
were to become. the basis for an ever expanding fishery.
Flagler's railroad and a developing tourist industry on the
mainland soon lured hundreds and then thousands to the
tranquil splendor of the Keys. The railroad was eventually
replaced with a roadway and bridges after the Labor Day
@urricane of 1935. The Overseas Highway would accommodate ever
increasing numbers of sightseerers and fisherman. Coupled
with the tropical climate and year round abundance, both the
commercial and sport fisheries flourished (Martin, 1949; Dean,
1982).

In the last half of this century, improved snorkel and scuba
equipment has added an even more exciting dimension to the
local tourist industry. A short, comfortable boat ride will
deposit visitors in the clear, warm waters to observe the
natural wonders of the reef first hand. The awe inspiring
formations and animated fish are even accessible to many
others who are less adventuresome and 'may prefer the
experience of observing from the comfort of one of the many
glass-bottomed boats that make several daily trips to the reef
tract. Commercial dive operations, tour boats, , and other
tourist accommodiations cater to several million visitors a
year. The dive industry contributes substantially to the local

economy and employs a substantial number of the local and
seasonal residents. Whether it be snorkeling, photography,
diving, fishing or academic study, the visitor is almost
always assured of a most unique And rewarding experience.

Income from the sport (recreational) fishery is a major
contributor the ' local economy. Income from recreational
fishing includes guide 'services, charter boats, bait, fuel,
food, ice and taxidermy services that are procured from local
businesses. This income is generally lumped with the tourist
industry data and it is therefore difficult to assign a dollar
amount to these services but the Keys have been recognized as
a major sportfishing destination for nearly a century.

The commercial fishery is probably the third most important
industry in the county. Commercial harvest of lobster and
finfish alone represented nearly $12,000,000 to Monroe County
in 1980 (NMFS, 1981) and more than fifteen and a half million
dollars in 1985 (NMFS, 1985). Boat yards, fuel, ice,
transportation and processing facilities are accessory
industries that employ additional workers who are indirectly
dependent upon the fishery.

commercial harvesting of tropical fish, sponges and "live
rock' are also expanding industries. 'Live rocks' (or reef
rock, mat rock, etc.) are fragements of limestone with the
living organisms attached. These 'mini environments, support
algae, soft and hard corals, as well as, many of the epifaunal
and infaunal species associeated with the coral reef and
hardbottom communities. The live rock is typically harvested
in shallow waters and exported to saltwater . aquarium
enthusiasts. Especially prized are those with anemones and
feather duster worms attached. One firm in Monroe County
estimated that their annual export of 'live rock' is 80,000
pounds per year. There are approximately 60 firms in south
Florida that are involved in this industry and it is predicted
to expand by 10-15% each year. The long-term impacts to local
resources at this rate of harvest is of concern (Young, 1989;
Wheaton, 1989).

Impacts Associated with Resource Use

The financial interests of both the fisheries and tourist
industries are inextricably linked to the presence and
products of the reef tract. Yet many scientists, fisherman,
divers, and environmentalists have expressed concern for the
past and present pressures and stresses exerted upon this
unique environment. Some reefs have been reduced to mounds of
inanimate rubble by the activities of treasure salvors and
negligent or accidental vessel grounding. Still others have
been impoverished by coral and tropical fish collecting,
spearfishing, and the indiscriminate destruction of corals.by

careless or uniformed divers and snorklers who stand on, touch
or break coral formations that have take decades to form.

Careless boat operation in shallow water and damages from
misplaced boat anchors are a *maj or concern in many of the more
popular areas (Davis, 1977). Pleasure boat registrations for
Dade County doubled in the period between 1964 and 1978.
Registrations f or Monroe County quadrupled during the same
time period and that pattern is likely to continue as the
regional population increases (Mathis et al., 1979). Many new
arrivals to the area may be first time boat owners and most
are ill equipped for navigation in the shallow waters and
around the barely submerged reefs. Without major efforts to
educate the boating public, improved navigational aids, and
additional mooring buoys, damage from boat groundings and
anchoring in the coral will undoubtedly increase in proportion
to the number of boats utilizing an area.

Lobster trap placement and retrieval also account for
considerable damage to corals. Traps may be placed on corals
or so near the patch reefs,that buoy lines are entangled and
chaff coral heads with wave movement. Wave surge from
tropical storms and hurricanes transport traps and they are
often dragged into coral formations when placed in close
proximity to the seaward side of the reefs. This type of
damage was typical in the preserve after the passage of a
minor storm (Kate) in November, 1985. Mechanized trap pullers
are also a problem. Traps being retrieved are dragged along
the bottom and corals may be broken and large heads completely
overturned. This type of damage is unfortunately, quite
common.

The more obvious disturbances are not the only threat to this
underwater resource. As thousands of new residents and
tourists come to south Florida and the Keys, so does new
construction of homes, resorts, roads, marinas, and facilities
for disposal of the tons of solid and liquid wastes of an
expanding population. Upland run-off contains heavy metals,
petroleum, pesticides and other chemicals that pollute
nearshore waters and are dispersed to the reef either by waves
and currents or through the food chain. Heavy metal (mercury,
zinc, lead, and cobalt) concentrations in sediments and corals
have been reported off southeast Florida by Manker (1975).
Evidence from studies on the effects of petroleum hyrocarbons
has determined that these substances are detrimental to corals
and that massive or chronic concentrations would also be
.harmful to other organisms (Japp, 1984). Other chemicals may
be quickly diluted and dispersed, therefore more difficult to
detect and the long-term effects more diffiuclt to predict.

Septic effluent is also transported well away from the point
of origin and this customary method of sewage disposal has
caused much controvery and concern for the health of the

reefs. The porous limestones of the Keys do hot retain the
effluent Jong enough for adequate decomposition to occur
(Bight et al., 1981). Tidal activity, currents, and wind
easily transport seepage from surface water drainage and
contaminated sediments to nearshore and offshore areas.
Likewise, the deep and shallow well injection of inadequately
treated sewage has proliferated without sufficient knowledge
of the particular geological features of the injection site
(La Pointe, 1989). Deep strata test boring has been primarily
limited to the mainland of Florida and little testing has been
done in the Keys. Information on the vertical and lateral
movement of injected materials and the final disposition of
these substances and their mutant byproducts is speculative
without further research.

The geologic strata, tidal regime, currents, thermal
stratification, chemistry and marine flora and fauna all
interact with human occupation of the coastal zone. The
ultimate effect upon the biological resources are at best
poorly understood and long-term research and monitoring will
reveal the foresight or folly of present activities, trends
and attitudes towards the protection and conservation of the
coral reefs and the productivity of all marine systems. The
true value of this unique resource cannot be fully appreciated
by its many benefactors without some knowledge of the delicate
balances and natural processes and relationships that exist
within this community association. Neither can the long term
survival of the reefs, as we know them, be guaranteed without
adequate research to determine the point at which the system
can realistically recover from natural catastrophe and the
cumulative impacts of man.

TABLE 8

A PARTIAL LIST OF THE PATCH REEF FAUNA

VERTEBRATES

Mammals

Atlantic bottle-nosed dolphin Tursipps truncatus

Reptiles

Atlantic ridley turtle Lepidochelys kempi
Atlantic hawksbill turtle Eretmochelys imbricata
Loggerhead turtle Caretta caretta caretta
Green turtle Chelonia mydas

Fishes

Ocean surgeon Acanthurus bahianus
Doctorfish Achirurgus sp.
Blue tang Achirurgus coeruleus
Barred cardinalfish Apogon binotatus
Flamefish Avogon maculatus
Belted cardinalfish Apogon townsendi
Trumpetfish Aulostomus maculatus
Orangespotted filefish Cantherhines Pullus
Slender filefish Monacanthsu tuckeri
Bar jack Caranx ruber
Queen angelfish Holacanthus ciliaris
Gray angelfish Pomacanthus arcuatus
Roughead blenny Acanthemblemaria aspera
Wrasse blenny Hemiemblemaria simulus
Neon goby Gobiosoma oceanops
.Bridled goby Coryphopterus glaucofraenum
Masked goby coryphopterus personatus
Goldspot goby Gnatholepis thompsoni
Hovering goby Ioglossus helenae
Herrings Clupeidea
Bermuda chub KyPhosus sectatrix
Spanish hogfish Bodianus rufus
Slippery dick Halichoeres bivittatus
Yellowhead wrasse Halichoeres granoti
Hogfish Lachnolaimus maximus
Clown wrasse Halichoeres maculipinna
Puddingwife Halichoeres radiatus
Bluehead wrasse Thalassoma bifasciatum
Schoolmaster snapper Lutianus anodus
Mutton snapper Lutianus anelis
Gray snapper Lutjanus griseus
Yellowtail snapper ocyurus chrysurus
Spotted goatfish Pseudupeneus maculatus
Glassy sweeper Pempheris schomburoki
Sergeant major Abudefduf saxatilis
Yellowtail damselfish Microspathodon chrysurus
Dusky damselfish Pomacentrus fuscus
Beaurgregory Pomacentrus leucosticuts
Bicolor damselfish Pomacentrus parititus
Threespot damselfish Pomacentrus Planifrons
Cocoa damselfish Pomacentrus variabilis
Porkfish Anisotremus virginicus
Tomtate Haemulon aurolineatum
Caesar grunt Haemulon carbonarium
Smallmouth grunt Haemulon Chrysargyreum
French grunt Haemulon flavolineatum
Spanish grunt Haemulon macrostomum
White grunt Haemulon plumieri
Bluestriped grunt Haemulon sciurus
Midnight parrotfish Scarus co'elestinus
Blue parrotfish Scarus coeruleus

Striped parrotfish Scarus croicensis
Rainbow parrotfish Scarus quacamaia
Queen parrotfish Scarus vetula
Redband parrotfish Sparisoma aurofrenatu
Redtail parrotfish sparisoma chrysopterum
Redfin parrotfish Sparisoma rubripinne
Bucktooth parrotfish Sparisoma radians
Spotlight parrotfish Sparisoma viride
Cubbyu Eguetus umbrosus
Reef croaker Odontoscion dentex
Barred hamlet Hypoplectrus puella
Butter hamlet Hypoplectrus unicolor
Graysby Epinephelus cruetatus
Red grouper Epinephelus morio
Nassau grouper Epi@ephelus atriatus
Black grouper Mycteroperca bonaci
Harlequin bass serranus tigrinus
Sucereye porgy Calamus calamus
Jolthead porgy Calamus balonado
Great barracuda Sphyraena barracuda
Sharpnose puffer Canthigaster rostrata

INVERTEBRATES

Porifera (Sponges)
Variable sponge Anthosigmella varians
Tube spong Callyspongia vaginalis
Chickenliver sponge Chondrilla nucula
Chondrosia coll6ctrix
Cinachyra cavernosa
Boring sponge Cliona spp.
Heavenly sponge Geodia gibberosa
Finger sponges Haliclona spp.
Vase sponges Ircinia spp.
Neopetrosia longlevi
Loggerhead sponge Spheciosphongis vesparia
spongia graminea
Fire sponge Tedania ignis
Tethya.sp.
Candle sponge Verongia longissima

Cnidaria

Hydrozoa
Encrusting stinging coral Millepora.alcicornis

Scyphozoa
Moon Jelly fish Aurelia aurita
stinging jellyfish Dactylometra guinque irrha
Comb jellyfish Mnemiopsis spp.
Portugeuse man-of-war Physalia Physalis
Sertularia inflata

By the wind sailor Velella velella

Anthozoa
Octocorallia (soft corals)
Corky seafingers Briareum asbestinu
Eunicea Eunicea knighti
Eunicea succinea
Venus seafan Gorgonia flabellum
Common seafan Gorgonia ventalina
Sea rods Plexaura flexuosa
Plexaurella dichototoma
Plexaurella fusifera
Plexaurella nutans
Pseudoplexaura flagellosa
Pseudoplexaura porasa
Purple sea plume Pseudonterogorgia acerosa
Slimy sea plume Pseudonterogorgia americana
Angular sea whip Pterogorgia anceps

Hexacorallia
Actiniarians (Sea anemones) Bartholomea annulata
BundosomA cavernata
Condylactis gigantea

Madreporarians (Stony corals)
Sheet (lettuce) coral Agaricia spp.
Ivory tube coral Cladocora arbuscula
Knobby brain coral DiPloria clivosa
Grooved brain coral Diploria labyrinthiformis
Smooth brain coral Diploria strigosa
Flower coral Eusmilia spp.
Golfball coral Favia fragum
Rose coral Manicina areolata
Mountainous star coral Montastraea annul!,gris
Cavernous star coral Montastraea cavernosa
Large flower coral Mussa angulosa
Ivory bush coral Oculina diffusa
Mustardhill coral Porites asteroides
Finger coral Porites furcata
Clubbed finger coral Porites porites
Rough starlet coral Siderastrea radians
Smooth starlet coral Siderastrea sider!t-a

Annelida
Arabella sp.
Tube worm Cistenides sp.
Eunice spp.
Green, bristle worm Hermodice carunculata
Loimia sp.
Banded feather dusters Sabella spp.

Mollusca
Adoria sp.
Cerith Cerithium spp.
White ark Barbatia sp.
Chiton Chiton sp.
Scallop Chlamys spp.
Triton Cyvmatium spp.
cowrie Cypraea spp.
spiny lima Lima lima
Burrowing mussel Lithophaga spp.
Miter shell Mitra spp.
Tulip mussel Modiolus amercanus
Murex Murex spp.
Joubin's octopus Octopus joubini
Octopus Octupus vulgaris
Pectin Pectin sp.
Pearl oyster Pinctada radiata
Pin shell Pinna carnea
Reef squid Sepioteuthis sepioidea
Slender chiton Stenoplax floridana
Queen conch Strombus gigas
Fighting conch strombus pugilis
Hawk wing Strobus raninus
Speckled tellin Tellina listeri

Arthropoda
Barnacles Balanus spp.
Lepsas spp.
Snapping shrimp Alpheus spp.
Cleaning shrimp Lysmata intermedia
Spiny lobster Panulirus argus
Pink shrimp Penaeus sp.
Pederson's cleaning shrimp Periclimenes pedersoni
Slipper lobster Scyllarides nodifer
Squilla Squilla sp.
Banded coral shrimp Stenopus hispidus
snapping shrimp Synalpheus spp.
Star-eyed hermit crab Dardanus venosus
Sponge crab Dromidia sp.
Blue crab Callinectes sapidus
Stone crab Menippe mercenaria
Spider crab Mithrax sp.
Hermit crabs Paguristes spp.
Hermit crabs Pagurus spp.
swimming crabs Portunus spp.
Decorator crab Stenocionops furcata
Arrow crab Stenorhynchusseticornis

Echinodermata
Agassiz's sea cucumber Actinopyga agassizi
Furry sea cucumber Astichopus multifidus

Basket starfish Astrophvton muricatum
Sea star Astropecten spp.
Sea biscuit Clypeaster rosaceus
Lonq-spined sea urchin Diadema antillarum
Boring urchins Echinometra spp.
Slate-pencil urchin Eucidaris tribuloides
Sea cucumber Holothuria floridana
Brittle star Ophiocoma echinata
Ophioderma sp.
Bahama starfish Oreaster reticulatus

Chordata (Tunicates) Ascidea sp.
Didemnum amethysteum
Styela sp.
Symplegma sp.

(Opersko, 1973; Opresko, et. al., 1976; Schmall and Tilmant, 1980;
Kisslinq IN Multerf 1977; Voss, 1976; Jaap, 1984; Voss, 1982 and
Kaplan, 1982)

5. Hardbottom

This community association is referred to as live bottom
(Jaap, 1984) or hard bottom (Voss, 1982; Marzalak et al.,
1977; and others). It is generally included as a subcategory
of the coral reef habitats, as described by these authors, but
will be treated as a separate community association within
this plan and in the resource maps, as it is a major
constituent of the aquatic preserve's resources. Large
portions of the Atlantic sea floor and smaller portions of the
lagoon bottom are representative of this community
association. Marine grassbeds, sand, and mud bars are usually
intermixed with the hard bottom, occupying shallow depressions
in the limestone. Distribution of macrofauna is generally
scattered in random patterns and is never as compact or
diverse as are qrassbeds or coral reefs. Never the less, this
community association supports a diverse. invertebrate and
vertebrate fauna and is a valuable nursery area for many sport
and commercial fish species (Jaap, 1984).

The flora and fauna of this association are highly variable
and contain many species of the patch reef association but are
not three dimensional 'reef building communities. Species
composition is usually dominated by algae and invertebrate
species such as soft corals, sponges, and small stony corals.
The algal species are well represented by the calcareous
greens, Acetabularia, Batophora, Halimeda, and Udotea spp.
These species are instrumental in binding sediments and the

formation of calcareous sands that are the byproducts of their
skeletal remains. They are also a food source for herbivorous
fish and invertebrates. The brown Sargassum is also common
..and supports a relatively complex microcommunity within it's
delicate leaves and nodules.

The soft corals (octocorals or' gorgonians) are visually
dominant. The most common species are the sea whips
(Pterociorgia spp.) , sea fan Gorgonia ventalina), sea rods
(Plexaura spp.),@and the sea plumes (Pseudopterogorgia spp.).
Stony corals found in. the live bottom communities include
clubbed finger coral (Po ites porites.), porous coral (1!.
asteroides), starlet coral (Siderastrea radians), rose coral
(Manicina areolata) , lobed star coral (Solenastrea hyades) ,
and smooth star coral (S. bournoni). These species vary from
a few inches to a foot in height. Colonies of clubbed finger
corals may cover several square meters in the clear, shallow
waters near shore and their skeletal remains are a large
constituent of the "sand" beach and the bars between the
islands.

The sponges are also well represented in the hardbottom
community. Dominance of this group in areas of the lagoon
prompted Lineback (1968) to refer to those areas as the "sandy
botton-sponge community". the most prevalent species are the
chicken liver sponge (Chondrilla nucula) , vase sponge (Ircinia
campana) , cake sponge (.1. etherea) , stinking sponge (I.
felix), the little blue heavenly sponge (Dysidea etherea), the
large loggerhead sponge (Sphec-iosloongia vesparia) , and the
tube 'sponges (Aiplysina cauliformis and Callispongia spp.) .
Both sponges and octocorals are host or prey to a wide variety
of organisms that live on or in their framework. Both groups
glean sustenence from the surrounding water and in doing so
act as filtering mechanisms to remove minute particles and
nutrients from the water.

Motile fauna of the hardbottom include many invertebrates and
fishes of both the patch reef and seagrass communities. This
area provides microhabitats for many juvenile fishes as well
as infaunal organisms that tunnel the shallow sediments.
Marine turtles are also quite frequently observed feeding or
resting in these areas. The hawksbill turtle is especially
fond of sponges which may comprise as much as 95 percent of
it's diet (Weiss, 1988).

The reader is referred to previous sections on coral reefs and
marine grassbeds for additional information and species lists.

H. DESIGNATED SPECIES

The many resource types within the preserve support a rich and
varied population of plants and animals. Previous sections

have enumerated the many material and aesthetic values accrued
to man in conserving and protecting these resources. This
section will discuss the often critical importance of these
resources to other species of plants and animals that are
endangered or threatened with extinction throughout part or
all of their geographic range. In most cases, their
endangerment is the direct result of man's exploitation of the
natural resources of an area. Excessive harvesting,
collecting, landclearing, construction, dredging, treasure
salvage, ditching, the use of pesticides, and the introduction
of exotic plants and animals have contributed to the decline
of many of these species and will continue to stress recovery
capabilities for most of them.

It shall be a major objective of this plan's management policy
to identify, map, and protect the endangered and threatened
species habitat within the preserve boundary and provide input
in decisions that would affect known habitat of these species
on adjacent lands and in marine areas. To the maximum extent
possible (where biologically and economically feasible),
disturbed habitats will be restored to benefit endangered and
threatened species. Educational programs for the general
public, organizations, and governmental agencies shall be
prepared and disseminated in hopes of informing and enlisting
support for the conservation and protection of vital habitats.
The small islands in and adjacent to the preserve are host to
a large number of endangered and threatened plant species.
Most are tropical species of West Indies origin and one is
endemic to the lower Keys. A preponderance of the listed
species occur within the mangrove/ saltmarsh and beach/berm
communities. The numbers and degree of endangerment may well
reflect the stress imposed by development in these areas.
Equally devasting pressure is exerted by plant collectors and
poachers whose primary objectives are the epiphytic orchids
(Encyclia spp.), air plants (Tillandsia spp.), cacti (Cereus
spp.', Opuntia spp.) , and palms (Thrinax and Coccothrinax
spp.). Entire areas may be stripped of these plants.
Displacement by exotic (introduced) plants is also a problem
where soils have been disturbed.

The often maligned manchineel (Hippomane mancinella), a
threatened species, has been totally eliminated from much of
its former range in the upper Keys and in many areas of the
lower Keys. The often exaggerated toxic properties of this
once abundant tree were reason enough to exclude it from
inhabited areas. Several large specimens still survive in the
more remote wetland areas of Big Pine Key. Other less
threatening or less conspicuous plants include the endangered
geiger tree (Cordia 'sebestena), wild cotton (Gossypium
hirsutum ) , sea lavender (Mallotonia gnaphalodes) and bay
cedar (Suriana maritima) . Garber's spurge (Chamaesyce garberi
syn. Euphorbia garberi) is presently classfied as endangered
on the state list and its occurence is limited to four known

locations, one of which is near the preserve boundary on the
north.

A second.large group of endangered and threatened plants are
found in the pineland communities of the lower Keys. One
endangered species, the Big Pine Partridge Pea (Cassia
keyensis) , is endemic to the lower Keys pinelands. other
endangered and threatened plants from this community include
the ferns (Acrostichum spp., Anemia sp., Pteris sp.,
Ophioglossu sp., and Vittaria sp.), and the silver palm
(Coccothrinax argentata). Plant poaching, filling of
freshwater wetlands, and land clearing are primary threats in
these areas. Exclusion of fire in the "fire dependent"
community may also be deleterious to many of the understory
plant species. As more development occurs within a pineland,
fire is excluded to protect property. The result is often
negative for the community as a whole and may eliminate
endangered and threatened species as the community succeeds to
a hardwood sere (Gunderson et al., 1983).

Endangered and threatened hardwood hammock species, or small
colonies of these species are generally dispersed randomly.
throughout a hammock. This 'clumping' is often overlooked by
those who clear land for development. The generally small
building lots are usually cleared of all vegetation to provide
a buiding site and yard area. This practice may eliminate an
individual or an entire colony of an already limited species.

Table 9 providesa partial species list of plants considered
to be endangered or threatened by 1) Florida Department of
Agriculture and Consumer Services, the official State list
(Preservation of Native Flora of Florida Act, Florida
Statutes, Section 581.185, 1978) ; 2) Rare (R) , endangered (E) ,
threatened (T), and spceies of special concern (SSC) from the
Florida Committee on Rare and Endangered Plants and Animals
(FCREPA) list: and 3) Rare and Endangered Biota of Florida
series (P.C.H. Pritchard, ed.). one cactus on the list,
(Cereus robinii) is currently designated as endangered by the
U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service and 16 plants from the list are
under review for federal listing.

The plant communities within and adjacent to the preserve are
host to an equally diverse number of endangered and threatened
animals. These areas provide food, cover, and nesting habitat
for a broad range of resident animals and are equally
important to several transitory species.. Table 10 lists all
species -that could be expected to utilize various habitats
within the preserve.

The endangered Key deer (Odocoileus virginianus claviu ) is
known to utilize many habitat types during daily or seasonal
movements but is limited to only a few of the lower Keys
islands, Big Pine having the largest population. They are

excellent swimmers and -are known to traverse open water
between islands (Silvy, 1975). Klimstra et al., (1980)
estimated mid-1970's population to have been approximately
350-400 animals. The Key Deer National Wildlife Reguge
esitmates current populations to be 250-300 animals (Holle,
1987). The deer travel over great distances to procure water
and forage and disperse over a wider range during rut and
fawning seasons. Loss of habitat and high annual mortalities
from road kills, fence intanglement, free roaming dogs and
drowning are major impediments to the deer's survival. Most of
these factors are directly the result of human occupation of
the area and will most probably be compounded as more of Big
Pine Key is developed. Conservation and management of this
species cannot be accomplished without close coordinatio n and
cooperation with local government planning and other resource
management plans.

The crepuscular or nocturnal Key Vaca raccoon (Procyon lotor
auspicatus), a threatened, endemic subspecies, is also an
excellent.swimmer and utilizes a broad range of habitats for
foraging. other than road kills, this species has few
confrontations with man and may in fact benefit from man's
occupation of an area. Cultivated fruit and garbage are
perfectly acceptable in their diet.

originally recorded from the island of Key Vaca (Marathon)
where urban development has displaced much of its former
habitat, the raccoon has expanded its range to other islands
near Big Pine Key. The Key Vaca raccoon is not currently
documented for the preserve area but close proximity to known
habitat (No Name Key) and the raccoon's amphibious skills
would indicate the extremely high probability of eventually
encountering this nomad (Lazel, 1984).

The endemic and endangered Silver rice rat (Orvzmoys
arentatus) utilizes freshwater and marine wetland areas for
foraging, cover, and nesting (Spitzer and Lazell, 1978). A
common saltmarsh plant (Batix maritima) is a known food plant
and an indicator of preferred habitat when in close proximity
to freshwater (Spitzer, 1983). The rice rat has not been
formerly recorded within the preserve. However, the area has
not been extensively trapped to confirm presence/absence and
available habitat would justify further population studies for
this rodent (Spitzer-Goodyear, pers. com.)

other species that are dependent upon freshwater wetlands and
upland habitats include several species of reptiles. The
threatened Big Pine Key ringneck snake (Diadophis punctatus
taeniata) and Florida brown snake (Storeria dekayi victa) are
endemics that are especially dependent upon freshwater
wetlands within the adjacent hammocks and pinelands (Paulson,
1968 and Weaver, 1978a) . A threatened subspecies, the Florida
ribbon snake (Thamnophis sauritus sackeni) and the threatened

Eastern indigo (Drymarchon corais c ouperi) utilize a variety
of habitats includi 'ng mangroves and saltmarsh areas (Weaver,
1978 (a)) . The Red rat snake (Elaphe auttata cruttata) is
listed as a species of special concern in the lower Keys.
Loss of suitable habitat is probably the single most. important
influence on their survival. Public education may be
beneficial in erasing the age old predjudice towards snakes in
general. All of these snakes are non-poisonous and all are
beneficial to man, in that they feed upon insects and rodents
that are considered vermin.. Yet most of them are
systematically eliminated from the environs of man out of fear
or ignorance and the introduction of domestic pets.

The Key mud turtle (Kinosternon bauri bauri) and the American
alligator (Alligator mississippiensis) utilize fresh and
brackish wetlands for feeding, resting and raising their
young. The endangered mud turtle is an elusive creature that
is often difficult to find even in it's known habitat.
Bottoms of ponds and solution holes are often carpeted with
thick layers of mud and leaf litter -that offer excellent cover
for this small turtle (Weaver, 1978 (b)). During periods of
dought the turtle may burrow into crevaces or tunnel under
rocks to conserve body moisture and await the rains that
replenish the pond (Dunson, 1981). The Alligator, once
threatened with extinction has been successfully bred and
reared in captivity. The success of alligator farming has
reduced the pressure on wild populations and the state now
considers the wild alligator as a species of special concern.

The American crocodile (Crocodylus acutus) is an infrequent
visitor in Coupon Bight. Reported sightings are usually a
case of mistaken identity (Alligator) but several reports (one
with photographs) are reliable. The proximity of several
other individuals on Bahia Honda Key and sporadic reports of
an individual near Key West would seem to indicate that
certain crocodiles are nomadic and may cover great distances
and frequent certain areas on a regular basis. The crocodile
usually shuns' areas of. human occupation and boat traf f ic
(Moler, per. com.) and may well find the shallow water bays
and channels of the Bight a a welcome haven from these
disturbances.

Although no amphibian species are presently listed, it is
anticipated that future research and study of local freshwater
areas may reveal morphologically or physiologically unique
species. The introduction of exotic species, such as the
Giant marine toad (Bufo marinus) and the Cuban treefrog (Hyla
septentrionalis) may possibly pose a threat to the smaller
native species but the alteration of wetland environments is
a much greater threat (Krakauer, 1970).

The avifauna of the area represents the largest group of
listed species. All except two species on Table 10 are

dependent upon wetlands for their survival. The Little blue
heron (Egretta caerulea), Snowy egret (Egretta thula), Reddish
egret (Egretta rufescens) , Tricolored (or Louisiana) heron
(Egretta tricolor) , and the Roseate spoonbill (Ajaja aja1a)
are currently listed as species of special concern. These
colonial nesters were easy prey for the plume hunters of the
early part of the century. Entire rookeries were annihilated
as plume hunters killed the adult birds in breeding plumage
and left chicks to die or fed them to their hogs. As the
demand for plumes declined, the real estate boom began in
south Florida. Thousands of acres of wetlands were drained
for agriculture and residential development. Depleted
breeding stocks and ever vanishing habitat brought these
species and others to the brink of extinction. Loss of
habitat, water management practices on the mainland, and the
introduction of pesticides into the food web may still imperal
the survival of many.

The Roseate tern (Sterna dougallii) and Least ern (Sterna
antillarum) are known to nest in the area and both are now
listed as threatened species. The roseate population consists
of approximately 250-300 nesting pairs and they nest almost
exclusively in the lower Keys (Robertson, 1978). Both terns
favor unvegetated beaches, berms and spoil islands for
nesting. Unfortunately, spoil islands and beaches are usually
prime targets for development or other alteration.
Development activities and ground nesting are seldom
compatible. The decision to remove dredge spoil to restore
historic water flow must also be weighed against the possible
disruption of nesting habitat.

The Southeastern snowy plover (Charadrius alexandrinus
tenuirostris) is a summer visitor to our beaches and shallow-
water wetlands but does not nest here (Wofdnden, 1978). This
threatened species has suffered descimation in many of the
Caribbean countries. Excessive hunting pressures and
destruction of habitat are instrumental in population declines
(Arendt et al., 1979; Wiley,1979).

The White-crowned pigion, a threatened species, is also hunted
for sport and food in many of the Caribbean countries.
Excessive hunting pressures, egg collecting and removal of
tropical hardwood forests have seriously depleted resident
populations in at least two countries. Cooperative
agreements, closed seasons and complete protection in several
areas have slowed the decline of this species. Resident
populations in the Keys are protected from hunting but efforts
must continue to stem the loss of tropical hardwood trees that
the pigeon depends on for food. Poisonwood (Metopium
toxiferum) is a favored food during the fruiting period. As
the name implies, this tree has certian toxic properties that
irritate sensitive human skin (and may cause more severe
complications for hypersensitive persons) and it is frequently

eradicated f rom. human environs. Other less objectionable
hammock trees and shrubs, such as, Pigeon plum (Coccoloba
diversifolia), Snowberry (Chiococca alba), stoppers (Eugenia
spp.), Wild coffee (Psychotria nervosa) and wild figs (Ficus
spp.) are also staple foods. However, few of these plant
species are given explicit protection under local landclearing
ordinances. The pigeon feeds in the hammocks and nests in the
more remote mangroves. It is shy and sensitive to human
habitation or disturbance in both areas (Robertson and
Kushlan, 1978; Sprunt, per. com.).

The endangered Peregrin falcon (Falco peregrinus) is a winter
visitor to the Keys. Pesticides in the food chain were
instrumental in the decline of this raptor. Elimination of
certain insecticides and reintroduction of the peregrin are
proving successful in reestablishing this species in the
former range. ' Perched upon utility wires or hovering over
open areas, it can overtake and capture other birds in
midflight. It may be encountered in variety of habitats from
September to May (Snyder, 1978)..

open-water piscivorous birds include the endangered Bald eagle
(Haliaeetus leucocephalus) and the threatened Eastern brown
pelican (Pelecanus occidentalis carolinensis). The eagle
population has suffered a 50% decline over the last 30 years.
Florida populations have dropped from 1,000 to less that 350
breeding pairs. Currently, only 2-4 pairs are thought to nest
between Key Vaca and the Marquesas (Robertson, 1978). Eagles
do not presently nest in the preserve but suitable feeding
habitat may attract an occassional visitor.

The Eastern brown pelican has suffered a similar fate on a
national level. A massive die-off in Texas and Louisiana
during the 1960's prompted the federal government to list the
pelican as an endangered species until 1984. It appears that
local populations have remained fairly stable and the pelican
has been deleted from the endangered category and it is now
considered to be a species of special concern in Florida.
There are 19 breeding colonies of brown pelicans in the Keys.
This represents 38% of the Florida population (Schreiber,
1978). The pelican prefers more remote mangrove areas for
nesting and will often join other colonial species.

The Osprey (Pandion haliaetus), which is not currently listed,
may well reach threatened status if present populations
continue to decline. The locally limiting factors are thought
to be availability of suitable nesting habitat and adequate
food during the nesting season. The osprey is tolerant of
human occupation but like the eagle, prefers large, dead trees
that rise above the surrounding canopy for nesting.
Hurricanes and landclearing have removed many of these
suitable trees and the osprey has opted for nesting on utility
poles and elevated platforms. The possible addition of

artificial nesting platforms is being investigated as a means
to encourage more osprey nesting. Continued protection of
mangrove rookeries and the mangrove/detritus food chain are
vital for the eagle, pelican, osprey and the many wading birds
that depend upon fish and marine invertebrates for food.

Qualitative information on marine fishes and invertebrates are
conspicuously absent from the literature. Of those listed,
only the Common snook (Centropomus undecimalis) has been
extensively studied. This species is a prized sport and food
fish and much controversy currently rages regarding the
reasons for it's decline and the appropriate measures for
ensuring a return to former abundance. Pesticides spraying
(EPA, 1981), habitat destruction and overharvesting are the
primary concerns. Egg and larval stages of most marine
species are adversely affected by insecticides. Removal of
larger fish, through uncontrolled commercial or sport fishing,
depletes brood stock. The effects of both were quickly
evident. Destruction of mangroves and marine grassbeds are
additional stresses that have negatively affected the snook
statewide.

Discontinued spraying for mosquitos over aquatic preserves and
federal refuges may have already contributed to higher hatch
success for snook., The long term data will undoubtably prove
this policy beneficial. Closing certain areas to commercial
net boats and imposing closed seasons and strict size limits
for both commercial and sport fisheries may also reverse the
previous trend. Current reports from professional guides and
sportfisherman indicate that this is the case and that more
f ish are being taken in the Keys. Those over or under the
size and over the bag limits should be returned to the water,
uninjured.

The threatened Key silverside (Menidia conchorum) is an
endemic of shallow open bays in the Big Pine Key and Cudjoe
Key area. It was formerly reported near Key West but this
population is thought to have been extirpated. This small
(adults up to 2 inches long) fish is primarily a marine
species but will tolerate freshwater (Gilbert, 1978). This
and other listed fish species are adversely affected by
modification or loss of habitat. Alteration of mangroves and
marine grassbeds eliminates habitat and often creates
turbidity that smothers eggs and clogs gills. Preservation of
these and other species requires that disturbances in marine
wetlands be kept to a minimum and that these areas be
protected from upland drainage that introduces silt and
pollution into nearshore habitats.

The marine turtles have suffered depredation similar to that
described for the wading birds. The Atlantic green turtle
(Chelonia mvdas mydas) was once a mainstay to Keys fisherman.
Shortly after the turn of the century, most of these turtles

had been eliminated from local waters. overharvesting and egg
collecting in other parts of the Caribbean and Gulf of Mexico
have continued to stress survival for all marine turtles.
With the exception of the Atlantic loggerhead (Caretta caretta
caretta) and the Hawksbill (Eretmochelys imbricata imbricata) ,
those listed would be considered as. rare or occasional
visitors to the preserve area. The endangered hawksbill may
be observed occassionally in coral reef and hardbottom areas
and the threatened loggerhead is a frequent visitor to the
preserve.

Loss or modification of suitable nesting beaches and nest
predation are major concerns in the local management of
loggerhead turtles. Present efforts to locate and document
turtle nesting sites within the preserve are proving
successful. Nests that are not threatened by tidal
inundation, vehicular traffic, poaching, or predation are left
to their f ate. Those nests that are in danger of being
destroyed are relocated to an in-ground hatchery at Sombrero
Beach by properly permitted individuals. Upon hatching, the
turtles are released at or near their point of origin. The
local Save-a-Turtle program and similar programs throughout
the state have been highly successful in returning large
numbers of hatchlings to the sea, in hopes that the survivors
may return to our beaches in the future. The cooperation and
vigilance of local citizens has contributed significantly to
this effort.

The endangered West Indian manatee (Trichechus manatus
latirostris) is an occasional visitor to the preserve area.
Individual animals or small groups are often reported to
appear in residential boat basins and canals during the winter
months and occasionally during summer. Cool water
temperatures farther north may prompt this migration out of
the usual winter range. Well meant offerings of food and
fresh water will often entice the manatee to linger in these
areas for longer periods. This practice should be strongly
discouraged, as it increases the manatee's exposure to danger
from boats. Although there are no designated "manatee areas",
boaters should be cautious and reduce speed when manatees are
in an area. Heavy penalties are imposed for harassing or
negligently injuring or killing this highly endangered
species.

Invertebrates that warrant special status include several
terrestrial and marine species. The four insects listed are
currently under review for federal listing. Marine
invertebrates of special interest include several species,of
corals. These species (as well as those from the deep-water
reefs) have been subjected to collecting and 'habitat
destruction in many areas of the Keys. The corals are the
structural components of the reef and as such are vital to its
survival. The labrynthes of the reef offer food and cover to

a large variety of interesting and biologically significant
species. The corals themselves are subject to many forms of
disease and injury or necrosis from a variety of external
forces but man's influence may be most instrumental in the
decline or damage to corals in some areas.

Major damage to coral communities stems from the unimformed
boating and diving public. Improperly placed boat anchors and
poor navigational judgement account for considerable damage to
corals that may take decades to repair. Divers and snorklers
who touch or stand on living corals also inflict wounds and
weaken a colony, leaving it open to infection or decimation by
predators. As previously noted, local damage to corals also
involves lobster trap placement and retrieval methods.
Chaffed, broken,, or overturned colonies are subject to
disease, infection, and displacement by other organisms.

Other activities that are generally detrimental to coral
communities include nontraditional and traditional hook and
line fishing methods and fish and invertebrate collecting.
Hook and line fishing introduces monofilament line and lead
weights that chaff and damage corals much the same as the bouy
lines on lobster traps. Monofilament line is also a hazard to
marine turtles. once entangled, the turtle may suffer deep
lacerations or complete amputation of a flipper.
The use of chemicals has often had catastrophic results on
local coral populations. Results may only temporarily
interupt local fauna (as in the case of Rotenone) or leave
more permanent voids when employed on a regular basis, as was
customary with sodium hypochloride and other chemicals in the
Indio-Pacific regions. The use of these chemicals may result
in a high mortality of sessil invertebrates or cause the coral
polyp to expell the symbiotic zooxanthellae (Johannes, 1975).
Similar chemicals are frequently employed by fish and
invertebrate collectors.

Although state law (F.S. 370.110) prohibits the taking of hard
corals (Millepora spp. and the Scleractinia) and a few species
of sea fans (Gorgonia ventalina and G. flabellum) from State
waters, many of the octocorals (g .orgonians), tropical fish,
molluscs, crustaceans, anemones, and other invertebrates are
less stringently regulated. Permits are required for these
activities but monitoring and regulating collectors is
difficult, if not impossible, given the broad geographic
extent of the State's marine waters. Local collecting is
still conducted by both professional and amatuer aquarists,
often with little regard for federal or state sanctuary or
preserve boundaries. And with even less consideration for
non-target species when pursueing specimens. overharvesting
is also a potential problem. Intensive collecting of a single
species may eliminate that species from a small patch reef.
The ecological repercussions are problematic but each organism
fills a particular biological niche and mass alteration of

community structure would af f ect other organisms that interact
with the target species (e.g. predator/prey, parasitic,
symbiotic, and mutualistic relationships).

other forms of chemical pollution are potential 'threats to
coral colonies. Sewage leachate, petroleum hydrocarbons
(PHC), pesticides, and heavy metals are all lethal to corals
in concentrated application. Lower concentrations are
extremely difficult to trace in marine systems and qualitative
research on long-term, low level, chronic pollution is equally
difficult to conduct in the natural environment. Long term-,
low level concentrations of PHC's have been correlated to low
reproductive success in corals (Loya and Rinckevich, 1980).
Similar alterations to biological processes have been
documented for heavy metals and pesticides in other organisms.

The concern for an individual endangered species may prompt a
concerted effort for preservation and has proved successful in
a limited number of dases. The Peregrin falcon and the
Alligator are such examples. other efforts have proved only
marginally successful'. The American bison was reduced from 25
million to less than 600 individuals in three decades. Today,
their offspring number in the thousands but most are confined
to only a small portion of their former range within National
Parks and preserves. Similarly, the Florida manatee has
benefited from designated sanctuaries and captive breeding
efforts but the steady growth of recreational power boats
still imperils this slow moving siren throughout much of it's
already diminished range. The most recent population estimate
indicates that there may be less than 1,000 individuals
statewide.

Other wildlife species have not faired so well. The Florida
panther and the Key deer once lived side by side in the Keys.
The panther has been extirpated from the islands and much of
Florida. The deer now numbers less than 300 individuals and
many are skeptical about its continued survival in the path of
development. Much the same skepticism exists regarding the
endemic species discussed,-as well as the American crocodile
and the Bald eagle. The onslaught of human populations and
development leave little hope for many of these animals.
Designated refuges and preserves, stringent laws and a
"conservation ethic" are possibly all that seperate them from
extinction.

TABLE 9

FLORAL SPECIES OF THE COUPON BIGHT AQUATIC PRESERVE AREA
THAT ARE CLASSIFIED AS ENDANGEREDr THREATENED
OR COMMERCIALLY EXPLOITED

Scientific Name Common Name Status
FDA USFWS

Acacia chorioDhvlla Tamarindillo E
Acrostichum aurem Golden leather fern E
Acrostichmu danaeifolium Giant leather fern T
Anemia adiantifolia Pine fern T
Argythamnia blodgettii Blodgett's wild mercury UR
Aristida floridana Florida three-awned grass E UR
Campyleneurum Phyllitidua Strap fern T
Cassia kevensis Big Pine partridge pea E UR
Catesbaea parviflora Small-flowered lilythorn E
Cereus gracilis Prickly apple cactus E UR
Cereus pentagonus Dildoe cactus T
Cereus robinii Tree cactus E E
Chamaesyce garberi Garber's spurge E T
(= Euphorbia garberi)
Chrysophyllum olivaeforme Satinleaf E
Clusea rosea Balsam apple E
Coccothrinax argentata Silver palm C
Cocos nucifera Coconut palm T
Cordia sebestena Geiger tree E
Cupania glabra Cupania E
Encyclia boothiana Dollar orchid E UR
Encyclia cochleata Clamshell orchid T
Encyclia tampensis Butterfly orchid T
Ernodia littoralis Beach creeper T
Euphorbia porteriana Keys hairy-podded UR
var.keyensis spurge
Gossypium hirsutum Wild cotton E
Hippoman mancinella Manchineel T
Hymenocallis latifolia Spider lily UR
i-acauinia keyensis Joewood T
Limonium carolinianum Narrow-leaved sea UR
var.anqustatum lavender
Linum arencila Sahd flax E UR
Mallotonia gnaphalodes Sea lavender E
(= Tournefortia gnaphalodes)
Melanthera parvifolia Small-leaved melanthera UR
ophioglossum valmatum Hand fern E UR
opuntia 6ompressa Prickly pear cactus T
opuntia cubensis Prickly pear cactus T
opuntia spinosissima Semaphore cactus T UR
opuntia stricta Prickly pear cactus T
Ppuntia tricantha Three-spined prickly pear UR

Phyllanthus pentaphyllus Florida five-petaled UR
leaf flower
Salvia blo!ftcfetti Blodgett's sage UR
Scaevola plumieri Scaevola or Inkberry T
Strumpfia Maritima Pride-of-Big-Pine E
Suriana maritima Bay cedar E
Swietenia Mahogani West Indian mahogany T
Thrinax.floridana Florida thatch palm C
Thrinax microcarRa Brittle thatch palm C
Tillandsia balbisiana Reflexed wild pine T
Tillandsia circinata Twisted air plant T
(= T-paucifolia)
Tillandsia fasciculata Wild pine or Air plant C
Tillandsia flexuosa Banded wild pine T
Tillandsia setacea Needle-leaved air plant T
Tillandsia utriculata Giant air plant C
Tillandsia valenzuelana Soft-leaved wild pine T
Tragia saxicola Florida Keys noseburn UR
Vanilla barbellata Wormvine orchid E
Vittaria lineata Shoestring fern T

Note:

FDA Florida Department of Agriculture and Consumer Services
(list published in Preservation of Native Flora of Florida
Act, Section 581.185-187, Florida Statutes)..
E = Endangered
T = Threatened
C = Commercially Exploited

USFWS United States Fish and Wildlife Service (list published in
List of Endangered and Threatened Wildlife and Plants, 50
DFR 17.11-12).
E Endangered
UR Under review for federal listing

TABLE 10

FAUNAL SPECIES OF THE COUPON BIGHT AQUATIC PRESERVE
AREA THAT ARE CLASSIFIED AS ENDANGEREDj, THREATENEDr OR
OF SPECIAL CONCERN

Scientific Name Common Name Status
FGFWFC USFWS

INVERTEBRATES

Ataenius superficialis Big Pine Key Ataenius
beetle UR
Belocephalus micanopy Big Pine Key Conehead
katydid UR
Belocephalus sleighti Keys short-winged conehead
katydid UR
Cycloptilum irregularis Keys scaly cricket UR

Diploria clivosa Knobby brain coral
Diploria labyrinthiformis Grooved brain coral
Diploria strigosa Smooth brain coral
Montastrea annularis Small star coral
Montastrea cavernosa Large star coral
Siderastrea siderea Starlet coral

FISH

Centropomus undecimalis Common snook SSC
Menidia conchorum Key silverside T
Rivulus marmoratus Rivulus SSC
Starksia starcki Key Blenny SSC

REPTILES

Alligator mississippiensi American alligator SSC
Caretta caretta caretta Atlantic loggerhead
turtle T T
Chelonia mydas mvdas Atlantic green turtle E E
Crocodylus acutus American crocodile E E
Dermochelys coriacea Leatherback turtle E E
Diadophis Dunctatus acricus Big Pine Key ringneck
snake T UR
Drymachon corais couperi Eastern indigo snake T T
Elaphe guttata guttata Red rat snake SSC
Eretmochelys i. imbricata Atlantic hawksbill
turtle E E
Eumeces egregius egregius Florida Keys mole skink SSC UR
Kinosternon bauri bauri Key mud turtle E UR
Lividochelys kempi Atlantic ridley turtle E E
Thamnophis sauritus sackeni Florida ribbon snake T

BIRDS

Ajaja ajaja Roseate spoonbill SSC
Charadrius alexandrinus Southeastern snowy plover T UR
Columba leucocephala White-crowned pigeon T UR
Egretta caerulea Little blue heron SSC
Egretta rufescens Reddish egret SSC UR
Egretta thula Snowy egret SSC
.Egretta tricolor Louisiana or Tricolor
heron SSC
Falco peregrinus Peregrine falcon E T
Falco sparverius paulus Southeastern Kestrel T UR
Haliaeetus leucocephalus Bald eagle T E
Pelecanus occidentalis Brown pelican SSC
Sterna antillarum Least tern T
Sterna dougallii Roseate tern T

MAMMALS

Odocoileus virginianus clavium Deer E E
Orvzomys argentatus Silver rice rat E UR
Procyon lotor auspicatus Key Vaca raccoon T UR
Trichechus manatuslatirostris Indian manatee E E

Notes:

FGFWFC==Florida Game and Fresh Water Fish Commission
(list published in Section 39-27.03-05, F.A.C.)
E = Endangered
T = Threatened
SSC = Species of Special Concern

USFWS===United States Fish and Wildlife Service (list published
in List of Endangered and Threatened Wildlife and Plants,
50 CFR 17.11-12).
E = Endangered
T = Threatened
UR = Under review for federal listing

Rare and Endangered Biota of Florida. P.C.H. Prichard, series
Editor. Vo. 1-6. University Presses of Florida, Gainesville,
.FL, 1978. (Species listed are Threatened.)

I. REGIONAL LAND USE DEVELOPMENT AND ASSOCIATED IMPACTS

1. Regional Land Use and Development

The south Florida region may be interpreted to include a
variety of locations or features depending upon: political
subdivision, county lines, geological formations, climate,
watershed or any number of other natural or artificial
boundaries. For purposes of this discussion, the south
Florida region will. include Monroe, Dade, Broward, Palm Beach,
Hendry, Glades, Charlotte, Lee, Collier and the southern
portion of Martin counties. This delineation is based upon
their proximity to the aquatic preserve. All counties except
Glades and Hendry, which are principally agricultural lands,
are coastal areas with substantial population densities. All
are within a five hour driving time of the preserve.

As an ecological unit the south Florida region is often
characterized as the Kissimmee-Okeechobee, Everglades-Florida
Bay-Coral Reef system. Water quality, accumulation, aquifer
recharge, retention, dispersal and use are the common elements
that unit this region. Water needs of agricultural and urban
development must be balanced with the need to maintain or
restore quality, quantity and periodicity of water flow to the
larger environmental complex and for aquifer recharge.
Pollution, depletion, flooding, drought, salt water intrusion,.
alteration or loss of environmentally sensitive wetlands, and
priority of use are ongoing issues that must be addressed by
the public and various management entities.

Potable water for the Florida Keys is provided by pipeline
from well fields in south Dade County and thus links the Keys
with the Biscayne Aquifer. overland water flow moves south
from the Kissimmee River basin, Lake Okeechobee and the
Everglades to enter Florida Bay and eventually waters of the
Gulf Stream and the Atlantic ocean. Because these systems are
interconnected" the impacts to one part of the system will
eventually impact all of the system, depending upon severity
and/or duration. The aquatic preserve lies 'down stream' of
this complex system in the Coral Reef zone. It is linked to
the larger region both environmentally and economically.

The Keys have historically been a haven for respite from the
heavily developed urban areas along the east coast of Florida
and the northeastern states. From the early days of Flagler's
railroad to the present, a large proportion of the visitors to
Keys are from the neighboring counties to the north. Many are
seasonal visitors or part time residents. Interstate road
system and international airports connect the islands with the
region and the world.

U.S. Highway I links Key West with the other islands and the
mainland of Florida with a series of 43 bridges and several

causeways. This is the only arterial roadway into or out of
the Keys. Key West International Airport lies 30 miles
southwest of the preserve. Miami International Airport is
approximately 130 miles northeast via U.S. 1 and the Florida
Turnpike. Marathon Airport on Key Vaca offers local commuter
service to Key West, Miami and several other cities in the
region.

From earliest recorded history, the Keys have been an
important maritime area. European trade routes and Caribbean
basin traffic have linked the islands with the rest of the
world. Ports in Miami and Key West continue that tradition.
They are major points of cultural and economic exchange.
Cruise ships and tours provide additional access for the
millions of tourists who visit the area annually.

Fisheries were probably.one of the primary enticements to the
early explorers and settlers of the Keys. Sponges, turtles,
finfish, conch and spiny lobster supported many families and
entire villages in some areas. All but protected turtles and
queen conch are still a mainstay to the local commercial
fisheries. Although this industry employees a relatively
small proportion of the population, it is probably the third
most important industry in the Keys. Economies are also
stimulated by the facilities and services related to
recreational fishing and accommodations for participants from
throughout the region.

Geographically and historically, the region 'has been a
strategic location for national security interests. The U.S.
Navy, Coast Guard and Air Force staf f and manitain several
facilities throughout the Keys. Local populations and
economies are affected by the presence of these facilities.
Many of the retired staff have remained as residents after
service.

The combination of climate, clear clean waters, coral reefs,
abundant fish and wildlife and accessibility are the main
attractions to both visitors and residents of the Florida
Keys. The Keys are the most popular diving destination in the
region and state and possibly, the continent. Millions of
visitors generate billions of doll'ars to the local economies
of the Keys and the region. Dive shops, schools, boats,
lodging, apparel, restaurants, marinas, car rentals, airlines,
photography and sundry other shops and businesses are geared
to the needs and services for this industry.

2. Local Land Use and Development

A major portion of the land area adjacent to Coupon Bight
Aquatic Preserve is undeveloped or is developed with low
density commercial and residential use (Figure 4). Such is
not the case for most of Big Pine Key. Intense commercial

Usi

-6
L I TTLE

TORCH

KEY

RAMROD
KEY

COUPON BIGHT

6' -6' -F
AQUATIC

'Sic,
o&
QD K
@@ISLANDS
SON
PRESERVE
441SLAND 'ek P,\N Y,
BIG
MUNSON
ISLAND COUPON B I GHT AQUA
EXISTING LAN
PRESERVE
r
----COUPON BIGHT. AC
EXISTING L

UNDEVELOPED

0
PUBLIC LANDS
og-01-90
SCALE IN MILES N

proliferated along the US 1 corridor through the center of the
island. Big Pine is also the fastest growing residential area
in the lower Keys. Population on Big Pine/Bahia Honda
increased from 806 in 1970 to 2,377 residents is 1980 (194.9%)
(Monroe County, 1984). The .1990 census is predicted to
witness a similar increase for the last decade. .

(Note: Bahia Honda Key is now entirely under management by
the Florida Park Service. Residents on the island include only
minimal park staff).

Population growth has placed pressure upon natural resourcest
infrastructure and services. Destruction of Key deer habitat
and the freshwater resources of the island are o 'f paramount
concern. To provide compatible use with conservation of
species and their habitats, Monroe County designated the Big
Pine Key area as an area of Critical County Concern in 1986.
This designation provides for a Focal Point Plan to be
prepare 'd to address these issues. In 1989 this planning
process began. Limited progress has been made to date (Monroe
County, 1990).

It should also be noted that most development is serviced by
septic tanks rather than central sewage in the Coupon Bight
vicinity. Only one commercial facility has a secondary
treatment plant. Some new development in wetlands is being
required to install secondary treatment plants which
incorporate boreholes for injection of effluents.

The land area south of US 1 and north of Coupon Bight is
typically developed with residential, institutional,
commercial and limited industrial uses. The Long Beach area
and the Newfound Harbor Keys south of the Bight are
principally low density residential or undeveloped.

For purposes of this management plan, adjoining uplands will
be limited to four categories based upon type and intensity of
use. These designations do not reflect any particular zoning
or planning area districts as applied by Monroe County
government. Low density residential will include properties
and facilities intended for private single family use.
'Institutional use applies to those areas that are primarily
used by private entities engaged in education, research,
religious or civic activities. Commercial and.industrial uses
will be treated as Commercial/Industrial as intensity of use
is similar. The Undeveloped areas category will include ' those
lands that are mangrove and transitional wetlands, mangrove
islands and pinelands or hammocks that are publicly owned.
It will also include privately owned lands that are deemed
unsuitable for development because of environmental
sensitivity or lack of facilities improvements.

(a) Low Density Residential: Four improved (access roads and
utilities in place) subdivisions lie north of the Bight and
south of the US I roadway. They contain approximately 400
lots intended for single family use. Cahill Pines and Palms
was developed by dredging six dead end canals in the area of
the mangrove slough at the western shoreline of the island.
Half of the main access canal and the western most canal
connect to the waters of Pine Channel. Those in the east are
plugged canals with no access to open water. Buildout on the
199 lots is approximately 60% at this time. Water quality in
the canal systems is anticipated to be generally poor due to
poor design, restricted circulation, septic leachate and
hydrogen sulfide generated from 'mangrove muck sediments in the
area.

Piney Point subdivision extends to the southwestern tip of the
island. As with Cahill, most of this area was developed from
dredged spoil material. Development is almost exclusively
limited to the shoreline of Pine Channel with several short
dead end canals perpendicular to the shoreline and west of Big
Pine Avenue. Several lots east of this roadway have been
developed with homes. All of the properties in this area have
been targeted for purchase under the Coupon Bight Buffer
Project (CARL). Twenty lots and two large parcels have been
purchased to date. Ten privately owned, undeveloped
residential lots adjoin the northern shoreline of the Bight.
Negotiations for these properties is ongoing.

Pine Key Yacht Club Estates does not, as the name implies,
abut open water. This 183 lot subdivision was platted in
upland habitats with only the southern portion adjoining the
saltmarsh buttonwood and impounded mangrove slough.
Improvements are minimal, with the few developed sites
primarily restricted to the northern one-fourth of the
subdivision, closest to US 1.

Improvements and development in the Kinercha subdivision is
similar to the Yacht Club, with most residences clustered near
the US 1 roadway. Dirt roads that are heavily overgrown
provide access to the saltmarsh and mangrove wetlands to the
south. Illegal building, land clearing, dumping, poaching,
camping, wild fires and other activities are evident in these
areas because of accessibility and remoteness.

Two 'paper' subdivisions are also within this area. Tropical
Park and Silas Knowles, each with 240 lots were platted with
little* regard for access or natural features and landforms.
Both lie partially within the extensive area of saltmarsh and
mangrove wetlands adjoining Coupon Bight. Random dirt trails
and mosquito ditches crisscross the wetlands in these areas.
They have also been targeted for purchase by the CARL program.

Low density residential development south of the Bight is
concentrated in Long Beach Estates and on Cooks and Hopkins
Islands. Long Beach Estates is divided into five sections, A-
E. The only naturally occurring 'uplands' in this area
consists of the low, narrow coastal berm that parallels the
Atlantic Ocean in Sections A-C. Access is provided by Long
Beach Road that effectively separates the berm from the
mangrove wetlands of the Bight. Section A contains 50 lots,
50% of which are platted on undeveloped, privately owned
submerged lands. The remaining lots are approximately 75%
built out. Section B contains 47 lots. one third are platted
on privately held submerged lands. Buildout is near 50% on
the remaining lots. Section D is a 9 acre parcel of private,
undivided and undeveloped submerged land. Section E contains
ill platted, undeveloped lots on privately owned submerged
lands. A 3500 foot access channel, turning basin and dead end
canal have been dredged from privately owned submerged lands
to provide access to Coupon Bight. Depths. in the channel
range from 6 to 10 feet. Depths in the basin and canal are
much deeper. Dredged material was most probably used to fill
the mangrove wetlands that once existed in this area.

The Atlantic side of Cooks Island was platted with 20 parcels
intended for single family development. Some of those parcels
have been resubdivided and approximately 7 are developed with
residences. As with Long Beach, construction is limited to
the coastal berm. The north shoreline adjoining the Bight is
unplatted, privately owned mangroves. A single dirt road
provides access between the parcels. Electricity is available
through an aerial transmission line that extends from Long
Beach to Little Munson Island over the waters of Coupon Bight.
However, no service is presently provided to Cooks Island
residents because the transmission line is privately owned by
interests on Little Munson Island (City Electric, pers. com.) .
Potable water is provided via individual rain water cisterns
or brought to the island via boat. Sewage is handled with
cesspools, outdoor privy and make-shift septic tanks. Private
single family docks provide access to Atlantic waters of the
preserve.

Hopkins Island is developed with one residence and a small
interior boat basin. Water and sewage are provided by the
same means as on Cooks Island. Access to the waters of the
Bight and the Atlantic are afforded by a mangrove-concealed
canal and a 'wheel channel' between Hopkins and Cooks Islands.
The 'wheel channel' is also used by residents of Cooks Island
to gain access to Coupon Bight. No additional development is
anticipated on this island because of its small size.

(b) Institutional Use: Areas north of Coupon Bight and south
of US 1 include a marine institute, a church and cemetery.
The institute is located on the southwestern tip of Big Pine
Key. It is a private educational facility that offers various

terms and courses of study for children and adults.
Facilities include administrative and dormitory buildings,
classrooms, cafeteria and a marina. Most activities are water
oriented and outdoor classrooms are conducted at the marina
and in adjacent waters, including those of the preserve. This
facility also hosts visiting research scientists and intern
staff from various colleges and universities.

The church and cemetery are adjoining properties near the
northeast corner of the Bight. The cemetery is not, as the
name implies, used for in-ground burials, as geology and
parcel size are not suitable for this activity. A modest
crematorium is located on the property. Ash is consigned to
clients for dispersal or stored in vaults on the site. The
church is also of modest proportions with typical buildings,
parking and open space.

Big Munson Island is maintained by the Boy Scouts of America
who operate a primitive adventure camp on the property. There
are no permanent improvements on the island, nor is any future
development planned (S.Wampler, pers. comm., 1990)

(c) Commercial /Industrial: Industrial activity is confined to
the north side of the Bight. A large barrow pit operation is
conducted on 34.87 acres that adjoin the northeastern corner
on the US. 1 roadway. Two low, narrow berms separate the
actual pit and related slurry from the preserve waters. The
pit size doubled between 1979 and 1982 and covered
approximately 10.5 acres. By 1989 the dredged area covered
approximately 17.2 acres of former wetlands. Further
development of the pit is limited by the proximity of US I
roadway and the church to the east and north. Expansion into
the wetlands west of the pit is prohibited by DER permits.

A small industrial park lies one quarter mile west of the
barrow pit. on Industrial Boulevard. Activities and facilities
include a automotive junk yard, concrete batch plant,
construction supply and storage yard and an animal control
impoundment and cremation furnace. This area also
accommodates small commercial shops and offices. Total area
is approximately 10 acres, about half of which occupies former
wetlands or adjoins existing wetlands near the Bight.

Commercial development is principally limited to the US 1
corridor with some expansion to the south toward the Bight.
Activities and facilities are principally tourist and resident
support retail sales, accommodations, restaurants and offices.

South of the Bight there are two commercial resort facilities.
A fishing lodge and campground is located at the eastern end
of Big Pine Key with a mix of permanent mobile home sites,
campsites and motel rooms. A dead end canal and turning basin
offer access to Florida Bay or the Atlantic via Bogie (Spanish

100

Harbor) Channel. This facility is just outside the preserve
boundary but many guests frequent the area.

Little Munson Island was originally developed as a small
private fishing camp, known locally as Sheriff's Island. It
was recently sold and has been redeveloped as a resort with
accommodations, restaurant and multiple docking facilities.
Guests are transported to the island from Little Torch Key.
Cisterns and transport provide potable water. Electricity is
provided by a privately owned aerial transmission line that
traverses Coupon Bight from Long Beach. No additional
development is anticipated on the island.

(d) Undeveloged Lands: The remaining portions of those lands
surrounding Coupon Bight and on the Newfound Harbor Keys may
be considered as undeveloped lands. Minor encroachments
include vehicle and foot paths, illegal dumping, mosquito
ditches, mosquito spraying , small barrow pits and an
abandoned oil drilling platform. The majority of those lands
still in private ownership are identified for purchase though
the CARL fund. Publicly owned lands include those already
purchased under the Buffer Zone project, F.D.O.T. right-of-
way and federal lands in the Cactus Hammock and adjacent areas
along US 1.

Purchase of additional undeveloped lands has been identified
as necessary to: 1) protect sensitive wetlands that are vital
to the health and productivity of the aquatic preserve; 2)
protect valuable and very limited habitat for endangered and
threatened species and; 3) maintain the aesthetic qualities of
one of the more pristine areas in the lower Keys. To this
end, purchased lands will be maintained in or restored to
their natural condition, where feasible. Any future
development of these lands should be limited to that necessary
to provide logistic support for the on-site management of the
resources. Other use of and access to these lands should be
limited to Department supervised environmental education and
research.

3. Associated Impacts

On a regional level, impacts to the preserve may be evaluated
both from the economic and environmental perspectives.
Visitors and part time residents contribute substantially to
the local economy and tax base. Monies distributed for goods
and services support existing businesses and foster new
development of businesses and residences. The natural
resource and aesthetic values of the preserve are more
difficult to define but are none the less important to the
local economy.

Environmentally, the influx of visitors and new residents
place added potential for increasing use and development that

101

directly affect the aquatic preserve. Increased use by
boaters, fisherman, divers and snorkelers may stress certain
resources of the preserve and in some cases will require new
or revised evaluations of the compatibility of these
activities with the long term conservation of biological and
aesthetic values for which the preserve was established.
Maintenance of water quality, listed species habitat, viable
fisheries, healthy benthic communities and a quality
recreational experience may be adversely affected by excessive
numbers or types of activities in the relatively small area of
the preserve. At the minimum, a system of monitoring the
types and intensity of use must be established to anticipate
some of these impacts.

commercial and residential development also impacts the
quality and utility of the preserve. Excessive or poorly
planned development may negatively impact water quality,
vegetation, listed species, and the biological and aesthetic
qualities for which the preserve was established. Monitoring
of these activities and active participation in local planning
efforts are seen as one avenue of addressing these concerns.

As control of regional or local populations, economies,
planning and politics are beyond the scope of this management
plan, many of these existing and anticipated impacts to the
preserve will be addressed by the legislated statutes and
rules and within the following chapters of the plan.

102

CHAPTER IV

MANAGEMENT AREAS

A, INTRODUCTIOW

This chapter of the plan divides Coupon Bight Aquatic Preserve
into separate management areas and establishes the general or
special rule criteria for allowable uses associated with each
management area. The intent is four-fold: 1) to provide a
better understanding of the general and special criteria
designed to preserve and protect biological resources and
habitat through the management of activities and structure
design, 2) to identify the types of allowable uses on state-
owned lands within a preserve, 3) to provide both the Bureau
of Submerged Lands and Preserves' staff and other agencies a
continuity of direction in the management of the preserve, and
4) to provide local planners with a guide for land use
decisions.

Section B of this chapter will establish management area
categories based upon upland land use and relative values of
adjacent aquatic preserve resources. Section C delineates
minimum criteria for allowable uses in the preserve, as
established by statute and rule. Section D delineates each
mangement area as to boundaries, description of resources and
allowable uses, specific criteria and the rationale for each
designation.

B. MANAGEMENT AREA CLASSIFICATIONS

The management areas are determined by identifying and
delineating relatively homogenous areas of (1) adjacent upland
uses, and 2) natural resources in the aquatic preserve. The
upland use classifications acknowledge the local government's
decision as to how a specific upland area can be used or
developed. By necessity, the classification of management
areas in this system is broader than county zoning or planning
areas (e.g., Commercial/ Industrial (CI) compared to the Monroe
County Urban Commercial (UC) and Suburban Commercial Planning
Districts). The land use categories employed in this
management plan are intended to group similar uses relative to
the types of structures and activities that may be associated
with each and to establish the types of uses and activities
that may be authorized on state-owned submerged lands within
the preserve. Thus a portion of the aquatic preserve that is
adjacent to an upland area characterized by detached single-
family residences in an improved subdivision would be
identified as Single-family or SF prefix. specific land uses
to be incorporated in the classification of management areas
include:

103

Single-Family Use (SF) This category is defined by state-
owned lands adjacent to lands designated by the local
government LandUse Plan as single family residential. Use
of the aquatic preserve is solely for private, recreational
activities. This category will not include family fisheries
operations that are conducted upon a residential property.
Fishing is considered a revenue generating activity and will
be considered a commercial use.

Multi-Family Use (MF): This category represents state-
owned lands adjacent to uplands designated in the local Land
Use Plan as multi-family residential. This designation may
include preserve lands adjacent to a group of single family
property owners, as in the case of a homeowners'
association, that may share common areas and amenities for
the mutual benefit of the group.

Commercial-Industrial-Institutional Use (CII): This broad
category represents state-owned lands adjacent to lands
designated for these uses in the local Land Use Plan. It is
also intended to incorporate structures or facilities on or
over state-owned lands whose use involves the charging of
fees or generation of revenue. Exceptions to this are
federal, state or county owned properties that may charge
a nominal fee, these facilities are considered a public use.
Examples of CII uses are marinas that charge fees, business
concerns, such as, dive shops, guide services, boat rentals,
industry, and private educational facilities, that depend
heavily on their direct access to the aquatic preserve in
order to function, and establishments such as hotel/motels
and restaurants, that use their direct access to the aquatic
preserve -as an economic enhancement. The structures
associated with this category are many and diverse,
including docks, marinas, ship stores, fishing piers, boat
ramps, mooring buoys, utilities and pilings.

Single-family-Commercial Fishery Use (SF-CF) : This category
may include structures associated with commercial fishing,
lobstering or crabbing, even though these activities may be
conducted from a residence. A facility in the SF-CF category
will be considered a commercail use and will be required to
obtain a submerged lands lease pursuant to Chapter 18-
21. 005 (1) (b) .

Public Lands Use (PL) This category includes aquatic
preserve areas adjacent. or adjoining: facilities owned
and/or operated by state, federal or local agencies for use
by the general public at no charge or for a minimal fee;
public services, such as roadways and utilities; and open
waters beyond 500 feet from riparian shorelines or 100 feet
from privately owned submerged lands. Certain lands within
this category may have restricted or limited access
depending upon season and/or management objectives and

104

existing resources. Examples are identified rookeries,
critical habitat of endangered species, patch reefs,
controlled research areas, and areas being restored.

The natural resources portion of the classification system is
established by evaluating the quality of a particular
submerged or emergent resource within the preserve. Resources
will be identified either as a Primary Resource Protection
Area (PRPA) or a Secondary Resource Protection Area (SRPA).
The methodology used to determine this resource value shall be
consistent with the latest methodology approved by the Bureau
of Submerged Lands and Preserves. Discrepancies in Management
Area Maps and actual resources on a site will be decided by
onsite surveys and evaluation by preserve staff.

The Primary Resource Protection Areas are those areas
recognized as having the greatest value to th 'e overall
biological integrity and diversity of the preserve. They are
assigned a value of 111". A PRPA essentially combines Resource
Protection Areas 1 and 2, as defined in Sections 18-
20.003(31), and 18-20.003(32), F.A.C. Resource attributes
which determine a PRPA include:

1. non-exotic and non-invasive aquatic/wetland vegetation
(e.g., marine and freshwater grasses, attached algae,
mangroves, marsh vegetation) that covers more than 1% of the
surveyed area;

2. harvested bivalves (e.g., hard clams and oysters) with a
clam frequency of 20% or greater within the survey area or
oyster bars with a total surface area gre .ater than five
square meters;

3. unvegetated soft-bottom communities (i.e., infaunal
invertebrates) with a Shannon-Weaver Diversity Index greater'
than 1.00;

4o hard-bottom communities (e.g., corals, soft corals, spongest
algal beds) that have a frequency greater than 5% within the
survey area;

5. species designated as endangereed, threatened, or of special
concern (as contained in the most recent updates of the
Florida Game and Fresh Water Fish Commission and the U.S.
Fish and Wildlife Service) that occupy or use the area for
habitat (e.g., feeding, breeding, refuge or nesting); and

6. nesting sites for solitary or colonial birds.

State-ow*ned lands that are characterized by the absence of the
above resource attributes will be identified as a Secondary
Resource Protection Area (SRPA) and assigned a resource value

105

of 11211. A SRPA is a Resouce Protection Area 3, as define by
Section 18-20.003(33), F.A.C.

As stated previously, re source values are to be incorporated
into the classification of management areas. For instance, if
an area within the preserve is determined to be a Primary
Resource Protection Area with a value of 1 and the adjacent
uplands is zoned as single-family (SF), then this management
area would be classified as SF11.

C. MINIMUM CRITERIA FOR ALLOWABLE USES

Chapter 18-20, F.A.C., provides the minimum standars with
regard to the utilization of state-owned submerged lands
within an aquatic preserve. The minimum standards for each
allowable use are detailed below.

All Dock Structures: Section 18-20.004(5)(a), F.A.C., states
that all docking facilities within an aquatic preserve shall
meet the following standards and criteria:

1. no dock shall extend waterward of the mean or ordinary high
water line more than 500 feet or 20% of the width of the
waterbody at that particular location, whichever is less;

2. areas of significant biological, scientific, historic,
and/or aesthetic value require special management
considerations. Modifications to docks in these areas may
be more restrictive and shall be determined on'a case-by-
case basis;

3. the number' lengths, drafts, and types of vessels allowed
to utilize the proposed facility may be stipulated;

4. where local governments have more stringent standards and
criteria for docking facilities, - the more stringent
standards for the protection and enhancement of the aquatic
preserve shall prevail;

5. all docking structures will access a depth of -4 feet at
mean low water (MLW).

Private Residential Single Docks: Section 18-20.004 (5) ) (b) ,
F.A.C., states that private residential single docks, as
defined by Section 18-20.003(23), F.A.C., shall conform to
the following specific design standards and criteria:

1. any main access pier shall be limited to a maximum width of
four feet;

2. must be designed and constructed to ensure maximum light
penetration;

106

3. terminal platform must access a minimum of -4 feet depth at
MLW;

4. when the water depth is -4 f eet MLW at an existing bulkhead,
the maximum dock length from the bulhead shall be 25 feet,
subject to modifications accommodating shoreline vegetation
oveihang;

5. wave break devices shall be designed to allow for maximum
water circulation and built in such a manner as to be part
of the dock structure;

6. the maximum size of the terminal platform shall be 160
square feet;

7. dredging to obtain navigable water depths is strongly
discouraged.

Private Residential Multi-Slip Docks: Section 18-20.004 (5) (c) ,
F.A.C., states that private residential multi-slip docks, as
defined by Section 18-20.003(24), F.A.C., shall conform to the
following design standards and criteria:

1. the area of sovereignty submerged land preempted by the
docking facility shall not exceed the square footage
amounting to ten times the riparian waterfront footage of
the affected waterbody of the applicant, or the square
footage attendant to providing a single dock in accordance
with the criteria for private residential single docks,
whichever is greater. A conservation easement or other such
restriction acceptable to the Board must be placed on the
riparian shoreline, used for the calculation of the 10:1
threshold, to conserve and protect shoreline resources and
subordinate/waive any further riparian rights of ingress and
egress for additional docking facilities;

2. docking facilities and access channels shall be prohibited
in Resource Protection Areas 1 and 2 (= PRPA) , except as
allowed pursuant to Section 258.42(3)(e)l, F.S., while
dredging in Resource Protection Area 3 SRPA) shall be
strongly discouraged;

3.water depths adjacent to and within the proposed mooring
area shall have a minimum clearance of one foot between the
deepest draft of the vessel and the submerged bottom at MLW;

4. main acccess piers and connecting walks shall not exceed six
feet in width;

5. terminal platforms shall not exceed eight feet in width;

6. finger piers shall not exceed three feet in width and 25
feet in length'

107

7. pilings may be utilized as required to provide adequate
mooring capabilities;

9. specific provisions of Section 18-20.004 (5) (d) , F.A.C., for
commercial, industrial, and other revenue generating/ income
related docking facilities shall also apply to private
reidential multi-slip docks.

Commercial-Industrial Docking Facilities and marinas: section
18-20.004(5)(d), F.A.C., states that commercial, industrial,
and other revenue generating/income related docking
facilities, as defined by Section 18-20.003(10), F.A.C., shall,
conform to the following specific design criteria and
standards:

i.docking facilities shall only be located in or near areas
with good circulation, flushing, and adequate water depths;

2. docking facilities shall not be located in Resource
Protection Areas 1 and 2 (= PRPA); however, main access
piers may be allowed to pass throught Resource Protection
Area 1 or 2 that are located along the shoreline to reach
an acceptable Resource Protection Area 3 (=SRPA), provided
that such crossing will generate minimal environmental
impact;

3. the siting of docking facilities shall take into account the
access of boat traffic to avoid marine seagrass beds or
other aquatic resources in the surrounding area;

4. the siting of new facilities within the preserve shall be
secondarey to the expansion of existing facilities when such
expansion is consistent with other standards;

5. the location of new facilities and expansion of existing
facilities shall consider the use of upland dry storage as
..an alternative to multiple wet slop docking;

6. marina siting will be coordinated with lcoal governments to
ensureconsistency with local plans and ordinances;

7. marinas shall not be sited within state designated manatee
sanctuaries;

S. in any areas with known manatee concentrations, manatee
warning/notice and/or speed limit signs shall be erected at
the marina and/or ingress and egress channels, according to
Florida Marine Patrol specifications.

Exceptions to the standards and criteria for any docking
facility may be considered, but only upon demonstration that
such exceptions are necessary to ensure reasonable riparian
ingress and egress. The following special criteria and

108

standards are also applicable for use of state-owned submerged
lands in the Keys.

Florida Keys marina and Dock Bitings Criteria: Section 18-
21.0041(l) establishes general policies and specific criteria
for applications for leases, easements or consent to use
sovereignty submerged lands in Monroe County for muli-slip
docking facilities. Section 18-21.9941(l) (a) provides that
special attention and consideration shall be given to the
following:

1. the proximity to and potential adverse impacts on any rare,
threatened or endangered species, or species of special
concern, or their habitat, or on any portion of the entire
Florida Reef Tract and other corals;

2. eliminating any adverse impacts on wetland or submerged
vegetation or benthic communities; and

3. requiring adequate tidal flushing and/or circulation; and

4..maintaining or enhancing water quality at levels within or
above State water quality standards; and

5. requiring adequate water depths to avoid dredging and other
bottom disturbance; and

6. requiring consistency and conformity with local government
land use plans, zoning and other land use or development
regulations; and

7. requiring consistency and conformity with Chapters 27F-8,
27F-9, 27F-10, 27F-11, 27F-12, 27F-13, and 27F-15, F.A.C.,
as amended, "Principles for Guiding Development in the
Florida Keys Area of Critical State Concern."

Section 18-21.0041(l)(b) 1. provides for a moratorium on all
leases in the upper Keys until such time as rules are adopted
for a Keys-wide aquatic preserve or until the Monroe County
Comprehensive Plan with marina sitings policy is adopted,
whichever occurs first.

Section 18-21.0041(l)(b) further requires that:

2. no docking facilities shall be approved which require either
dredging or filling to provide access by canal, channel,
road, or any other means, except for maintainance dredging
of existing canals, basins, or channels, providing such
maintenance does not exceed currently acceptable water
depths;

3. docking facilities shall only be approved in locations
having adequate water depths in the boat mooring, turning

109

basin, access channels and other such areas to accommodate
the proposed boat use;

a. a minimum depth of -4 feet MLW shall be required;

b. greater depths for those facilities designed for or
capable of accommodating boats having greater than a 3 foot
draft, so that a minimum of one foot of clearance is
provided between the deepest draft of a vessel and the
bottom;

c. depth requirements shall also apply to the area between
the proposed facility and any natural or other navigation
channel, inlet or deep water. Where necessary, marking of
navigational channels may be required. At the Board's
discretion, the conditions of the lease may stipuldte the
number, lengths, drafts and types of vessels to be moored
in a facility.

4. Requirements for the size of the dock:

a. no dock shall be shall exceed 500 feet in length, unless
the Board determines that it is not contrary to the public
interest;

b. no dock shall preempt more than 20% of the affected
waterbody;

c. a dock intended for the use of a private residence, which
is not subject to obtaining a lease, shall not exceed 4 feet
in width,, terminal platform shall not exceed 160 square
feet, the width of which shall not exceed 8 feet;

5. Special conditions for new or expanded docking facilities
for 10 or more boats require that water quality standards
be maintained, monitored, and that violations of same are
to be corrected and establishes penalties for failure to do
so;

6. New or expanded docking facilities will identify ways to
improve, mitigate or restore adverse environmental impacts
caused. by previous activities and encourages marina
development. to locate in already developed or disturbed
areas;

7.Docking facilities for 10 or more boats shall be required
to have a lease;

8. All applicants will be required to provide documentation to
show that there is an economic demand for the number of boat
slips requested, if the number is not consistent with the
Department's Projections of Marina Needs for Monroe County;

110

9. multi-slip docking facilities shall not be considered for
approval if located over a benthic community, except main
access docks that may cross benthic communities to reach
acceptable areas. This shall not preclude applications for
consent of use for the purpose of using the minimum amount
to obtain reasonable ingress and egress; and

10@the Board may grant special considerations to the approval
of leases or other consent to use state lands for projects
which are approved by the Department of Community Affairs
which are for the purpose of furthering the commercial
fishing village or commercial fishing enterprise zone
concept.

Sale, Lease, or Transfer of Lands: Section 18-20.004(l)(b),
F.A.C., states that there shall be no further sale, lease, or
transfer of sovereignty lands within an aquatic preserve
unless such transaction is in the public interest. Section 18-
20.004(2), F.A.C., specifically defines the public interest
test (see Appendix A for a copy of Chapter 18-20, F.A.C.).
Section 18-20.004(l)(e), F.A.C., states that a lease,
easement, or consent of use may be authorized for only the
following activities: (1) a public navigation project; (2)
maintenance of an existing navigation channel; (3)
installation or maintenance of approved navigational aids; (4)
creation or maintenance of a commercial/ industrial dock, pier,,
or marina; (5) creation.or maintenance of private docks; (6)
minimum dredging of navigation channels attendant to docking
facilities; (7) creation or maitenance of oil and gas
transportation facilities; (9) creation, amintenance,
replacement, or expansion of facilities required for the
provision of public utilities; and (10) other activities which
are a public necessity or which are necessary to enhance the
quality or utility of the preserve and which are consistent
with the Florida Aquatic Preserves Act (Sections 258.35 and
258.46, F.S.). Section 18-20.004(l)(f), F.A.C., states that
structures to be built in, on, or over sovereignty lands are
limited to those necessary to conduct water-dependent
activities.

Utility Easements: Section 18-20.004(3)(c), F.A.C., states
that utility cables, pipes, and other such structures shall be
constructed and located in a manner that will cause minimal
disturbance to submerged resources (e.g., seagrass beds,
corals) and do not interfere with traditional uses. It will be
policy to place additional utilities within designated
corridors or existing easements unless no other reasonable
alternative exists.

Spoil Disposal: Section 18-20.004(3)(d). F.A.C., states that
spol disposal within an aquatic preserve shall be strongly
discouraged and may be approved only where the applicant has
demonstrated that there is no other reasonable alternative and

ill

that the spoil ing activity may be beneficial to, or at a
minimum, not harmful to the quality or utility of the
preserve. It will be the policy to prohibit spoil disposal
onto a PRPA within the aquatic preserve.

Piers: Piers shall be constructed in accordance with the
minimum criteria provided by Section 18-20.004(5)(b),,F.A.C.
In addition, the following conditions apply to all piers: (1)
the entire structure will be elevated to a minimum of 5 feet
above the MHWL, (2) hand rails will be installed around the
perimeter of the structure, (3) at least one "Docking
Prohibited" sign in English and Spanish language will be
posted and maintained on each side of the pier, (4) no
temporary or permanent mooring of vessels will be permitted,
and (5) dredging is prohibited when associated with pier
construction and/or maintenance.

RamRs: Boat ramps will be reviewed on a case-by-case basis.
Factors to be evaluated will include: (1) the extent of
alteration or elimination of natural resources or habitat
(e.g., seagrasses, shoreline vegetation, nesting areas), and
(2) accessibility to the ramp from water and land routes
(e.g.-, adequate water depths over sovereignty submerged
lands). In no event shall dredging or filling of sovereignty
lands in a PRPA be authorized.

Additional criteria for the repair, replacment, and expansion
of existing structures are provided for in Chapter 18-21,
F.A.C. Replacement and expansion of structures must comply
with the minimum criteria provided for in Chapter 18-20,
F.A.C.

Criteria more restrictive than those listed in Chapter 18-20,
F.A.C., will be used if the biological and physical conditions
of an area warrant it. As an example, docks may limited in
size to protect seagrasses and coral beds. Areas requiring
more stringent criteria will be referred to as special
management areas and such areas will be labeled with the
additional letter $fail on resource maps. Again, as an example,
if management area SF11 requires more restrictive criteria,
then this special management area would be classified as
SP/la.

D. MANAGEMENT AREAS

In this section, each management area is delineated with
boundaries, descriptions, and allowable uses. specific
criteria and supporting rationale for each special management
area is also provided. Final determination of allowable uses
will be made by the Bureau of Submerged Lands and Preserves
staff on a case-by-case basis. Figure 5-is amapof all
management areas within the preserve. The purpose of providing

112

this map is to give some general guidance and an understanding
of where the management areas lie within the preserve.

Some of the management areas are subdivided to reflect
specific upland uses in association with differing boundaries.
As and example, two or more upland parcels may have little or
no upland development, yet each parcel may have a different
designated use. Other management areas may have a specific
activity occurring within that is not reflective of the
overall upland use. For instance, an upland parcel consists
of a motel with a large dock that is adjacent to marine grass
beds. The dock may have preceded the aquatic preserve
designation, therefore it would be unreasonable to remove the
facility. Conversely, future expansion of commercial
activities will not be allowed to expand in the management
area because of the presence of marine grasses.

The Multi-family Residential Management Area (MF) is
established to recognize that certain Monroe County Land Use
Districts allow attached residential dwelling units as a minor
conditional use (e.g., Native Area District, Sub Urban
Residential, Sub Urban Commercial). The Single-family-
Commercial Fishery (SF-CF) is also established to recognize
certain activities that are conducted from a residence within
the Fishing Village Districts or as grandfathered in an
Improved Subdivision District.

It should be noted that the following described boundaries
include only state-owned submerged lands and uplands.
Privately held submerged lands and riparian uplands are
exluded from the boundaries, as provided for in Section 18-
21.0041(3).

MANAGEMENT AREA PL11 a
(public lands/primary resource protection area)
special management area

Boundaries: This management area includes all sovereignty
submerged lands within the Coupon Bight portion of the
preserve and all submerged lands. on the Atlantic shoreline
beyond 500 feet from riparian shorelines of Long Beach Estates
and the New Found Harbor Keys, exluding those areas described
in Management Areas SF and CII. This management area will also
include all lands acquired under the Coupon Bight CARL project
administered by the' Division of State Lands.

Description: The lagoon area is characterized by fringing
mangroves, mangrove islands, hardbottom and marine grassbed
associations. The shallow baylets and mangrove areas provide
feeding and refuge habitat for wading and diving birds. State
and federally owned lands adjoining the Bight exhibit
beach/berm, salt marsh, buttonwood, pineland and tropical

113

hardwood hammock associations and are prime habitat f or the
endangered Key deer and other species. The Atlantic portion is
characterized by hardbottom, marine grassbeds, sand/mud banks
and coral formations.

Present upland development adjoining the area north and east
of the Bight (except Management Areas CII) is limited to
abandoned mosquito ditches, dirt roads, an isolated residence
and an abandoned drilling platform. Existing land use
classification is Native Area and Offshore Island, both of
which allow single family dwellings. All lands immediately
adjoining the Bight are included within the proposed Coupon
Bight CARL project boundary. On the southwest tip of Big Pine
Key, lots in Piney Point are zoned Improved subdivision and 3
of the unpurchased lots are developed with single-family
residences that do not have riparian access. The remaining
lots adjoining the Bight are undeveloped but have access to
improved roads and utilities.

Other upland uses on the eastern shoreline of the Bight
include state owned highway right-of-wayand private lands
zoned as Native Area by local government. The federally owned
Cactus Hammock preserve provides a small parking area and
nature trails.

A private utility easement traverses open waters of the Bight
from Long Beach Estates to Little Munson Island. The northern
shorelines of the New Found Harbor Keys are undeveloped
(except Management Area CII) fringing mangroves with Native
Area or Offshore Island zoning. Submerged resources in this
.area are typically lush grassbeds.

There are no leases, easements, conveyances or development on
submerged lands in the Atlantic portion of this management
area.

Allowable Uses: Private residential single docks; utility
easements; mooring buoys; navigation aids; and boardwalks
built according to the minimum criteria for single family
docks and incorporating the specific criteria below.

specific Criteria: The access pier of a dock shall be elevated
to minimum of 4 feet above the mean high water line (MHWL)
with the terminal platform elevated to a height sufficient to
allow safe access into and out of a moored boat; trimming or
removal of fringing mangroves shall be limited to the minimum
required for the access pier of the dock or boardwalk to reach
open water. Handrails and/or signage may be required to
discourage docking at the access pier or other portions of the
dock that traverse waters of less than -4 feet MLW.

Boardwalks shall be limited to the riparian upland, withthe
exception of sovereignty submerged lands adjacent to public

114

lands, in which case they shall meet the minimum design
criteria for single family docks and be constructed in such a
manner as to allow maximum light penetration, natural flow of
waters and have hand rails to prevent pedestrian access to
traversed wetlands. Boat docking or mooring within 500 feet of
a boardwark is prohibited and "Docking Prohibited" signs will
be displayed on the waterward face(s) of the structure. The
only exception to the 4 feet width shall be to accommodate
public access for documented handicapped use. If a public
boardwalk is intended for handicapped use, it will be allowed
to have 3 feet wide by 6 feet long by-pass(es) at 300 feet
interval(s) on one or the other side of the main walkway.

off shore structures will be limited to mooring buoys and
navigational aids that will be established in the vicinity of
the patch reefs to discourage boat groundings and anchor
damage. The design and placement of mooring buoys shall be
supervised by appropriate field staff and all aids to
navigation shall be Coast Guard approved.

Rationale: The dock criteria are designed to limit impacts to
important marine resources, such a mangroves, corals and
marine grasses. Dock widths, heights and terminal platform
coverage are necessary to prevent shading of these resources.
Minimum depths are necessary to prevent scouring of bottom
features and to prevent excessive suspension of sediments by
prop wash. Public access elevated board walks are preferable
to use of foot trails that compact soils, create erosion
channels and destroy saltmarsh vegetation in wetland areas.
Heights and widths of boardwalks are intended to reduce
shading and to eliminate obstructions to Key deer and natural
water flow.

MANAGEMENT AREA SFZ1
(single family/primary resource protection area)

Boundaries: This area includes those sovereignty submerged
lands near the center shoreline of Coupon Bight on Big Pine
Key, the Atlantic shoreline of the Newfound Harbor Keys and
the platted shoreline of Long Beach Estates from the MHW line
out to 500 feet from shore.

Description: Submerged lands are characterized by fringing
mangroves, scattered grass beds, coral banks, coral heads and
hardbottom communities. Riparian shorelines are typically
beach/berm and altered saltmarsh buttonwood or mangrove
wetlands. Marine turtles frequent the beach/berm shorelines
of Long Beach Estates and Cooks Island for nesting. This area
also provides resting and foraging habitat for the endangered
Key deer and numerous bird species.

115

Allowable Uses: Private residential single docks; mooring
buoys; and shoreline stabilization incorporating special
provisions below.

Shoreline Stabilization: Projects shall be limited to the use
of native wetland or beach/berm vegetation. No new seawalls,
rip rap, fencing or other structures shall be authorized on
state-owned submerged lands and will be discouraged on
riparian uplands. Removal of veget9tion and/or alteration of
shoreline contours shall be strictly discouraged. As with.
docks, existing structures will be investigated and
encroachments upon sovereignty lands will evaluated within the
context of whether prior authorization and/or permits were
secured and whether-the structures are in conformance with the
provision of Chapter 18-21.004(l) (Management Policies,
Standards, and Criteria) and (2) '(Resource Management) for
state-owned submerged lands.

Non-conformincf Docks: All existing docks not. presently in
conformance with minimum criteria established in Sections 18-
20.004(5) and Section 18-21.0041(b) shall be investigated.
Those built prior to March 10, 1970 and having obtained all
other valid permits, shall be designated a non-conforming use.
Upon application to repair more than 50% or replace these non-
conforming structures, any approved application shall reflect
adherence to the present single family criteria or it shall be
denied.

Those structures built after March 10, 1970 and prior to
September 30, 1984, having acquired other valid permits and
authorizations but are not in compliance with these criteria
shall be deemed not in compliance with single family criteria.
Those docks found not in compliance shall be required to be
brought into compliance within I year (365 days) of adoption
of this plan and after appropriate notification to affected
owner.

Those structures erected after September 30, 1984 and not in
compliance with these criteria, or other structures undertaken
without benefit of permit or authorization, or authorized
structures not in conformance to approved design and placement
shall be deemed not in compliance with single family criteria
and shall be cited as a violation of Chapter 18-21.0041
(Florida Keys Marina and Dock Siting Policies and criteria)
and the provisions of this management plan. Such structures
deemed to be in violation shall be brought into compliance
within 90 days of adoption of this plan and after proper
notice to the riparian owner.

Rationale: Dock criteria are established to provide optimum
protection of submerged resources and still provide riparian
access to waters of the preserve. Preservation of native
shoreline vegetation and topography are essential to the

116

conservation of several endangered and threatened wildlife and
plant species and to provide some degree of protection f rom
wind and waves associated with tropical storms.

MANAGEMENT AREA MF
(multi-family area)

Boundary: This management area.is tentatively established to
accomodate facilities for the exclusive use of riparian
property owners within the SF/1 and/or PL/l management areas
should multi-family use be approved for riparian uplands
adjoining the preserve. This management area may include a
dock for a group of single-family homeowners, such as a
homeowners association, which may wish to construct a dock for
the mutual benefit of the participating riparian property
owners. The designation of this management area does not
encourage a greater density or intensity of land use but is
intended to discourage the proliferation of single-family
docks and would therefore ameliorate the cumulative impact of
these structures on certain valuable resources. Inclusion of
any or all riparian property owners, not currently having a
dock is encouraged. There are currently no specifically
designated areas in the preserve. Applications for multi-
family docks will be reviewed on a case-by-case basis.

Description: Locations for private residential multi-slip
docks would typically be in Primary Resouce Protection Areas
adjoining riparian lands in the Native Area, Sub Urban
Residential and Sub Urban Commercial Land Use Districts. A
proposed facility would be for the private recreational use of
affected riparian owners.

Allowable Uses: private residential multi-slip docks
(restricted)
S@e@ific Criteria: Applications for MF/1a shall adhere to the
minimum criteria established for private residential multi-
slip docks in Section 18-20(5)(c)1-8 and the more stringent
criteria for the Florida Keys in Section 18-21.0041(l)(a) and
(b). Fueling facilities, covered structures, commercial use
(including family fisheries), fish cleaning tables, non-water
dependent activities and live aboard vessels shall be strictly
prohibited.

Additionally, facilities designed for more than 10 vessels
shall be required to obtain a submerged lands lease.
Conditions to a lease may include, but are not limited to: 1)
installation and maintenance of navigational aids, where
deemed necessary to avoid patch reefs, large coral heads and
grassbeds; 2) installation and maintenance of appropriate
signage informing the owners of the importance of the natural
resources of the aquatic preserve; and 3) specific design

117

criteria for access piers to reduce impacts to shoreline
vegetation, topography and endangered/threatened species and
thier habitats.

Rationale: The restrictive criteria are intended to reduce
impacts to shallow water habitats while providing riparian
access to waters of the preserve. Several patch reefs and
numerous large coral heads lie within one half mile of the
Atlantic shorelines of Long Beach Estates and the New Found
Harbor Keys. A single multi-slip dock and navigational aids
marking access to safe waters would significantly reduce
impacts in these areas. A proliferation of single docks on
each lot would disrupt the foraging and resting activities of
the Key deer and - wading birds, as well as, the nesting
activities of marine turtles. Numerous individual docks would
also negatively impact marine grassbeds, corals, and shoreline
vegetation.

MANAGEMENT AREA CIIII a
(commercial-industrial-institutional/
primary resource protection area)
, special management area

Boundary: This managemnt area will include all sovereignty
submerged lands adjoining the U.S. 1 right-of-way and barrow
pit at the northeast corner of Coupon Bight from the MHWL to
200 feet from shore.

Description: Adjoining uplands are composed of saltmarsh,
buttonwood, beach/berm and impounded mangroves. Submerged
lands are shallow baylets with fringing mangroves, marine
grassbeds, hardbottom and mud/sand flats. Water depth is less
than two feet on high tide. This area provides a valuable
corridor for movement for the endangered Key deer from the
north to south on Big Pine Key and hosts. a multitude of
resident and migratory bird species.

Allowable Use: Private residential single docks: utility
easement (limited)

Specific Criteria: Activities in this management area will be
limited to the following: 1) improvements or repairs to U.S.1
right-of-way and existing public utilities; 2) restoration of
lands acquired by the CARL program to their natural topography
and condition; .3) applied research directed specifically
towards restoration of these habitats or the preservation of
endangered or theatened species; 4) protection of wading bird
nesting and feeding areas; 5) conservation of listed plant
species; 6) limited access for Department supervised public
environmental education; and 7) minimal public facilities to
conduct these activities.

Rationale: All undeveloped lands within this management area
are part of the proposed CARL Buffer Project and are primarily
jurisdictional wetlands. South or west expansion of the
barrow pit into wetlands is prohibited by FDER permit.
Existing uses and activities are negatively impacting
wildlife, vegetation, topography, rates of water flow and the
quality of water entering the Bight. These activities are not
water dependent and can be conducted outside the aquatic
preserve. Submerged lands are shallow baylets with fringing
and dwarf mangroves, not suitable for navigation or docks.

SUB-MANAGEMENT AREA CIIII a
(commercial-industrial-institutional/
primary resource protection area)
special management area
Boundary: This management area encompasses a narrow easement
for the existing aerial electrical transmission lines that
traverses lands of the preserve from the western end of Long
Beach Estates to Little Munson Island. This overhead line is
privately maintained by the resort facility on Munson Island.

Description: The submerged resources in the area are primarily
lush marine grassbeds. The aerial line presents a visual
encroachment on the aesthetic resources of the preserve. It
also presents a potential hazard to public safety, navigation
and bird life.

Allowable Use: Commercial Utility Easement (Limited)

Specific Criteria: The existing aerial line shall be
maintained in safe condition to prevent accident or injury to
the public and resources of the preserve. Any application to
replace or substantially repair all or portions of the line or
poles shall be evaluated by the anticipated impacts to marine
grassbeds. In no event shall dredging be authorized to
access, repair or replace the line. Tug, barge or other
equipment to access or operate in the area shall be of a draft
that does not substantially disturb or prop dredge the bottom.
Applications for such work shall be required to contain a
description of the types, draft and numbers of vessels or
equipment to be used and a detailed plan and time frame for
restoring and replanting areas that may be damaged. Owners
will be encouraged to seek an alternate means of supplying
electricity to the island. Expansion or upgrading of the
facility (involving more or larger poles or supplying service
to other properties) will be discouraged.

Rationale: The line and poles traverse extremely shallow
waters with lush grassbeds and narrow passes between Long
Beach and all of the Newfound Harbor Keys. Conventional
marine construction equipment could inflict serious damage to
marine grassbeds in the area. The overhead lines are depicted

119

as a navigational hazard on charts for the area. Passes are
too shallow for sailboat (fixed keel) traffic but small
sailboats do anchor leeward of the islands. Winds and waved
associated with major storms'could knock down poles or bring
down portions of the power line into waters of the preserve
creating hazards to navigation and public safety.

MANAGEMENT AREA CIIZ2 a
(commercial-industrial-institutional/
secondary resource protection area)
special management area

Boundary: Those submerged lands included within Sovereignty
Submerged Lands Lease No. 441230285 and the intervening area
between the two parcels to a distance of 300 feet from the
MHWL of the north shoreline of Little Munson Island (a.k.a.
Sheriff's Island, Munson, and Little Palm Island).
Additionally, those submerged lands from the MHWL to 55 feet
from shore on the southern shoreline of said island for a
distance of 1000 linear feet as an approved modification to
the above lease.

Description: This management area is established to recognize
the existing commercial use on Little Munson Island,
consisting of a small hotel/motel, restaurant, two private
docks, 800 feet +/- perimeter dock, boat basin, rip rap
shoreline and amenities associated with a resort operation.
Anticipated uses of the existing facilities on sovereign lands
include private dockage for guests and employees of the
facility, commercial tours, fishing, snorkeling, swimming,
diving and other water dependent activities associated with
the docks.

The specific boundary includes all state owned submerged lands
currently under lease for the in water structures. The area
between the two docks on the north shoreline is included
within the management area since submerged resources are
relatively sparse as a result of past use and the exposed
nature of the shoreline. Natural resources within this
boundary include scattered mangroves, scattered grassbeds,
hardbottom and mud/sand banks. The remaining submerged lands
adjoining the island and this management area are in
Management Area PL/l and shall be managed accordingly.

Allowable Uses:' Commercial-Industrial Docks (limited)

Specific Criteria: Existing facilities and use shall be
confined to the leased area and management area boundary. No
expansion or new facilities will be authorized and all
conditions of the existing lease shall be honored. No live
aboards and no fueling facilities are authorized. Boats
greater than 26 feet in length are strictly prohibited on the

120

South perimeter dock and all boats moored at either of the
three docks are required to maintain at least one foot
clearance between the deepest draft of the vessel and the
bottom, as provided by Chapter 18-21.0041(l)(b)3(a). All
portions of docks over waters less than - 4 f eet MLW shall
have hand rails or signage to discourage boat mooring in those
areas.

Seaplanes, individual internal combustion water craft (jet
ski, jet boat, etc.) and ultra light air craft are not
considered traditional uses within the preserve and typically
encroach upon other management areas and other traditional
uses. Therefore,rentals or use of sea planes or ultra light
air craft from the management area will be expressly
discouraged. Jet skis and jet boats are expressly prohibited.

All commercial activities, other than the water dependent
activities listed above must be contained on the riparian
uplands. .Concerts, conventions, exhibitions, competitions
(races, contests, games, etc.), tournaments, entertainments,
advertising, and other events or activities that would
generate boat density beyond the mooring capacity of the
existing dock facilities are discouraged and shall be.
conducted outside the aquatic preserve.

Rationale: The island and immediate vicinity have been
traditionally used as a small private fish camp. Areas
immediately adjoining the island have been severely impacted
by past dredging, boating and erosion. The area south of the
island is an expansive, shallow and productive marine
grassbed. The area to the east of the island is composed of
fringing mangroves and lush grassbeds. The area to the west
and north provides access to deeper waters in New Found Harbor
(Pine) Channel and a dredged access channel.

Restrictions and prohibitions of certain aircraft and
watercraft are deemed necessary to preserve the biological and
aesthetic qualities of the preserve. Boats with greater than
3 feet draft disturb bottom features, suspend sediments with
prop wash and are imminently more inclined to prop dredge
marine grassbeds in the vicinity of the island. Sea planes,
jet boats, jet skis and ultra light aircraft are disruptive to
feeding and resting activities of wading and diving birds that
frequent shallow waters in the preserve. Operation of sea
planes and individual water craft in shallow water also
disturbs marine grassbeds and young mangroves and is most
often in direct conflict with other traditional activities
such as fishing, swimming, and snorkeling. Ultra light
aircraft similarity disturb bird life and disrupt feeding
activities of certain types of fish thereby encroaching upon
feeding success of the birds and interfering with recreational
f ishing activities. Key deer are easily panicked by low
flying aircraft and all aircraft over both the Key Deer Refuge

121

and the Great White Heron Refuge a re restricted to 500 feet
altitude by federal law. The aesthetic enjoyment and privacy
of other preserve visitors and residents of the area are also
encroached upon.

Restrictions and prohibitions of certain commercial activities
is deemed appropriate for several reasons. The listed
activities are of a nature that would invite broad public
participation, thereby generating excessive boat traffic in
the vicinity, creating potential hazards to the navigation and
disrupting or interfering with other traditional uses and the
marine resources of the preserve. These activities are either
not water dependent or could be as effectively conducted
outside the aquatic preserve.

MANAGEMENT AREA SF-CP
(single family-commercial fishery area)

Boundary: No designated Fishing Village Land Use Districts
presently adjoin the aquatic preserve. This management area is
tentatively established to accomodate existing or future
designations of single family fisheries enterprises that are
conducted from a residence that may involve use of a dock on
or over state-owned submerged lands.

Description: This management area may potentially include
several locations in Management Area SF/la or PL/la that
exhibit marine grassbeds, mangroves, beach/berm and hardbottom
habitats. It shall apply to any future proposed use and to
existing uses where the riparian owner has properly filed for
grandfathering with Monroe County and/or where a riparian
owner holds an occupational license to conduct such activities
on said property. Existing and proposed facilities will be
reviewed on a case by case basis to evaluate impacts to state-
owned submerged lands.

This management area designation shall not apply to privately
held submerged lands where such activities are conducted,
except by negotiated agreement with the Board of Trustees and
the affected owner (Chapter 258.40(l), F.S.). However,
fishing facilities, vessels and structures on privately owned
submerged lands shall not encroach upon, damage resources of
or preempt use of state owned submerged lands in the preserve.

Allowable Use: Private Residential Single Docks, Commercial-
Industrial Docks (Limited)

Specific Criteria: All existing and proposed docks on state-
owned submerged lands within the management area conducting
fisheries operations shall conform to the single family dock
design criteria previously established. Additionally, riparian
owners having docks in this management area or in other

122

management areas that are not presently under lease shall
make application for a lease within 120 days of adoption of
this plan and after appropriate notice by the Division to
affected owner.

Those docks that do not presently conform to the single family
criteria shall be assessed according to the compliance/
conformance criteria set forth for Commercial/Industrial
docks. Those docks found to be not in compliance and/or those
found to be in violation of authorized permits or lease shall
be brought into compliance as outlined for Management Area
SF11 within one year of adoption of this plan and after
appropriate notification of affected owner.

The following criteria shall also apply to these facilities
and activities: 1) liveaboard vessels, fueling facilities
and/or fuel storage are expressly prohibited; 2) dipping or
storage of traps shall be confined to riparian uplands with
appropriate buffers to contain run-off on site; 3) there shall
be a minimum of 1 foot clearance between the deepest draft of
vessel(s) and the bottom at MLW; and 4) in-water holding pens
or trap storage, mechanical loading of traps and/or mechanical
off loading of catch in not authorized.

Rationale: Residential family fisheries are recognized as a
traditional land use in residential subdivisions where
grandfathered by Monroe County and in the Commercial Fishing
Village District. All revenue generating/income related
activities on state-owned submerged lands are required by rule
Chapter 18-21.005(i)(b) to lease preempted lands. The single
family dock criteria is intended to provide riparian access
while providing maximum protection of marine resources within
the preserve.

123

124

u s 1

BIG PINE KEY

usl UTTLE -6
TORCH
KEY

RAMROD
KEY
100111-

lo:

4PRES

-r4'
M P40 P,
-.opm* UN
COUPON BIGHT AG
'o
MANAGEMEW

PL/la c

0
09-01-90 SF/l cl
SCALE IN MILES N

126

CHAPTER V

SITE SPECIFIC MANAGEMENT ISSUES

The f irst part of this chapter deals with management issues
involving specific activities, as opposed to permitted
structures, that directly affect the biological integrity of
the Coupon Bight Aquatic Preserve. The issues that are
specific to this area include, but are not limited to:
conflicting uses, increasing air and watercraft traffic, the
protection of designated species and their habitat, the
protection of bird feeding and resting areas, research needs,
damage to marine resources, acquisition of environmentally
sensitive lands, and boundary extension. other issues may
arise as future use intensifies and these will be identified
as they develop.

The second part of this chapter establishes policy guidelines
for these issues. These policy guidelines are intended to
provide additional management direction and supplement those
set forth by Chapter 258, F.S. , Chapters 18-20 and 18-21,
F.A.C., or Chapter IV of this plan.

A. MANAGEMENT ISSUES AND SPECIAL NEEDS

1. CONFLICTING USES

To some extent many of the issues identified in this section
are directly related to uses that may fulfill one individual
or groups needs but are in conflict with another's activities
(or safety) and/or the legislative intent for establishing the
preserve. Activities that compromise or damage resources may
not always seem significant unless cumulative impacts are
taken into account. Any of the following activities should be
evaluated for the long-term cumulative impacts.

Vessel mooring for extended periods shades submerged grasses
and may create hazards to navigation. Liveaboard vessels
often compound impacts with wastes and sewage that are
introduced to surrounding waters, whether intentional or
accidental. Boat operation and anchorage in shallow water
disturbs bottom communities and resuspends sediments that
affect light penetration to vegetation and coral. (Policy
Guidelines 1, 2, 6, & 13.)

Anchoring on or near coral formations causes considerable
damage from anchors and anchor lines that break or chaff
corals. Lobster trap retrieval methods inflict similar damage
when traps are dragged over the bottom or traps are set too
close to coral formations and lines become entangled. Divers

127

(scuba and snorkel) can and do damage corals and othe r marine
life. The inexperienced and uninformed touch and stand on
formations, inflicting wounds and opening a colony to
infection or predation. (Policy Guidlines 1, 6 and 12.)

Spear fishing and marine life collecting are believed to have
seriously altered species, age and size class distribution on
the patch reefs in the preserve. Removal of large predatory
fish encourages a proliferation of grazing omnivores that feed
on algae, as well as corals. Removal of the 'aquarium size'
fish and invertebrates alters food webs and ecological
partitioning on the patch reef. Diversity and the long term
stability of these environments are compromised. Spear
fishing may also bring other divers and fishermen into close
proximity to one another, creating the potential for serious
or fatal injuries. (Policy Guidelines 1, 7, 8 & 10.)

2. INCREASED AIR AND WATER CRAFT USE

The past use of seaplanes in the preserve has given rise to
heated outrage by many of local fishermen and residents and
is extremely disruptive to bird life and the Key deer. , The
north half of Coupon Bight (southern boundary of the Great
White Heron National Wildlife Refuge) is federally restricted
air space. There is no locally specified air port district
which allows this type of activity, nor is there a designated
federal landing area in the vicinity.. The use of commercial
or private seaplanes and ultra light air craft are not
compatible with the traditional uses recognized for the
preserve. Nor are these uses compatible with the, resource
management goals outlined in Chapter VI of this plan. (Policy
Guideline 14.)

Logically, the numbers and types of watercraft within any
given body of water must be compatible with the available
space and existing water depths. Additionally, one must
consider the purposes for designating the preserve; to manage..
primarily for the maintenance of essentially natural
conditions, the propagation of fish and wildlife and public
recreation. As populations increase so do the numbers and
types of watercraft in the preserve. Increased pressure on
limited resources and space invariably generates conflicts
with other visitors and the intent of the preserves. management
philosophy for the natural resources. Preservation of natural
conditions is critical to maintaining fish and wildlife
habitats. If preserve visitors are to experience safe areas
for swimming and snorkeling, quiet areas for fishing and
wildlife obse@rvation, some regulation of boating traffic is
essential. (Policy Guidelines 1, 2, 4, & 10.)

128

3. PROTECTION OF DESIGNATED SPECIES AND THEIR HABITAT

The Great White Heron and the Key Deer Refuges were federally
established to provide minimum habitat for these two
designated species. Designated animal species are not
sedentary but traverse and utilize a wide variety of habitats,
many of which are not included within the refuge boundaries.
These and other designated species are frequent visitors to or
'residents' of Coupon Bight Aquatic Preserve. (Policy
Guidelines 3, 4, 5, 7, 9, 11,*14, & 15.)

Key Deer: Habitat and corridors for movement from the New
Found Harbor Keys and the Cactus Hammock Preserve to the main
deer population on Big Pine Key must be maintained and
protected to the greatest extent possible. To that end, all
activities in the preserve will be reviewed within the
provisions of the Key Deer Recovery Plan and will be subject
to recommendations from the Key Deer Refuge Management Plan.
Proposals to rehabilitate disturbed wetlands will also
evaluate such activities as to they would positively or
negatively impact the deer. For example, backfilling
abandoned mosquito ditches may reduce mortality of young deer
that fall or are chased into the ditches and drown.
Conversely, some of the ditches may retain fresh. water that
is vital for the deer during the winter dry season.

Listed Bird Species: Colonial wading and diving birds nest
in close proximity to the preserve and use the area
extensively for feeding and resting. The shallow baylets,
mangroves and saltmarsh buttonwood areas are especially
attractive to them. Destruction of grass beds and mangroves,
boat traffic in shallow waters and vehicular traffic in the
saltmarsh buttonwood areas disrupts or destroys vital habitat
and inhibits expansion of nesting areas. Ground nesting birds
are equally subject to disturbance from foot and vehicular
traffic.

Marine Turtles: The li mited beach/berm habitats in the
preserve are the only suitable nesting areas for these
globally depleted reptiles. Roads, buildings and other
structures eliminate much of this needed area. Beach lighting
during the nesting season disorients hatchlings and may
contribute significantly to mortality when young turtles crawl
onto roadways instead of towards the water. Exotic plants and
mechanical beach 'cleaning' may also damage nests or
discourage nesting crawls. Entanglement with nets, traps,
buoy lines and fishing lines, ingested plastics, poaching
(eggs or turtles) , and wounds from boat propellers are also
serious problems.

Other Listed Wildlife Species: As new species are listed or
as more information becomes available about the life histories
and habitat needs of presently listed species, certain

129

activities and management policies may need to be established
or revised to ref lect these changes. For the present, all
state owned lands will be maintained in their 'essentially
natural condition,' as listed species' affinity for these
types of areas has been demonstrated.

Listed*Plant Species: To the greatest extent possible, state
owned lands within the preserve should be protected from land
clearing, mangrove trimming and topographic alterations that
would negatively impact habitats for, these plants.
Collecting, vehicular and foot traffic, altered water flow and
herbicides represent serious impacts to the plants*themselves
and the habitat required for their survival. Pineland
communities that would benefit from ecological burning should
be identified and appropriate measures taken to institute a
fire regime when deemed necessary. Restoration of historic
plant communities and eradication of invasive exotic plants
would also enhance habitat for these species and wildlife.

4. DAMAGE TO SUBMERGED RESOURCES

Damage may be due to natural events, such as hurricanes or
disease but is most often the direct result of man's
activities in or adjacent to the preserve. Tropical storms
may erode or bury grass beds, topple coral formations or
blanket them with sediments. These are natural cyclic events
that have occurred for thousands of years and are far beyond
the management authorities of any governmental entity. But as
previously noted, the capabilities for recovery of these
communities may be inhibited by the activities of man.

Inexperienced boaters and careless boat operation in shallow
waters are responsible for propeller scouring or dredging of
marine grass beds and damage to corals. This is the most
visible sort of-damage. Less visible is the damage caused by
careless divers and snorkelers who touch corals or the
alteration of community structure from collecting fish and
invertebrates.( Policy Guidelines 1, 4, 5, 6, & 7.)

5. RESEARCH NEEDS

Current research will hopefully provide a better understanding.
of the origins, processes, extent and severity of black band
disease on coral reefs and the extensive mortality of marine'
grassbeds in Florida Bay. Since both of these phenomena (and
others) are a regional concern, and since the coral and
grassbed communities are habitat for a broad range of
commercially and biologically significant species, all efforts
to identify affected areas and garner funding support for
research are considered a major priority.

130

Water quality research and monitoring are also a priority.
The shallow, semi enclosed configuration of Coupon Bight is
not conducive to good flushing or tidal exchange. Knowledge
of. the sources, concentrations and long term effects of
pollutants that enter waters of the preserve are needed.
Chronic or episodic 'release of polluted water into the Bight
could devastate the lagoon. (Policy Guideline 9.)

6. ACQUISITION OF ENVIRONMENTALLY SENSITIVE LANDS

An extensive area of saltmarsh buttonwood and mangrove
wetlands lies to the north of the Bight. As noted in Chapter
III, most of this area has been targeted for purchase under
the CARL program. Several mangrove islands and several tracts
of privately held submerged lands should also be included
within this program. These areas are presently undeveloped
and only minor alterations of natural features has occurred.
The islands are potential colonial nesting bird habitats. The
submerged land areas are in effect 'out holdings' within the
boundary of the preserve. Present Monroe land use regulations
provide for a broad range of activities within the Off Shore
Island and Native Area Districts. These uses and activities
are not compatible with the intent or the management
objectives of the aquatic Preserve. (Policy Guidelines 3 &

7. BOUNDARY EXTENSION

Large coral heads and significant hardbottom and grassbeds lie
seaward of the present Atlantic boundary. These areas are in
waters from -12 to -18 foot depths. Extension of the boundary
to -18 foot contour -would create a buffer zone adjacent to the
patch reefs. Marking of the boundary at this point would
alert boaters to the submerged reefs before they are too near
to avoid them.( Policy Guideline 12.)

8. DEVELOP ARTHROPOD CONTROL PLAN

Past and present mosquito control activities have and will
continue to impact resources within the aquatic preserve.
Ditching and drainage have severely altered natural water
flow, vegetation and habitat quality in the preserve. Aerial
or ground application of insecticides and carrier substances
for aerial mosquito control may introduce toxic substances
into waters of the preserve. Coordination and cooperation
with the local mosquito control district to develop a mutually
acceptable management plan is imperative to protect human
health and welfare and the aquatic resources of the preserve.
(Policy Guideline 15.)

131

B. POLICY GUIDELINES

This section of the plan contains a number of management
policies that address the issues identified as being
particular to Coupon Bight, Aquatic Preserve. Adoption of
these policy guidelines will provide specific direction for
managing those issues not addressed directly by statute or
rule. The major policy guidelines for these issues include:

l.Promote recognition of the fact that marine grassbeds and
corals provide valuable habitat and food sources for a
variety of organisms essential to the biological integrity
of the preserve. This biological integrity translates into
significant economic value to this region, especially in
terms of recreation, tourism and fisheries.

2. Reduce the impacts of marine grassbed prop dredging and
coral damage by establishing no (motor) boating zones by
seeking appropriate rule changes and/or in combination with
local government ordinances, and by establishing navigation
aids where needed.

3. Promote the acquisition of privately owned mangrove wetlands
and submerged lands to enhance the available habitat for
endangered, threatened and species of special concern and
to maintain scenic vistas and aesthetic qualities of the
preserve.

4. Protect valuable feeding and resting areas for birdlife and
Key deer by prohibiting jet skis and (motor) boat operation
in shallow waters, by seeking appropriate rule changes.

5. Protect all biological resources by prohibiting fueling
facilities and fuel storage in the preserve, by seeking
..appropriate rule changes.

6. Protect coral patch reefs from boat anchor damage and
overuse by establishing a mooring buoy system on larger
patch reefs.

7. Protect the biological diversity and ecological balance of
the patch reefs, hardbottom and marine grassbed communities
by seeking legislation that would prohibit or substantially
regulate collecting of algae, fish and invertebrates in the
preserve.

8. Protect public health and safety, as well as biological
resources by seeking legislation to eliminate spearfishing
in the preserve.

9. Identify specific research needs And actively seek support
on a Division level for research funding.

132

10. Promote the protection of marine and upland resources by
disseminating literature and conducting environmental
education activities, both on and off site.

11. Promote acquisition of privately held, environmentally
sensitive lands to protect upland and marine resources.

12. Support extension of the Atlantic preserve boundary to the -
18 foot contour to protect large coral formations and provide
a buffer zone to the patch reefs.

13. Protect water quality, aesthetic values and benthic
communities by seeking appropriate legislation to prohibit
liveaboard vessels and restrict transient mooring inthe
preserve.

14. Reduce impacts to Key deer, feeding and nesting birds and
aesthetic appreciation of the preserve by seeking appropriate
federal and state code, statute or rule changes to prohibit
commercial and private aircraft from flying less than 500 feet
over or landing in the preserve.

15. Reduce or eliminate adverse impacts to biological resources
of the preserve by coordination and cooperation with Monroe
County Mosquito Control District and the Department of Health
and Rehabilitative Services to develop a mutually acceptable
arthropod control management plan for the preserve area,
pursuant to Chapter 388.411, F.S.

133

CHAPTER VI

14ANAGEMENT ACTION PLAN

The purpose of this chapter is to establish guidelines that
allow for the sound management and protection of the aquatic
preserves natural resources for the benefit of future
generations (Section 258.35, F.S.)

Bef ore an effective program can be designed to manage and
protect natural resources, one must complete an inventory of
the resources, establish what their functions are, decide the
importance of these functions, and where these resources are
located. Additional efforts will consist of identifying those
activities or parameters that affect these resources, either
positively or negatively. This information will form the
foundation from which action will be initiated to manage and
protect these resources. The management strategies for an
aquatic preserve program must consist of a variety of
components such as resource management, resource protection,
research, and environmental education.

In general, the role of the program in management of the
aquatic preserve includes: 1) providing information on the
ecological functions and economic importance of resources
within the preserve, 2) overseeing those activities that
affect the natural resources, 3) ensuring that accurate
biological and physical information is. considered in
permitting and planning decisions, 4) ensuring that all
statutes and rules regarding the preserves natural resources
are complied with and that violations of these provisions are
investigated and corrected by appropriate enforcement
agencies, 5) conducting on site surveys for specific
activities, 6) coordinating with other resource management and
enforcement agencies, 7) educating the public on the inherent
values associated with natural resources, 8) conducting or
cooperating with a comprehensive management program that can
be periodically updated to reflect the dynamics of natural
systems and the changing needs of man and the resources. To
achieve those ends this section of the plan establishes goals
and identifies the supportive objectives and develops policy
statements and tasks to accomplish those goals.

A. RESOURCE MANAGEMENT

The overall goals of resource management within aquatic
preserves are: 1) conducting and maintaining resource
inventories, 2) assessing the impact of human activities on
the resources, 3) establishing habitat restoration programs,
and 4) cooperating with other agencies in assessing, improving

135

and/or maintaining conditions that are conducive to preserving
the resources and water quality.

GOAL A.l: CONDUCT AND MAINTAIN RESOURCE INVENTORIES

Oblective A.1.1: To conduct and maintain a resource inventory
of submerged resources for the aquatic preserve.

Task A.1.1.1: Conduct an inventory of marine grassbeds,
algal beds, coral banks, patch reefs and hardbottom areas
by using LANDSAT imagery, aerial photography, and.
groundtruthing efforts every three years.

Task A.1.1.2: The data base generated from these
inventories will be used to create and maintain biological
resource maps that will be consulted when assessing a
proposed activity or evaluating potential impacts from
manmade or natural events not otherwise anticipated.

Task A.1.1.3: These inventories will be available to
public agencies involved in resource management and land
planning.

Objective A.1.2: To conduct and maintain a resource inventory
of emergent vegetation and habitats for the preserve lands.

Task A.1.2.1: Conduct and maintain an inventory of
mangroves, buttonwood/saltmarsh, beach/berm and other
shoreline vegetation in and adjacent to the preserve by
using LANDSAT imagery aerial photography and groundtruthing
efforts every three years.

Task A.1._2.2: The database generated from these
inventories will be used to create and maintain biological
resource maps that will be consulted when assessing a
proposed activity or evaluating potential impacts from
manmade or natural events not otherwise anticipated.

Task A.1.2.3: These inventories will be available to
public agencies involved in resource management and land
planning.

Objective A.1.3: Conduct and maintain inventories of
designated species and their habitats for the preserve.

Task A.1.3.1: Conduct and maintain inventories of
designated species and their habitats by using data from
existing literature, managing agencies, field observations
and current research studies every three years or more
often if deemed necessary.

136

Task A.1.3.2: Coordinate with appropriate management a nd
enforcement agencies to ensure that preserve management
decisions and public actions or activities are compatible
with the viability and management of a species or habitat.

objective A.1.4.: To conduct and maintain inventories of
wading and diving birds and their habitats in the preserve.

Task A.1.4.1: Conduct and maintain inventories of coastal
waterfowl and migratory bird species that feed, nest, roost
and loaf in the preserve and adjacent areas by using
existing literature, bird counts, field observations, and
current research studies every three years, or more often
if deemed necessary.

Task A.1.4.2: Coordinate with appropriate management,
enforcement and research agencies to ensure that preserve
management decisions and public actions or activities are
compatible with the.viability and management of a species
or habitat.

Task A.1.4.3: Coordinate with public or conservation
agencies that may be conducting similar inventories of
species, populations, life histories, migration patterns
and habitat needs where mutual benefits in knowledge and
management objectives are to be gained.

GOAL A.2: ASSESS THE EFFECTS OF HUMAN ACTIVITIES/ CUMULATIVE
IMPACTS

Ob! ective A. 2. 1: To inventory and assess the ef f ects of human
activities on the natural resources of the preserve.

Task A.2.1.1: Survey and inventory human activities in
the preserve every three years. This survey shall contain
at a minimum:

a) types of structures (dock, pier, seawall, rip-rap,
piling, mooring buoy, utility pole, etc.);

b) design-of structures (width, length, height above MHW,
square footage of access pier and terminal platform,
number of pilings, number and size of finger piers,
construction material (wood, boulder or concrete),
deck spacing, material treatment (pressure and/or
chemical treated), type of anchorage for buoys or
pilings, etc.);

c) the water depth at the terminus of the structure and/or
relation to MHW line for shoreline stabilization;

d) number of boats using a structure;

137

e) functional condition of the structure;

f) any accessory facilities and ancillary uses associated
with the structure;

g) the structure's use category (e.g., single family,
commercial, etc.);

h) an inventory of the biological resources within the
preempted area and within 25 feet of the structure or
activity;

i) a survey of all dredged areas includingt.
1) the location, length, width, and depth of the dredged
area;
2) depth of profiles of the surrounding area;
3) traditional use of the area;
4) biological resources in the dredged and surrounding
area;
5) whether the dredged area is a private or public
project;
6) review of information on pre-existing resource
conditions;
7) potential alternatives to alleviate the need for
maintenance dredging (shoreline stabilization, wave
baffles, etc.); and
8) whether channel markers may be needed to direct
traffic away from adjacent submerged resources.

j) asurvey of all shoreline stabilization projects,
including:
1) location and total length of riparian shoreline;
2) length of the shoreline stabilization;
3) design of project;
4) review of existing and pre-existing biological
resources in the vicinity of the structure;
5) whether the project is effective in stabilizing the,
shoreline; and
6) whether toe rip-rap or mangrove plantings may improve
upon the effectiveness of the structure.

k) adetermination as to whether the structure or activity
complies with the applicable statute or rule and with
lease, easement or consent of use conditions, where
appropriate;

Objective A.2.2: To assess cumulative impacts of activities
and structures an the resources of the preserve.

Task A.2.2.1: All activities and structures will be
surveyed as outlined in Policy A.2.1.1 and appropriate files
kept and updated every three years to establish net loss or
gain of resources as related to structures and activities..

138

Task A.2.2.2: Files shall contain at the minimum:
a) size, configuration and preempted area of the structure
and related use;

b) a survey of the biological resources within the preempted
area and within 50 feet of the preempted area;

c) condition and extent of those resources as related to
previous surveys (grassbeds expanding or declining, prop
scouring, establishment of different type of community,
etc.);

d) whether existing use is consistent with type use
activity authorized.

GOAL A.3: HABITAT RESTORATION

Objective A.3.1: Restore or enhance suitable habitats or
resources where feasible.

Task A.3.1.1: Using resource inventories generated from
Goal A.1., identify those resource areas that have been or
are being negatively impacted by external influences. These
influences may include, but are not limited to; prop scars,
spoil banks, dredged areas, boat grounding areas, clearings,
dumping, mosquito ditches, erosion, abandoned traps or
vessels, exotic vegetation, and roads.

Task A.3.1.2: Prioritize potential restoration areas
according to severity of impact to the immediate resources
and to the overall functional integrity of the preserve.

Task A.3.1.3: Develop procedures and guidelines for
addressing the priority areas for restoration, such as
exotic plant removal, beach clean-up, removal or'planting
of spoil banks, revegetating grassbed or mangrove areas,
enhancing listed-species habitats, removal of derelict ,
vessels and abandoned traps, filling in mosquito ditches,
reestablishing historic water flows, etc.

Task A.3.1.4: Investigate and contact other agencies,
groups, institutions, and individuals who may be available
to provide scientific, logistic, financial, enforcement,
manpower or other support in accomplishing the habitat
restoration or enhancement.

Task A.3.1.5: Monitor and review progress on restoration
projects.
ill: Monitor restoration procedures while in progress
and restored areas on at least an annual basis.

139

(2): Maintain ac'curate records of the project
including but not limited to:
a) type of project;
b). anticipated results;
c) benefits to the resource;
d) location, date, parties involved, duration of
project;
e) completion date;
f) monitoring schedule;
g) results or changes observed;
h) additional maintenance or monitoring required;
i) estimated cost of project in time and funding;
j) an assessment of the success of the project or
an explanation of why anticipated results were
not achieved;
k) recommendations as to how the project could or
should be improved upon; and
1) if the procedure could or should be used for
future or similar projects.

GOAL A.4.: RESTORE, ENHANCE OR MAINTAIN WATER QUALITY

Objective A.4.1.: Coordinate with appropriate agencies to
improve and/or maintain water quality in the preserve.

Task A.4.1.1: Acquire, maintain and review all records of
water quality data for the preserve area.

Task--A.4.-1.2: Coordinate with regulatory and management
agencies in identifying and managing areas within the
preserve that may be contributing to sedimentation or other
undesirable impacts to waters of the preserve (mosquito
ditches, compaction of soils and channelization of run-off
from roads, previous land clearing, etc.).

Task-A.4.1.3: Report suspected or identified instances of
violations to appropriate regulatory and enforcement
agencies.

B. RESOURCE PROTECTION

In order to maintain the biological integrity of the aquatic
preserve, it is imperative to protect the resources that
comprise the system. In-most cases, it is not feasible, nor
is it desirable, to provide protection for individual species
that are a part of the various habitats that make up the
preserve. Therefore, the goals of resource protection
outlined in this element will be directed toward protecting
the habitats that are vital to the survival of the species and
in conjunction with other habitat types are the functional
basis of biological integrity and stability within the

140

preserve. These goals include: 1) protection of submerged
resources (patch reefs, coral banks and heads, grassbeds and
hardbottom habitats), 2) protection of emergent vegetation
(mangroves, saltmarsh/buttonwood, beach/berm and tropical
hardwood hammock habitats) , and 3) protection of designated
species habitats.

GOAL B.1.: PROTECTION OF SUBMERGED RESOURCES

Objective B.1.1.: Minimize potential damage to submerged
resources through out the review of applications for use of
state-owned lands in the aquatic preserve.

Task B.1.1.1.: Develop a written description of a
scientifically based, standardized method to inventory the
minimum, this method will contain the following information:
a) The area to be surveyed will be described:
1) as a polygon, and
2) it will include a buffer zone surrounding the
project of sufficient size to include a majority
of the potentially affected area.

b) How the survey is to be performed:
1) The submerged bottom, including:
i. a description of all communities/habitats,
ii. a description of the bottom type,
iii. depth profiles,
iv. tidal amplitude and stage,
v. a physical description of the surrounding
waterbody,
vi. adjacent and adjoining uses, and
vii. distance to navigation channels:

2) The shoreline, including:
i. a description of the vegetation,
ii. a description of the shoreline type,
iii. a description of existing structures,
@v. a description of adjoining and adjacent
uses,
v. presence/absence of listed animal species or
their habitat or whether known to occur in
the area; and
vi. presence/absence of other wildlife or their
signs.

c) A definition of a Resource Protection Area (RPA).
This definition will be used to determine if
significant resources or habitats exist within the
area of expected impact. An RPA will include, but
is not limited to:

1) Marine grassbeds,
2) algal beds,

141

3) mangroves and saltmarsh/buttonwood associations,
4) hardbottom communities,
5) coral banks or heads,
6) patch reefs,
7) beach/berm,
8) listed species or their habitat, and
9) nesting sites for solitary or colonial birds.

Task B.1.1.2.: Coordinate with the appropriate regional
DNR staff to process field staff comments to applications
for use in a timely manner.

Task B.1.1.3.: Coordinate, when possible, with other
appropriate agencies that have regulatory authority for
these projects.,

objective B.1.2.: Ensure that projects and activities that
have been built or are occurring have been authorized.

Task B.1.2.1.: Report activities that do not appear to
have been authorized to the appropriate DNR enforcement
agent.

Task B.1.2.2.: Coordinate and cooperate, when possible,
with other appropriate agencies that have regulatory or
enforcement authority for these projects or activities.

Task B.1.2.3.: Maintain records of reports and
subsequent actions taken by regulatory and enforcement
.agencies. At a minimum, these records will contain:
1) Date, lociation first observed and observers name;
2) Date reported to appropriate agency, agency name,
and reporters name;
3) Action taken by agency; and
4) Resolution of report, if known.

Oblective B.1.3.: Ensure that projects and activities are in
compliance with the authorization granted.

Task B.I.3.1.: Coordinate with the appropriate regional
DNR staff to receive copies of all letters of consent,
easement agreements, lease agreements, and other forms of
authorization.

Task B.1.3.2.: Report variations from the authorized
conditions to the appropriate DNR enforcement agent.

Task B.1.3.3.: Coordinate and cooperate, when possible,
with other appropriate agencies that have regulatory or
enforcement authority for these projects or activities.

Objective B.1.4.: Ensure that projects and activities do not
degrade submerged resources of the preserve.

142

Task B.1.4.1.: Seek authorizations to establish no
motorized vessels or personal watercraft zones in areas of
shallow water.

Task B.1.4.2.: Require that all dredge projects use
current turbidity control practices.

Task B.1.4.3.: Establish a mooring buoy system near the
larger patch reefs in the preserve.

Task B.1.4.4.: Inventory and report all abandoned
vessels and traps to the Florida Marine Patrol and
encourage removal in a timely manner.

Task B.1.4.5.: Encourage or require the establishment
of channel markers, where appropriate, to protect marine
grassbeds and corals from boating damage.

Task B.1.4-6.: Seek appropriate legislation to prohibit
spear fishing in the preserve.

Task B.1.4.7.: Seek appropriate legislation and rule
changes to prohibit the harvesting of live rock, tropical
fish and marine invertebrates within the preserve.

Task B.1.4.8.: Promote the acquisition of privately held
submerged lands within the preserve.

GOAL B.2.: PROTECTION OF EMERGENT VEGETATION AND HABITATS

Oblective B.2.1.: Minimize potential damage to emergent
vegetation and beach/berm through the review of all
applications for use of state-owned land in the preserve.

Task B.2.1.1.: Field staff will develop a written format
describing a scientifically based, standardized method to
inventory the emergent vegetation and characteristics of a
project site and it shall include, at a minimum, the
following information:
a) Description of the area to be surveyed:
1) legal description of the subject property;
2) as a polygon; and
3) with a buffer zone surrounding the project of
sufficient size so as to include a majority of
the potentially affected area.
b) Detailing how the survey is to be performed:
1) a description of the vegetation with notations
as listed plant species within the project site
and buffer zone;
2) a description of geological features or
formations, including the following, if
beach/berm is present:

143

i. length and width of beach/berm on
riparian shoreline;
ii. approximate height of the ridge crest;
and
iii. distance from MHW to the ridge crest:
3) a description of existing structures or uses;
4) a description of adjoining or adjacent uses;
5) presence/absence of listed animal species, their
or whether known to occur on the site;
6) presence/absence of other wildlife species or
their sign. , I

Task B.2.1.2.: Coordinate with other DNR staff in order
to process surveys and related comments in a timely
manner.

Task B.2.1.3.: Coordinate with other appropriate agencies
that have regulatory authority for these projects.

Task B.2.1.4.: Coordinate and cooperate, whenever
possible, with other agencies or conservation organizations
that have specific management objectives, research projects
or other interests in the area of a project, or that may
own lands adjacent to the project site, including but not
limited to:.
a) Key Deer National Wildlife Refuge;
b) Great White Heron National Wildlife Refuge;
c)-Florida Came and Freshwater Fish Commission;
d) National Audubon Society; and
e) Trust for Public Lands.

objective B.2.2.: Ensure that structures and activities t hat
have been built or are occurring have been authorized.

Task B.2.2.1.: Report activities that do not appear to
have been authorized to the appropriate DNR enforcement
agent.

Task B.2.2.2.: Coordinate and cooperate, whenever
feasible and appropriate, with other agencies that have
regulatory or enforcement authority for the project or
activity.

Objective B.2.3.: Ensure that structures and activities that
have been authorized are in compliance with the conditions of
the authorization.

Task B.2.3.1.: Coordinate with the appropriate regional
DNR staff to receive copies of all letters of consent,
easement agreements, lease agreements and other
authorizations for the use of state lands.

144

Task B.2.3.2.: Report variations from the authorized
conditions to the appropriate DNR enforcement agent.

Task B.2.3.3.: Coordinate and cooperate, when feasible
and appropriate with other agencies that have regulatory
or enforcement authority for these projects or
activities.

GOAL B.3.: PROTECT LISTED SPECIES AND THEIR HABITAT

Obiective B.3.1.: Determine which portions of the aquatic
preserve serve as habitat for listed species.

Task B.3.1.1.: Assimilate a working library of relevant
literature and information on listed species expected to
occur in the preserve.

Task B.3.1.2.: Coordinate with the Florida Game and Fresh
Water Fish Commission, U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, the
Audubon Society, and any other relevant group or agency to
determine which listed species use what portion of the
aquatic preserve for various aspects of their life cycle.

Task B.3.1.3.: Coordinate and cooperate, whenever
possible, with appropriate agencies and groups to conduct
monitoring, inventories, habitat evaluations or other
activities that relate to the status or distribution of
listed species or their habitat.

Task B.3.1.4.: During the course of routine field w9rk
and patrols, preserve staff will observe and record,
whenever practical, sightings, locations, activity and
other information relevant to a listed species.

Task B.3.1.5.: Report all manatee sightings to the
Marathon office of the Division of Marine Resources.

Objective B.3.2.: Protect all listed species of plants and
animals.

Task B.3.2.1.: Be familiar with listed species,
identification, status and relevant laws pertaining to
listed species.

Task B.3.2.2.,: Report, without delay, any incidence of
harassment, poaching, killing, taking or other unlawful
activity, including unleashed dogs and artificial feeding
stations, to the appropriate enforcement agencies.

Task B.3.2.3..: Maintain a current list of agencies and
individuals who enforce relevant laws and those who are
permitted or otherwise authorized to rescue, attend, hold,

145

rehabilitate or salvage listed species or their remains.

Task B.3.2.4.: Coordinate and cooperate with appropriate
management and enforcement agencies in identifying any
activity or project that may potentially affect a listed
species.

Obiective B.3.3.: Protect habitat of listed species.

Task B.3.3.1.: Ensure that potential impacts to listed
species habitats are identified in' the review of projects
or activities. Such potential impacts may include, but
are not limited. -
1) Modification or obstruction of beach/berm;
2) Dock or beach lighting;
3) Fences or other obstructions; and
4) Removal of vegetation, except invasive exotics..

Task B.3.3.2.: Coordinate and cooperate, whenever
possible, with appropriate management and enforcement
agencies to evaluate potential impacts to listed species
as a result of a proposed project or activity.

Task-B.3.3.3.: Recommend, where appropriate,
modifications' to a proposed project or activity that
would eliminate or minimize encroachment upon the habitat
of listed species.

Task B,3.3.4.: Seek appropriate state statute and rule
changes to exclude personal/individual watercraft from
listed species habitat, including jet ski, water taxi, jet
boat, and similar types of motor powered watercraft.

Task B.3.3.5.: Seek appropriate federal statute changes
and enforcement to regulate use of ultra-light, private and
commercial Aircraft over and in the aquatic preserve.

Task B.3.3.6.: Coordinate and cooperate with appropriate
DNR and other enforcement agencies in the investigation of
potential violations of state or local codes or ordinances
that impact listed species habitats.

C. RESEARCH

Effective management of a biological system relies almost
entirely on information as to how that system functions.
Research is the progenitor of this information. Great strides
have been made in marine grassbed and mangrove ecology, yet
large gaps remain in understanding the functions of the
various components of these systems and how they interact with
on another. Coral reef ecology is a fledgling science that
has blossomed,only with the improvements in SCUBA equipment.

146

Understandably, there is much yet to be learned about all of
these systems. The goals f or research in the aquatic preserve
will be directed toward primarily applied research programs,
rather than basic, or theoretical research.

The goals of the research program are (1) to gain a better
understanding of what factors are essential to the functional,
biological integrity of the major habitats within the aquatic
preserve and (2) to gain a better understanding of the factors
that govern the continued survival and propagation of
designated species that use the various habitats of the
preserve.

GOAL C.1.: MAINTAIN OR ENHANCE THE FUNCTIONAL INTEGRITY OF
HABITATS

Oblective C.1.1.: Determine the primary factors that
influence
the survival of marine grassbeds and algae.

Task C.1.1.1.: Pursue and support research directed
toward identifying physical, chemical and/or pathogenic
sources of marine grassbed damage.

Task C.1.1.2.: Pursue, at the bureau level, funding to
conduct research on the effects of dock/pier shading on the
various species of marine grasses and algae of the preserve.

Task C.1.1.3.: Pursue, review and support, where deemed
practical, research directed toward protecting or restoring
marine grass beds.

Obiective C.1.2.: Determine the primary factors that
influence the distribution, -survival and productivity of
mangrove habitats.

Task C.1.2.1.: Promote and support research on the
physical, chemical, and pathogenic factors that influence
mangrove habitats.

Task C.1.2.2.: Pursue funding, at a Department level, t o
investigate the ecological functions of impounded 'dwarf
mangroves.

Task C.l..2.3.: Pursue funding and support research
projects directed toward restoration of artificially
altered mangrove systems.

Task C.1.2.4.: Promote and support research on the
effects of mangrove trimming.

147

Objective C.1.3.: Determine the primary and secondary factors
that affect the species of the hardbottom and coral patch
reef s.

Task C.1.3.1.: Promote and support research that
identifies the physical, chemical and pathogenic factors
that influence coral growth, recruitment and mortality.

Task C.1.3.2.: Promote and, whenever feasible,
participate in compiling an inventory of the benthic infauna
present in hardbottom and patch reefs in the preserve.

Task C.1.3.3.: Seek, at a Department level, funding for
research on the effects of spear-fishing on the size/class
range, distribution and dominance of coral/algal grazing
fishes and predatory fishes on the patch reefs.

Task C.1.3.4.: Seek, at a Department level, funding for
research on the effects of tropical fish and invertebrate
collecting on the species, size range, distribution,
density, and diversity of populations on patch reefs.

Task C.1.3.5.: Seek, at a Department level, funding for
research on the effects of sponge harvesting on hardbottom
communities.

Task C.1.3.6.: Seek, at a Department level, funding for
research on the effects of trap placement and retrieval
methods on the submerged resources of the preserve.

Task C.1.3.7.: Review and accept, where appropriate,
experimental research proposals for the culture of
hardbottom sponges in the preserve.

GOAL C.2.: SURVIVAL AND PROPAGATION OF LISTED SPECIES

Objective C.2.1.: . Determine which portions of the preserve
serve as habitat for designated species.

Task C.2.1.1.: Pursue, at a Department level, funding for
research on the distribution of listed species in the
CARL Buffer Zone project.

Task C.2.1.2.: Support, and when feasible, participate in
research to establish critical habitat areas for listed
species of plants and animals in the preserve.

Task C.2.1.3.: Support and pursue funding for research on
the distribution, life cycles and habitat needs of listed
species of fishes, reptiles, insects and mollusc of t h e
preserve.

148

Task C.2.1.4.: Coordinate with appropriate agencies,
organizations and universities/colleges to promote applied
research projects for listed species.

Task C.2.1.5.: Participate, whenever feasible, with
agencies or organizations that survey or monitor listed
species in the preserve.

Task C.2.1.6.: Cooperate with the Division of Marine
Resources in monitoring and reporting manatee sightings and
information.

Task C.2.1.7.: Cooperate with the Division of Marine
Resources in monitoring and reporting marine turtle nesting
and strandings.

_C11: Preserve staff or volunteers who
participate in strandings and salvage activities
shall be properly trained and permitted and shall
maintain accurate records and make timely reports
of all activities in the preserve.

D. ENVIRONMENTAL EDUCATION

Public awareness and involvement is potentially the most
valuable tool a resource management program may utilize. The
public is often not aware of the resources of the preserve nor
of the various impacts that human activities have upon those
resources. The 'public' may be students, property owners,
user groups (e.g., divers, fishing enthusiasts, boaters,
etc.), special interest groups (realtors, developers and
contractors), conservation or preservation organizations, and
local, regional and state government agencies that are
involved in making planning or regulatory decisions affecting
the preserve.

The many values derived from marine habitats, including water
quality, viable fisheries, recreation and open space, attract
many visitors and residents to the preserve area. These same
values may be irreparably harmed, if the public is not
environmentally sensitive or informed. Therefore, one of the
primary aims of the aquatic preserve program will be to
educate the public as to the importance of the resources and
to enlist public support and participation in the protection
and conservation of those resources for present and future
generations to enjoy.

GOAL D.1.: PUBLIC EDUCATION TO PROMOTE WISE RESOURCE USE

Objective D.1.1.: Coordinate and provide assistance to
existing environmental education programs at public and
private schools.

149

Task D.1.1.1.: Notify the county school board and private
schools of the preserves programs and the availability of
its staff to assist or provide guidance for their existing
environmental educational programs.

Task D.1.1.2.: Participate in the development and
utilization of the Monroe County Environmental Story
teaching aids for public and private schools in the county.

Task D.1.1.3.: Seek funding to develop an educational
display and literature for the.preserve.

Task D.1.1.4.: Seek funding and staffing to establish and
conduct classroom programs and field trips in the preserve.

Obiective D.1.2.: Produce environmental educational
literature and materials that inform the adult public of the
preserve's natural resources and the importance of preserving
and protecting those resources.

Task D.1.2.1.: Seek funding for the development of
educational literature, materials and staffing for
presentations to:
1) Homeowners' associations;
2) Civic and church groups;
3) Special interests (realtors, consultants,
developers, contractors, utilities, etc.);
4) Boating/sport shows and special events;
5) Camping facilities and tourist resorts;
6) Marinas, tackle shops and boat ramps;
7) Agency and local government staffs;
8) Environmental educators; and
9) Conservation,'preservation, conference, and research
groups.

Task 1.2.2.: Development media articles and presentations
for local radio, television and publications to inform
the general public of the preserve, its resources and of
relevant protection needs, programs and research findings.

Task 1.2.3.: Seek support, development and education of a
Friends of Coupon Bight Aquatic Preserve volunteers group
to assist with environmental education programs and special
environmental projects.

Task 1.2.4.: Coordinate with other resource management
agencies and, where appropriate, co-sponsor exhibits,
programs or other public contact activities.

Obiective D.1.3.: Pursue coordination with organizations and
agencies and, where appropriate, assist in the development of
special programs for physically and mentally challenged adults
and children.

150

Task 1.3.1.: Contact appropriate agencies to determine
the need for special programs.

Task 1.3.2.: Seek funding for development and staffing of
needed programs.

Obiective D.1.4.: Seek funding for development and staffing
of a permanent environmental education facility for the
preserve.

Task D.1.4.1.: Seek funding for development, maintenance,
and staffing for permanent displays, specimen collections,
a reference library and interpretive programs.

Obiective D.1.5.: Provide environmental education workshops
to instruct other environmental educators.

Task D.1.5.1.: Pursue development and funding for
biannual instructional workshops for environmental, science,
and other interested teachers and instructors.

Task D.1.5.2.: Encourage aquatic preserve staff and
volunteers to attend conferences and seminars to further
teaching skills and become familiar with other education
programs.

151

CHAPTER VII

MANAGMENT COORDINATION NETWORK

This chapter presents a general overview of the various
federal, state, regional, and local agencies that regulate or
hold any interests in the management or use of Coupon Bight
Aquatic Preserve. The success of the aquatic preserve
management plan is dependent upon coordination with these
agencies to achieve many of the goals and objectives of
resource management and protection. A breakdown of the
specific jurisdictions is presented in Table 11.

A. FEDERAL AGENCIES

A number of federal agencies have property interests, land and
wildlife management programs, research activities,
construction activities, and regulation programs that deal
either directly or indirectly with the aquatic preserve.

In accordance with the federal consistency review process, the
Bureau of Submerged Lands and Preserves reviews many of the
federal programs and activities as to their affect on the
management objectives of the aquatic preserve programs. This
review is coordinated through the Florida Department of
Environmental Regulation's. office of Coastal Management in
order to enforce the provisions of the Federal Coastal Zone
Management Act of 1972, as amended.

U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service (USFWS)
The USFWS has responsibility for fish and wildlife as
authorized in the Coastal Resources Barrier Act, National
Environmental Protection Act, Migratory Bird Act, Endangered
Species Act, and Fish and Wildlife Coordination Act.. Locally,
their personnel administer and manage wildlife refuge and
preserved lands, review dredge and fill projects, and are
charged with the protection and recovery of endangered species
and bird rookeries.

U.S. Army Corps of Engineers (COE)
The COE has jurisdiction over the navigable -waters of the
United States under the Rivers and Harbors Act of 1899. A
revision of the Rivers and Harbors Act in 1968 extended the
COE jurisdiction, allowing them to consider impacts to the
fish and wildlife, conservation, pollution, aesthetics,
ecological and other relevant factors of a proposed project.
The COE regulatory programs were expanded in 1972 with the
Federal Water Pollution Control Act Amendments, also known as
the Clean Water Act (CWA) . Section 404 of this act controls
dredge and fill activities and has since been extended to
wetlands from Amendments to the CWA in 1977.

153

U.S. Geological Survey (USGS)-
The USGS performs surveys and research pertaining to
topography, geology, mineral and water resbuces of the United
States. USGS also collects and publishes water resouces data.

U.S Environmental Protection Agency (EPA)
The EPA has jurisdiction over surface watew of the state.
Enforcement authority was.given under the Clean Water Act of
1972 and broadened under the 1977 revision. In general, EPA
is responsible for pollution control and abatement, including:
air, water, noise, solid waste, toxic waste, and taddiation.
Under Section 104 of the Comprehensive Environmental Response,
Compensation, and Liability Act of 1980 (CERCLA), as amended
by the Sperfund Amendments and Reauthorization Act of 1986
(SARA), EPA may initiate studies, clean-up, and pursue
restitution of incurred expenses for pollution violations and
damages. Authority is divided between EPA and the U.S. Coast
Guard regarding the management of oil or hazardous substances
discharged into surface waters. They also review permits
issued by DER for the treatment, disposal and storage of
hazardous wastes.

U.S. Coast Guard (USGS)
The USGA regulates boating safety, enforces maritime law,
operates search and rescue missions, and surveillance and
interdiction of contraband importation. USGS also regulates
construction of bridges, causeways, and aerial utilities that
may pose navigation hazards and the placement and maintenance
of public navigation aids. Joint responsibility for response
to the discharge or spillage of oil or other hazardous
substances into surface waters is shared with EPA.

National Marine Fisheries Service (NMF)
The NMF is under the U.S. Department of Commerce and records
commercial fish landing, enforces national fishery laws, and
protects vital fishery habitats. Under the Endangered Spcies
Act, this agency may also regulate activities and enforce
marine turtle and mammal protection legislation.

National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA)
Under the Department of Commerce Office of Coastal Zone
Management, NOAA administers to programs of -local interest.
The National Marine Sanctuaries (NMS) program oversees the
management of Looe Key and Key Largo National Marine
Sanctuaries, as well a several National Marine Esturies in the
region. NOAA also administers the Hurricane Center in Fieri,
which monitors and issues bulletins on tropical weather L--or
the north and south Atlantic and the Caribbean Basin.

154

B. STATE AGENCIES

Many state agnecies have property interests, land and wildlife
managemnt programs, research activities, regulatory authority
and construction activities with the preserve. Additionally,
DNR administers programs which may affect the resources and
waterwheds of the preserve.

Department of Natural resources (DNR)
Several Divisions within the Department perform various
functions of administration, regulation and enforcement of
laws and programs related to natural resources and/or their
use.

The Division of Marine Resources has several programs
beneficial to the management of aquatic . The Marine
Research Laboratory in St. Petersburg and the Marethon Field
Office have several projects which include resource protection
area mapping, fishery habitat utilization sudies, conch
reintroduction programs and spiny lobster research. The
programs and marine turtle data gathering. They also
asminister a permitting program for the collection of cartain
marine species and the use of certain chemicals.

The Division of Law Enforcement's Marine Patrol, whose legal
authority is granted under Chapter 370, F.S., enforces Florida
laws relating to marine resources, fishery laws, boating
safety, vessel titling/registration, contraband interdiction,
and the protection of endangered and threatened species.

The Division of State Lands, under the provsions of Chapters
253 and 258, F.S. performs the staff duties related to the
acquisition, administration and disposition of public lands on
behalf of and with the approval of the Governor and Cabinet,
sityting as the Board of the Internal Improvement Trust Fund.
Staff duties include review and recommendations to the Board
regarding applications for the use, sale, lease or tansfers
of all state-owned lands and enforcement of the provisions for
unauthorized use of those lands. Under Chapter 15-21, F.A.C.,
the Division is charged with management of sovereignty
submerged lands and spoil islands.

Aquatic preserves were established under Chapter 258, F.S.
Originally administered by the Division of Recreation and
Parks, the administration of aquatic preserves was transferred
to the Division of State Lands in . Specific management
policy, standards and criteria for most aquatic preserves are
contained within Chapter 18-20, F.A.C.

The authority for this Conservation and Recreational Lands
program (CARL) is also derived from Chapter 253, F.S. This
program is the primary vehicle for the acquistion of private

155

lands that are deemed to be environmentally sensitive or that
may serve as potential lands for future recreational needs.
Recent passage of the Conservation 2000 legislation will
greatly enhance funding for targeted purchases.

The Division of Resource Management is responsible for the
management of aquatic plants, mineral resources, oil and gas
exploration, and geologic studies. It also supervises state
Navigation Districts and the Canal Authority.

Department of Environmental Regulation (DER)
The DER administers programs regulating air, water, noise,
wastewater, stormwater, and hazardous waste pollution through
a permitting and cetification process. Chapter 376, F.S.
directs DER to cooperate with DNR in offering consultation,
enforcement, prosecution, and technical advise in pollutant
discharge, control and removal.

Chapter 403, F.S. enumerates the DER responsibilities in the
areas of water and air quality, facilities siting, resource
recovery and management, pollution control and wetland
permitting. This chapter serves as the authority for the
initiation of dredge and fill applications in conjuction with
COE and DNR. The authority to regulate activities and protect
water quality granted in Chapter 403 is facilitated by the
Water Quality Standards established in Chapter 17-3, F.A.C.
This chapter of the admininstrative code sets forth specific
criteria for surface water classifications and permitting
criteria for those classifications. The Special Protection,
'Outstanding Florida Waters (OFW) classification is assigned to
waters of the aquatic preserve and most waters of the Florida
Keys. The OFW classification affords the highest protection
for state waters.

Chapter 17, F.A.C. also contains sections governing permitting
procedure and 'criteria for facilities, dredge and fill
projects, stormwater discharge, and deepwater ports.

The DER Office of Coastal Management is charged with
coordinating activities related to coastal management and
reviewing federal actions for consistency with the State
Coastal Management Program. The Office of Coastal Management
also awards grants for research and management planning.

Chapter 253.77, F.S., as amended by the Warren S. Henderson
Wetlands Protection Act of 1984, reuqires that any request for
the use of state-owned lands shall have prior approval of the
The Trustees. An interagency agreement between DNR and DER
provides for DNR staff comments into the DER permitting
process for indentifying environmental impacts to the
resources of the aquatic preserve.

156

Department of Community Affairs (DCA)
DCA reviews Developments of Regional Impact (DRI), designates
Areas of Critical State Concern (ACSC), and approves
comprehensive plans. The DRI process involves major
development projects that have impacts on a larger area than
is covered by just one county and involves a regional review
from neighbo ring local governments and from state agencies.

The ACSC program is intended to protect the areas of the state
where development has endangered or may endanger resources of
regional or statewide significance. Under an ACSC designation,
the local governments are required to notify the DCA of any
application for a development permit. The Florida Keys portion
of Monroe County were designated as an ACSC in 1979. In 1984,
under authority granted in Chapter 380, F.S. and defined in
Administrative Rule 27F-8, the Boundary and Principles for
Guiding Development for the Florida Keys Area of Critical
State Concern were adopted to conserve and protect the
natural, environmental, historic and economic resources, and
other values of the lands and waters of the Florida Keys. The
Florida Keys ACSC designation and the Principles for Guiding
Development are intended to remain in place until -,-:;uch time as
Monroe County shall have developed a comprehensive growth
management plan and future development regulations as required
by Chapter 163, F.S. Such plan shall be consistent with the
State Comprehensive Plan, State Statutes, Codes and rules.
Conformance to the minimum criteria established in Chapter 9J-
5, D.A.C. is also required.

Monroe County is currently involved in this planning process
and is expected to submit a completed plan by September 1990.
The Coastal Management and Conservation Elements of the future
plan are the most significant to the management goals and
objectives of the aquatic preserve. These elements should
establish goals and objectves that are consistent with those
of this plan. Cooperation and coordination in developing the
plans is critical to the successful development and
implementation of either plan.

Department of Transportation (DOT)
The DOT is involved with aquatic preserves where they maintain
the U.S. 1 or Overseas Highway and the bridges and causeways
that abut the preserve boundary. Leases or permits for the use
of state-owned rights-of-way are coordinated through the DOT.
Applications for these uses are not generally circulated for
field review. Local cooperation is vital to establish lines of
communication regarding projects that may affect the preserve.
The DOT also administers funding for environmental restoration
projects, which has in the past been available for aquatic
preserve projects.

157

Department of State/Division of Historical Resources (DHR)
Under Chapter 267, F.S. DHR is granted responsibility for the
preservation and management of the state's archaeological and
historical resouces. This responsibility includes those
cultural resouces located on state-owned lands. All activities
that may.potentially affect a known or suspected resouce must
be coordinated with and/or approved by the DRH.

Department of Health and Rehabilitative Serveces MRS)
HRS administers numerous programs to protect public health by
overseeing functions that involve water supplies, sewage
disposal and solid waste control. Authority for these
responsibilities are found in Chapters 154, 381, and 386, F.S.
and in the,10D series of F.A.C., known as the Sanitary Code.
HRS is also responsible for mosquito control activities under
Chapter 388, F.S. and may delegate that authority to a local
mosquito control district (MSD).

Mosquito control and spetic tank permitting are of immediate
concern to the managment of the aquatic preser. The Monroe
County MSD administers the local program through ground and
aerial application of larvicides and adulticildes. Chapter 1OD-
54, F.A.C. requires that any arthropod (mosquito) control
activities conducted by local MSDs on environmentally
sensitive public lands, such as parks, aquatic preserves and
similar properties be coordinated in advance by the
.responsible mosquito control agency with '@the Executive
Directory of DNR, GFC, and the regional directory of the
USFWS. This chapter also establishes areas, types, rates,
timing and equipment standards for control activities.

HRS administers the permitting and placement of spetic tanks.
under Chapter 1OD-6, F.A.C. This chapter establishes standards
for onsite sewage disposal systems (OSDS) . Part II of that
chapter establishes specific standards for OSDS installation,
operation and monitoring in the Key Largo Limestone or Miami
(Oolite) rock formations.

Marine Fisheries Commission (MFC)
The MFC manages marine life by regulating the harvesting of
all marine life, except listed species. Their authority covers
gear specifications, bag limits, size limits, species that may
not be sold, protected species, closed seasons or areas,
quality control codes, special considerations related to egg
bearing females, and the harvest and relaying of oyster and
clams. The MFC makes annual recommendations to the Governor
and Cabinet regarding marine fisheries research priorities an(:
changes to existing laws.

Game and Fresh Water Fish Commission (GFC)
The GFC, authorized under Chapters 39.101 and 39.102, F.A.C.
implements and enforces specific regulations to protect all

158

wildlife and their habitats. As such, the GFC is the state
coordinatory for species designated for protection in Florida.

C. REGIONAL AGENCIES

In addition to federal and state agencies, two regional
agencies have functions and programs that may affect the
aquatic preserve. These organizations conduct activities that
are on a borader scale than are those of the local
governments.

South Florida Water Management District (WMD)
The WMD was estalished by Chapter 61-69, Laws of Florida, as
a public corporation for carrying out Chapter 378, F.S> and
operates under and is governed by provisions of Chapter 373,
F.S. Chapters 40D-4 and 40D-40 were adopted to ensure
continued protection of the water resources of the district
including wetlands and other natural resources. The statutes
resulted from passage of Chapter 84-79, Laws of Florida, also
known as the Warren G. Henderson Wetlands Protection of of
1984.

The WMD adminsters permitting programs for consumptive water
u-,e, management, strom water discharge, storage of surface
water, well drilling -and operation, water level control,
regulation of artificial recharge facilities, and works of the
district. The WMD is also responsible for defeloping Surface
Water Improvement Management (SWIM) plans as authorized by
Chapter 87-97, Laws of Florida and Chapter 373, F.S. The SWIM
plans are designed to improve, restore and manage surface
waters.

South Florida Regional Planning Council (RPC)
The RPC serves as a regioanl planning body fcr the local
government of Monroe County, as well as incorpcrated areas in
the Keys and other south Florida counties and munllcipal areas.
The RPC duties include: aid to local governmu-.1t planning
efforts; regional representative for the DRI process; regional
clearing house for state and federal projects and programs;
providing information from the lcoal governments to the state
and federal levels; assisting local governments in securing.
grants in air; and preparing and administ@@-rl_ng -,-.he Regional
Policy Plan.

The DRI review of projects which affect th@i will be
reviewed by both the field staff and central ollfi(-@@ personnel.
DRIs for marinas, major developments,. -Aubd_4,v:3.@4:*Lcns, and
commercial or industrial developments adjacent to the preserve
and will be reviewed closely for their potential i-_'i'.,pact on the
preserve.

159

D. LOCAL GOVERNMENTIAGENCIES (LGT)

Local government consists of unincorporated Monroe County and
the incorporated areas of Key Colony Beach, Layton and the
City of Key West. The incorporated areas are governed by a
city commission and the unincorporated areas are governed by
a five member County Commission. Previous efforts to
Ancorporate the island of Big Pine Key failed to garner voter
support. However, there is a small consensus of opinion that
this issue is not dormant and the proposal may again surface
for referendum.

As previously noted, the Florida Keys portion of Monroe County
has been designated as an Area of Critical State Concern and
both incorporated and unincorporated areas are in the process
of formulating Comprehensive Growth Management Plans.

Relationship to Local Manaaement Plans
The Florida Keys Comprehensive Plan of 1986 (Volume II,
Analysis and Policy Element) established several Areas of
Critical County' Concern (ACCC) and .Marine Resouce Areas of
Particular Concern (APC), including Coupon Bight and
Lignum.vitae Key Aquatic Preserves. Management policies for
Coupon B ight are directed toward cooperation with DNR and
regulation of land and water activities to enstire
compatibility with maintenance and preservation of the
-preserve. Septic tanks are discouraged and storm water
management and low intensity uses are encouraged.

Generic designations for Marine Resouce APCs include marine
grassbeds, coral.formations and fringing mangroves, including
associated vegetation within 50 feet of the landward edge of
those mangroves. Management policies mandate that these biotic
communities be preserved to the fullest extent possible and
that creation and restoration of these communities will be
encouraged whenever feasible and necessary.

Local govern ments are required by the Local Government
Comprehensive Planning Act of 1975 (Se6tion 163.3163, F.S.),
as amended by Chapter 85-55, Laws of Florida, to the Local
Government Comprehensive Plannind and Land Development
Regulation Act (LGCP) , to have a management plan with elements
relating to different governmental functions (i.e., housing,
physical facilities, conservation, land use, coastal zone
protection, etc.). Recent statutory amendements require these
plans to be updated and for counties to adopt land development
regulations and improve coastal management protection. The
coastal management element of the LGCP, along with the land
use and conservation elements, establishes long range pl&ns
for orderly, and. balanced development, with particular
attention to the identification and protection of
environmental resouces in the planning area. conformance with
the criteria, policies, and practices of a local government

160

comprehensive plan is required for all development within the
local government jurisdication.

Monroe County is currently revising and formulating new goals,
objectives and policies that are intended to fulfill the
requirements for the LGCP act and the criteria of 9J-5, F.A.C.
The intent of the aquatic preserve management program, and
this plan, is to guide county efforts during the planning
process towards developing local plan criteria and standards
that will be consistent with and complimentary to the
objectives of the aquatic preserve program.

161

TABLE11: 'MANAGEMENT COORDINATION NETWORK

LOCAL AGENCIES REGIONAL AGENCIES

LGT Local Governments (Cities, Towns, RPC Regional Planning Council
Municipalities) WMD Water Management Districts
CGT County Governments FIN. Florida Inland Navigation District
LDD Local Drainage Districts
MCD Mosquito Control Districts
ICD Inlet Commissions/Districts
SWC Soil and Water Conservation Districts

STATE AGENCIES FEDERAL AGENCIES
N)

DCA Florida Department of Community Affairs CG United States Coast Guard
DER Florida Department of Environmental Regulation COE United States Army Corps of Engineers
DNR Florida Department of Natural Resources EPA United States Environmental Protection Agency
GFC Florida Game and Freshwater Fish Commission FWS United States Fish and Wildlife Service
DOS Florida Department of State NMF National Marine Fisheries
DOT Florida Department of Transportation GS United States Geological Survey
FMP Florida Marine Patrol
FSG Florida Sea Grant
MFC marine Fisheries Commission
DAC Florida Department of Consumer and Agricultural
Services
HRS Florida Department of Health and Rehabilitative
Services

Source: modified from the Indian River Lagoon Joint Reconnaissance Report, 1987

Local Regional State Federal
I.Gr CGT I I.DD IMCD ICD SWC I RPC JVNIII FiN DAC DCA DER DIN R GFC 11IRS Dos Dor IF,%IPIFSG_ NIFC C G COE EPA FWS NMF GS
Dredge and Fill Permitting 0 01 1 0 0 0
Docks, Fishing Piers, Seawalls 0 01 1 1:,: 0 0
Marinas 0 01 1 0 0 0
Submerged Lands Management 10
... ....... .... W..
.. . ........ ...... ......
X".
Ilabitat Protection 0 -0 0 0 0 0 0
... ... .. .. ......
iNfangroves/Wetlands Protection 0 0 ..6.1w; 10 0 0 0
Seagrass Protection 0 0 0 0 0
. . . . ......
.... .. .........
Habitat Restoration 0
0 0 0 0 01 . . ...
W
Nlangroves/Wetiands Restoration 0 0
Seagrass Restoration 0 0 0
Resource Inventory 0 0 0 0 0 0
........ .....-
x
Manatees/Porpoises 0 0
Endangered Species 0 01 0 0 010 0,
10 0 1 10
W
010
Shellfish/Aguaculture 01 0
Public Awareness/Education 0 0 a 0 0 0 010
.. ........
.. ...... ..
Research 0 0 0 0 1 01
0 0 0
Fisheries Research 0 0
Fisheries Management 0
W
.0. 0 0
Recreational Fishing 0 0 0 0 0 0

. .. . .....
Commercial Fishing 0 0 0.0
Wildlife Management

X
.. 10 0
Mosquito Impoundments 01 0 0
flistorical/Archeological Sites 0 01 1 0 10 0
0 0 0
Water Quality 0 01 10 0 0 0
0 01
Nonpoint Source Pollution 0 1: 0 0 0 0 0
.0 w. Alk
Point Source Pollution 0101 1 0 0 01 0 1 1
0 0 01 0 x
Oil/Chemical Spills 101 1

X.
Drainage/Freshwater Control 0 0 01 0 1:":.* 0
0 0 01
.... .......
Emergency Response 0 X: .... ....... 0 0 0 0
Upland Development 0
......... .....

...... XX . .. .. -.X.:.:
Land Use Planning 0 0 0 .... ...
Navigational/Boating 0 0 0 0 0
0 At
x
Recreational Areas 0 01 1 0
d ....... ....
and Roads
Bridges 0.
101 1 Toofoo

164

CHAPTER VIII

STAFFING AWD FISCAL NEEDS

Historically, the Aquatic Preserves Program has been largely
dependent on federal coastal zone grant funds for its
operation, and as a result, the funding of both field
positions and central office positions has been limited.

In order for the Coupon Bight Aquatic Preserve to be managed
in accordance with the goals, objectives and policies, set
forth in this plan, adequate funding, staffing and equipment
is essential. It is anticipated that the management and
administration of the three aquatic preserves in the Keys
(Coupon Bight, Lignumvitae Key and Biscayne Bay-Card Sound
portion) could be accomplished with one field office staffed
with five full time employees and a part-time maintenence
mechanic. An annual review of the accomplishments of the
program relative to the tasks listed in Chapter VI will help
to determine if the initial staffing estimate is adequate to
meet the legislative intent of the program.

A budget covering projected staff time, equipment, travel and
other expenses for this area, which would include Coupon Bight
Aquatic Preserve, is found in Table 12. The budget is required
to *fulfill the short range needs of the preserve as described
in this management plan, and to accomplish the Department goal
of on-site management for all aquatic preserves by 1991, as
expressed in the Agency Functional Plan.

165

99T

TABLE 12

ANTICIPATED TWO-YEAR BUDGET FOR COUPON BIGHT, LIGNUMVITE KEY AND
THE CARD SOUND PORTION OF BISCAYNE BAY AQUATIC PRESERVES

SALARY 1ST YEAR 2ND YEAR
ES III (with benefits) $ 36,463 $ 37,921
ES II (with benefits) 32,109 33,393
ES I (with benefits) 26,784 27,855
Secretary (with benefits) 15,745 16,375
Environmental educator 26,784 27,855

Subtotal $137,885 $143,399

OPERATING CAPITAL OUTLAY
Vehicles (3 @ $12,000 each) $ 36,000
office equipment 11,500
Computer 5,000
Education materials 2,500

Subtotal $ 55,000

OPERATING EXPENSES
Rent/Gas/Phone/Supplies $ 28,000 $ 32,000
Education supplies 1,500 1,600

Subtotal $ 29,500 $ 33,600

TOTAL COST $222,385 $176,999

167

CHAPTER IX

RESOURCE AND ACTIVITY MONITORING PROGRAM

To ensure that this management plan is effectively
implemented, on-site staffing is imperative. Additional
staffing will be necessary in order to institute programs
targeted at 1) monitoring changes in the natural resources,
2) recording use activities, 3) tracking progress and
accomplishments that are directed at retaining the original
integrity and value of the preserve,. and 4) preparing and
conducting environmental education activities.

A. RESOURCE MONITORING

To monitor changes in the natural resources, a geographic
information system (GIS) will be necessary. A GIS is a
computer based system that is used to capture, edit, display,
and analyze geographic information. The first GIS programs
were developed about 20 years ago to manage large collections
of natural resource and environmental information. Since
their development, they have been used in other areas, such as
utilities mapping, inventory management, and land use
planning. However, their most important application continues
to be natural resource monitoring and management.

Future use of a GIS system would include the periodic
inventory, compilation, and analysis of temporal and spatial
data concerning t@e present state of the natural resources
within the preserve. Historical aerial photography could be
computerized for comparison with later data to conduct a
temporal analyxix of resource abundance. Detailed monitoring
of revegetat ion/ restoration efforts could also be computer
analyzed. The on-line access to these natural resource data
bases will facilitate informed management decisions concerning
the use and protection of lands and their resources.
Cooperation and file sharing is possible with other agencies
handling such data with identical and similar systems. Similar
environments and relationships between various resources may
be compared and analyzed to gain a more integrated approach to
protection and management.

B. ACTIVITY MONITORING

As human interaction in and around the preserve increases,
additional pressures are to be expected in the form of
recreational and development activities. Monitoring the types
of use and their compatibility, their frequency of occurrencel
as well as, proven and expected detrimental effects on the
preserve's natural resources, will provide a foundation for
developing any additional future plan amendments and
restrictions required to protect these resources. Periodic

169

boat counts, user question naires and structure inventories are
various methods that may be employed to gather relevant data
on activities and user group profiles.

C. PROGRESS MONITORING

For this management plan to be effectively implemented and
evaluated, it is necessary to monitor the accomplishments and
progress on a regular basis. Sharing this information with
other units and agencies, will help develop a team approach to,
problem solving and implementing management strategies.

The compilation of the monitoring program will be directed to
the central office in Tallahassee in the form of a field
office annual report. This information will then go into the
development of a stat6-wide status report on the Aquatic
Preserve Management Program @focusing on resource
restoration/deterioration, compatible and non-compatible use
activitiesf and will aid in developing more appropriate
management strategies system wide.

The field office annual report should detail the following:

1. The state of the natural environment of the aquatic
preserve.

a. Through the use of the resource inventories and the GIS
system, document the status of biological resources
(e.g., seagrass loss or gain).

b. Identify the current number of structures/ act iv it ies
either started or completed in the preserve. These
structures/activities will be categorized as follows:
1) authorized projects (e.g., private residential
single docks, multi-family, commercial),
2) unauthorized projects, and
3) projects not in compliance with the original
authorization

2. A list of accomplishments of those policies and tasks
outlined in Chapter VII.

a. Each task will be listed and the activities required
to complete that task will be detailed. If the task
was not done or not completed, an explanation will be
given. If the explanation was due to insufficient
funding/staff, then this fact will be detailed so that
an update of Chapter IX can be made.

3. Any new goals and/or objectives will be reflected in an
update of Chapter VII.

170

REFERENCES

Adey, W. 1977. Shallow Water Holocene Bioherms of the
Caribbean Sea and West Indies. Pp. xxi-xxiv, Vol. 2 In
Proceedings: Third International Coral Reef Symposium.
University of Miami, Miami, Fla.

Alexander, T.R., and J.D. Dickson. 1970.' Vegetational Changes
in the National Key Deer Refuge. Quar. Jour. Fla. Acad. Sci.
35 (2) :85-96.

Almodovar, L.R., and R. Biebl. 1962. Osmostic resistance of
mangrove algae around La Parguaera, P.R. Rev. Algol. (N.S.)
203-208.

Arendt, W.J., T.A. Vargas Mora, and J.W. Wiley. 1979. White-
crowned Pigeon: . Status Rangewide and in the Dominican
Republic. Proc. Ann. Conf. S.E. Assoc. Fish and Wildlife
Agencies. 33:111-122.

Bacon, P.R. 1970. The Ecology of Caroni Swamp. Special
Publication,.Central Statistical Office, Trinidad. 68 pp.

Ball, M.M., E.A. Shinn, and K.W. Stockman. 1967. The Geologic
Effects of Hurricane Donna in South Florida. Florida J.
Geol. 75(5):583-597.

Ballentine, D., and H.J. Humm. 1975. Benthic Algae of the
Anclote Estuary I. Epiphytes of Seagrass Leaves. Fla.
Sci.38(3):150-162.

Barnes, R.D. 1974. Invertebrate Zoology. Third Ed. W.B.
Saunder Co., New York. 870 pp.

Bascom, W. 1964. Waves and Beaches. Doubleday & Co., Garden
City, New York.

Beever, J.W., D. Simberloff, and L.L. King. 1979. Herbivory
and Predation by the Mangrove Tree Crab, Aratus pisonii.
Ocologia 43:317-328.
Bent, A.C. 1932. Life Histories of North American Birds. U.S.'
Natl. Mus. Bul. 162 pp.

Bock, W.D. 1971. A Handbook of the Benthonic Forminifera of
Florida Bay and Adjacent Waters, IN A Symposium of Recent
South Florida Foraminifera, W.D. Bock, et al., Memoir
Miami Geol. Society, Miami. 245 pp.

Bright, T., W. Jaap, and C. Cashman. 1981 Ecology and
Management of Coral Reefs and Organic Banks. Pp. 53-160 IN
Proceeding of Environmental Research Needs in the Gulf of
Mexico. U.S. Dept.of Commerce, NOAA, E.R.L., Miami, Florida.

171

Brook, 1. 1975. Some' Aspects of the Trophic Relationships
Among the Higher Consumers in a Seagrass Community
(Thalassia testudinum) in Card Sound, Florida. Dissertation.
Univ. of Miami, Coral Gables, Fla. 133 pp.

Carr, A.W., and C.J. Goin. 1955. Reptiles, Amphibians and
Freshwater Fishes of Florida. Univ. of Florida, Gainesville.
341 pp.

Carr, W.E.S., and C.A. Adams. 1973. Food Habits of Juvenile
Marine Fishes Occupying Seagrass Beds in the Estuarine Zone
Near Crystal River. Florida. Trans. Am. Fish. Soc.
102(3):511-540.

Carter, K.E. 1976. The Rums.kudgeon: Housman, Wrecker of
Indian Key. BPK Press, Hialeah, Florida. 125 pp.

Carter, M.R., L.A. Burus, T.R. Cavinder, K.R. Dugger, P.L.
Fore, D.B. Hicks, H.L. Revells, and T.W. Schmidt. 1973.
Ecosystem Analysis of the Big Cypress Swamp and Estuararies.
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency Region IV, Atlanta, Ga.'

Casagrande, D.J. and P.H. Given. 1975. Geochemistry of Amino
Acids in Some Florida Peat Accumulations. I. Analytical
Approach and Total Amino Acid Concentration. Geochim.
Cosmochim. Acta 38:419-434.

Chapman, V.J. 1976. Coastal Vegetation-Pergamon Press, New
York. 292 pp.

Cintron, G., A.E. Lugo, D.J. Pool, and G. Morris. 1978.
Mangroves of Arid Environments in Puerto Rico and Adjacent
Islands. Biotropica 10:110-121.

Coastal Coordinating Council, State of Florida. 1974. Florida
Coastal Zone Management Atlas. Coastal Coordinating Council,
Tallahassee, Fla.

Courtney, C.M. 1975. Mangrove and Seawall Oyster Communities
at Marco Island, Florida. Bull. Am. Malacol. Union Inc.
41:2932.

Craighead, F.C., Sr., and V.C. Gilbert. 1962. The Effects of
Hurricane Donna on the Vegetation of Southern Florida. Q.J.
Fla. Acad. Sci 25:1-28.

Davis G.E. 1977. Anchor Damage to a Coral Reef on the Coast of
Florida. Biological Conserv. 11:29-34.

Davis, J.H.1 Jr. 1940. The Ecology and Geologic Role of
Mangroves in Florida. Carnegie Institute, Washington, D.C.
Publ. 517. Tortugas Lab Pap. 32:303-412.

Dean, L. 1982. Reef Lights. J.B. Klay and Sons, Tampa,
Florida. 134 pp. ,

Duellman, W.E., and A. Schwartz. 1958. Amphibians and Reptiles
of Southern Florida. Bull. Fla. State Mus. 3:181-324.

Dunson, W.E. 1981. Behavioral Osmoregulation in the Key Mud
Turtle. J. Herp. 15:163-178.

Dustan, P. Besieged Reefs of the Florida Keys. 1977. Natural
Hist. 86:73-76.

Environmental Protection Agency. 1981. Effects of Baytex and
Malathion on Early Life Stages of Snook, Centronomus
undecimalis. Surveillance and Analysis Division, Ecology
Branch, Athens, Georgia.

Ernst, C.H. and R.W. Barbour. 1972. Turtles of the United
States. University of Kentucky Press, Lexington. 299 pp.

Estrin, S. 1988. Statellite Photos Keys to Keys Future. The
Reporter. Sept. 8, 1988.

Eyster, 1. 1987. Personnal Communication re: historic and
arcaeological sites in Florida Keys,

Fell, J.W., I.M. Master, and S.Y. Newell. 1980. Laboratory
Model of the Potential Role of Fungi (Phytophtora spp.) in
the Decomposition of Red Mangrove (Rhizophora mangle) Leaf
Litter. IN K.R. Tenore and B.C. Coull, eds. Marine Benthic
Dynamics. Univ. of South Carolina Press, Columbia.

Fell, J.W., R.D. Cefalu, I.M. Master, and S.S. Tallman. 1975.
Microbial Activities in the Mangrove (Rhizophora mangle)

Leaf Detrital System. Pp. 661-679 IN G. Walsh, S. Snedaker
and H. Teas, eds. Proceedings of the International Symposium
on the Biology and Management of Mangroves. University of
Florida, Gainesville.

Florida Department of Community Affairs. 1984. Boundary and
Principles for Guiding Development in the Keys Area of
Critical State Concern. Adopted March 6, 1984. Chapter 27F-
8.26 pp.

Florida Department of Environmental Regulation. 1984. Work
Plan 205(J): Keys Monitoring Study. Final Report. South
Florida District, Marathon Branch Office. 32 pp.

Florida Game and Fresh Water Fish Commission. 1984. Endangered
and Threatened Species Management and Conservation Plan,
1984 Update and Progress Report. Tallahassee, Florida. 33
pp-

173

Florida Game and Fresh Water Commission. 1990. Endangered and
Potentially Endangered Fauna and Floria in Florida, Official
List. Tallahassee, Florida. 19 pp.
Florida Department of Natural Resources, ' 1985. Fort Zachary'
Taylor State Historic Site Archives. Key West, Florida.

Frank, N. 1985. Former Director of National Hurricane Center
(NOAA) Miami. Unpublished presentation on hurricanes. John
Pennekamp Coral Reef State Park, Key Largo, Florida.

Gilbert, C.R. 1978. Key Silverside. Pp. 1-2 IN Gilbert, C.R.,
ed. Rare and Endangered Biota of Florida, Vol. 4, Fishes.
Universit y Presses of Florida, Gainesville.

Ginsburg, R.N. 1953. Intertidal Erosion on the Florida Keys.
Bull. Mar. Sci. 3(l):54-69

Ginsburg, R.N., and J. Schroeder. 1973. Growth and Submarine
Fossilization of Algal Cup Reefs, Bermuda. Sedimentology
20:575-614.

Ginsburg, R.N., and E.A. Shinn. 1964. Distribution of the-
Reef-building Community in Florida and the Bahamas. Bull.
Mar. Assoc. Petrol Geol. 48:527.(Abstr.)

Gunderson, L., D. Taylor, and J. Criag. 19836 Fire Effects on
Flowering and Fruiting Patterns of Undersory Plants in
Pinelands of Everglades National Park. National Park
Service, South Florida Research Station. Homestead, Florida.
SFRC 83/04. 36 pp.

Hanson, C.. E. 1980. Fresh Water Resources of Big Pine Key,
Florida. Pp. 80-447 USGS Open-file Report.

Harlin, M.M. 1971. Translocation Between Marine Hosts and
Their Epiphytic Algae. Plant Physiol. 47(suppl.):41.

Hoffmeister, J.E., 1974. Land from the Sea. University of
Miami Press, Miami, Florida. 143 pp.

Hoffmeister, J.E., and H.G. Multer. 1964. Pleistocene,
Limestones of the Florida Keys. Pp. 57-61. Guidebook for
Field Trip No. 1, Geol. soc. Amer. Annual Meeting, Miami,
Florida.

Hoffmeister, J.E., and H.G. Multer.. 1968. Geology and origin
of the Florida Keys. Geol. Soc. Amer. Bul. 79:.1487-1502.

Holle, D., 1986. National Key Deer Wildlife Refuge, Manager.
Personnal communication regarding Key deer population.

174

Howard, J.F.' and K.L. Faulk. 1968. Microfaunal Distribution
and Controls, Coupon Bight, Southern Florida Keys (abst).
Ohio Acad. Science meeting, Toledo, Ohio.

Howard, J.F., D.L. Kissling, and J.A. Lineback. 1970.
Sedimentary Facies and Distribution of Biota in Coupon
Bight, Lower Florida Keys. Geol. Soc. Amer. Bul. 81:1929-
1946.

Humm, H., and S. Wicks. 1980. Introduction and Guide to the
Marine Bluegreen Algae. John Wiley and Sons, New York. 104
pp-

Humphrey, S., and D.B. Barbour. 1979. Status and Habitat of
Eight Kinds of Endangered and Threatened Rodents in Florida.
Spec. Scie. Rep. No 2 for Florida Game and Fresh Water Fish
Commission. University of Florida, Gainesville. pp. 19-49.

Jaap, W.C. 1984. The Ecology of the South Florida Coral Reefs:
A community Prof ile. U. S. Fish Wildl. Serv. FWS/OBS-82/08. 138
PP.

Jacobsen, T. 1983. Crocodilians and Islands: Status of the
American Alligator and the American Crocodile in the Lower
Keys. Florida Field Naturalist 11:1-24.

Johannes, R.E. 1975. Pollution and Degradation of Coral Reef
Communities. Pp. 13-51 IN R.E. Johannes and E.J. Ferguson
Wood, eds. Tropical Marine Pollution. Elsevier Scientific
Publ. Co. Amsterdam, Netherlands.

Jordan, C.L. 1973. Climate. pp. 1-22. IN A Summary of the
Knowledge of the Eastern Gulf of Mexico, State University
Systems, Florida. Institute of Oceangraphy IIA.

Kaplanj E.H. 1982. A Field Guide to Coral Reefs of the
Caribbean and Florida. Peterson Field Guide Series.
Houghton, Mifflin Co., Boston, Mass. 289 pp.

King, W., and T. Krakauer, 1966. The Exotic Herpetofauna of
Southeastern Florida. Quart. J. Florida Acad. Sci. 29:149-
154.

King, W., and T. Krakauer. 1968. The Ecology of the
Neotropical Toad, Bufo marinus, in South Florida.
Herptological '24:214-221.

Kissling, F.L. 1965. Coral Distriburion on a Shoal in Spanish
Harbor, Florida Neys. Bul. Mar. Scq.. 15(3): 599-611.

Kissling, F.L. 1968. Sedimentary Cort-ols and Facies in coupon
Bight Lower Florida Keys,, Ohio Acad,, Sci. Meeting. Toledo,
Ohio, April 19. (Abstr).,

175

Klimstra, W.D., J.W. Hardin, M.P. Carpenter, and S. Jenesky.
1980. Key Deer Recovery Plan. U.S. Fish and Wildlife'..
service, Washington, D.C.

Krakauer, T. 1970. The Invasion of the Toads. Fla. Nat. 44:12-
14.

Kushlan, J.A. 1976 Wading Bird Predation in a Seasonally
Fluctuating Pond. Auk 93(3):464-476.

Kushlan, J.A. 1978. Feeding Ecology of Wading Birds. Pp. 249-
297. IN A. Sprunt IV, J. Ogden, and S. Wicker, eds. National
Audubon Society Res. Rep. 7. New York.

Lapointe, B.E. 1989. Pollution of Ground Waters and Surface
Waters of Big Pine Key. Pp. 100-113 In Fresh and Surface
Water Resources of Big Pine Key, Monroe County Florida. M.L.
and J.M. Young, eds. The Nature Conservancy. Key West. 122
PP.

Layne, J.N. 1974. The Land Mammals of South Florida. Miami,
Geol. Soc. Mem. 2:386-413.

Lazell, J.D. 1984. A New Marsh Rabbit (Svvlvilagus palustris.)
from Florida's Lower Keys. J.Mamm..65(l):26-33.

Lazell, J.D. 1989. Wildlife of the Florida Keys: A Natural
History. Island Press, Washington, D.C. 250 pp.

Lewis, R.R. . and R.C.- Phillips. 1980. Occurrence of Seeds and
Seedlings of Thalassia testudinum Banks EX Konic in the-
Florida Keys (USA). Aquatic Bot. 9:377-380.

Lewis,,R.R., R.C. Phillips, D.J. Adamek, and J.C. Cato. 1981.
Draft Final Report on Seagrass Revegetation Studies in-
Monroe County. Report by Continential Shelf Assoicates to
the Florida Department of Transportation. 65 pp.

Lineback, J.A. 1968. Macrofaunal and Floral Distributions and
Controls in Coupon Bight, Lower Florida. Ohio Acad. Sci.
Meeting, Toledo, Ohio. (Abst.)

Lugo, A.E., G. Evink, M.M. Brinson, A. Broce, and S.C.
Snedaker. 1975. Diurnal Rates of Photosynthesis,
Respiration and Tranpiration in Mangrove Forests in South
Florida.. Pp. 335-350 IN F. Golley and G. Medina, eds.
Tropical Ecological Systems. Academic Press, New York.

Lugo, A.E., and S.C. Snedaker. 1974. The Ecology of Mangroves.
Annu. Rev. Ecol. Syst. 5:39-64.

176

Lugo, A.E., R.R. Twilley, and C. Patterson- Zucca. 1980. The
Role of Black Mangrove Forests in the Productivity of
Coastal Ecosystems in South Florida. Report to E.P.A.
Corvallis Environmental Research Laboratory. Carvallis,
Oregon. 281 pp.
"-Lugo, A.E. and C.P. Zucca. 1977. The Impact of Low
Termperature Stress on Mangrove Structure and Growth. Trop.
Ecol. 18:149-161.

Manker, J.P. 1975. Distribution and Concentration of Mercury,
Lead, Cobalt, Zinc, and Chromium in Suspended Particles and
Bottom Sediments-Upper Florida Keys, Florida Bay and
Biscayne Bay. Ph.D. Thesis. Rice University, Houston, Texas.
114 pp.

Martin, S.W. 1949. Florida's Flagler. University of Georgia
Press, Athens, Georgia. 280 pp.

Marszalek, D. 1982. Florida Reef Tract Marine Habitat and
Ecosystems Maps. Published in Cooperation with the Florida
Department of Natural Resources, Department of the Interior,
Bureau of Land Management and University of Miami, Miami,
Florida.

Marszalek, D., G. Babashoff, M. Noel, and P. Worley. 1977.
Reef Distribution in South Florida. pp. 223-230. In
Proceedings: Third International Coral Reef Symposium, Vol.
2. University of Miami, Florida.

Mathis, K., J.C. Cato, R.L. Degner, P.D. Landrum, and F.J.
Prochaska. 1979. Commercial Fishing Activity and Facility
Needs in Florida: Dade and Monroe Counties. Florida
Agricultural Market Research Center, University of Florida.
Gainesville, Florida 68 pp.

Mattoxf N.T. 1949. Studies on the Biology of the Edible
Oyster, Ostrea phizophorae Guilding. in Puerto Rico. Ecol.
Monogr. 19:339-356.

Mazzotti, F.J., W. Ostrenko, and A.T. Smith. 1981. Effects of
Exotic Plants Melaleuca quinquenervia and Casuarina
eguisetifolia on Small Mammal Populations in the Eastern
Florida Everglades. Fla. Scientist. 44(2):65-71.

McGill, J.T. 1959. Coastal Classification Maps. Pp. 1-22 IN
R.J. Russell, ed. Second Coastal Geography Conference.
Coastal Studies Instit., Louisiana State University, Baton
Rouge, Louisiana.

McMillan, C. 1971. Environmental Factors Affecting Seedling
Establishment of the Black Mangrove on the Central Texas
Coast. Ecology 52:927-930.

177

Moler, P. 1986. Personnal Communication regarding the American
Crocodile.

Monroe County. 1986 Florida Keys' Comprehensive Plan. Vol. I-

Multer, H.G. 1977. Field Guide to Some Carbonate Rock
Environments-Florida Keys and Western Bahamas. Kendall/Hunt
Publishing Co., Dubuque, Iowa. 425 pp.

National Marine Fisheries Service (NOAA) and Florida
Department of Natural Resources. 1981. Florida Landings,
Annual Summary 1975, Current Fisheries statistics No. 6916.
Washington, D.C. 12 pp.

National Marine Fisheries Service SEFC. 1984, 1985 & 1986.
Unpublished data Florida Fish Landings (Monroe and Dade
County) . National Marine Fisheries, Southeast Fisheries
Center. Virginia Key, Florida. 6 pp.

National oceanic and Atmospheric Administration. 1965. World
Weather Records 1951-1960. Vol. 1 North America. U.S.
Department of Commerce, NOAA Weather Bureau.

National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administraiton. 1979. World
Weather Records 1961-1970. Vol.. I North America. U.S.
Department of Commerce, NOAA Weather Bureau.

Neumann, A.C. 1966. "Observations on Coastal Erosion in.
Bermuda and Measurements of the Boring Rate of the Sponge.
Cliona lampa.11 Linnol. Oceanographic. 11:92-108.

New Found Harbor Marine Institute. 1987. Final Report Coupon
Bight Aquatic Preserve Habitat Rehabilitation Study.
(unpubl.) For Florida Department of Natural Resources.

Odum. W.E. 1970. Pathways of Energy Flow in a South Florida
Esturary. University of Miami Sea Grant Bull. 7. 162 pp.

Odum, W.E. 1971. Fundamentals of Ecolgy. Saunders Publ. Col,
Philadelphia, Pa. 574 pp.

Odum, W.E., and E.J. Heald. 1972. Trophic Analysis of an
Estuarine Mangrove Community. Bull. Mar. Sci. 671-738.

Odum, W.E., and E.J. Heald. 1975. The Detritus-Based Food Web
in an Esturine Mangrove Community. Pp. 265-268 In Esturine`
Research. Academic Press, New York.

Odum, W.E., C.G. McIvor, and T.J. Smith, 111. 1982. The
Mangroves of South Florida: A Community Profile. U.S. Fish-
and Wildlife Service, Office of Biological services.
Washington, D.C. FWS/OBS-8/24. 144 pp.

178

Odum, H.T., and E.P. Odun. 1955. Trophic Structure and
Productivity of a Windward Coral Reef Community on Eniwetok
Atoll. Ecol. Monogr. 25:291-320.

Ogden, J. , R. Brown, and N. Salesky. 1973. Grazing by the
Echinoid Diadema antillarum Philippi: Formation of Halos
Around West Indian Patch Reefs. Science 182(413):715-716.

Onuf, C.P., J.M. Teal, and I.Valiela. 1977. Interactions of
Nutrients, Plant Growth and Herbivory in a Mangrove
Ecosystem. Ecology 58!514-526.

Opresko, D. 1973. Abundance and Distribution of Shallow-water
Gorgonians in the Area of Miami, Florida. Bull. Mar. Sci.
23(3):535-558.

Orpurt, P.A., and L.L. Boral. 1964. The Flowers, Fruits, and
Seeds of Thalassia testudinum Konig. Bull. Mar. Sci. Gulf
Carib. 14:296-302.

Paulson, D.R. 1968. Variation i n Some Snakes from the Florida
Keys. Quart. Jor. Florida Acad. Sci. 29(4):294-308.

Peterson, M.L. 1955. The Last Cruise of the HMS Looe.
Government Printing Office, Washington, D.C.

Phillips, R.C. 1960. Observations on the Ecology and
Distribution of the Florida Sea Grasses. Prof. Pap. Ser.
Fla. Board Conserv. (2):1-72.

Rehm, A.E. 1974. A Study of the Marine Algae Epiphytic on the
Prop Roots of Rhizophora mangel L. from Tampa to Key Largo,
Florida. Dissertation. University of South Florida, Tampa.
183 pp.

Rehm, A.E. 1976. The Effects of the Wood-Boring Isopod,
Sphaeroma terebrans, on the Mangrove Communities of Florida.
Environ. Conserv. 3:47-57.

Robertson, P.B. 1963. A Survey of the Marine Rock-Boring Fauna
of Southeast Florida Unpublished Masters Thesis. Instit. of
Mar. Sci., University of Miami.

Robertson, W.B. 1978 (a) . Roseate Tern. Pp. 39-40 IN Kale,
H.W. II, ed. Rare and Endangered Biota of Florida, Vol. 2,
birds. University Presses of Florida, Gainesville.

Robertson, W.B. 1978 (b). Sou thern Bald Eagle. Pp. 27-30 In
Kale, H.W. II ed. Rare and Endangered Biota of Florida,
Vol. 2, Birds. University Presses of Florida, Gainesville.

Robertson, W.B., Jr., and J.A. Kushlan. 1974. The Southern
Florida Avifauna. Miami Geol. Soc. Mem. 2:414-452.

179

Sand-Jensen, K. 1977. Effect of Epiphytes on Eelgrass
Photosynthesis. Aquat. Bot. 3:55-63.

Schmahl, G.P., and J.T. . Tilmant. 1980 An Initial
Characterization of Macro invertebrate Populations Associated
with Patch Reefs of Biscayne National Monument. Fla. Sci.
Vol. 43 suppl. I. (Abstr.)

Scholander, P.F. 1968. How Mangroves Desalinate Seawater.
Physiol. Plant. 21:258-268.

Schomer, N.S., and R.D.. Drew. 1982. An Ecological
Characterization of the Lower Everglades, Florida Bay and
the Florida Keys. State of Florida DER Cooperative Agreement'
14-16-009-80-999. Performed for U.S. Fish and Wildlife.
Service Of f ice of Biol. Services and the U. S. Dept. of the
Interior, Bureau of Land Management. FWS/OBS-82/58.1. 246
pp-

Schreiber, -R.W. 1978. Eastern Brown Pelican. Pp. 23-25 In
Kale, H.W. II, ed.. Rare and Endangered Biota of Florida,
Vol. 2, Birds. University Presses of Florida, Gainesville.

Scoffin, T.P. 1970. The Trapping and Binding of Subtidal
Carbonate Sediments by Marine Vegetation in Bimini Lagoon,
Bahamas. J. Sediment Petrol. .40(l):24.9-273.

Sensabaugh, W.M. 1975. The Beach-A Natural Protection from the
Sea. Florida Sea Grant College. SUSF-SB-75-002.

Shinn, E.A. 1963. Spur and Groove Formation on the Florida
Reef Tract. J. Sediment. Petrol. 33(2):291-303.

Shinn, E.A., J.H. Hudson, R.B. Halley and B. Litz. 1977.
Topographic Control and Accumulation Rates of Some Holocene
Coral Reefs: South Florida and Dry Tortugas. Pp. 1-7 In D.
Taylor, ed. Proceedings: Third International Coral Reef
symposium. University of Miami, Miami, Florida.

Shinn, E.A., J.H. Hudson, R.B. Hailey, and B. Litz. 1981. Spur
and Grooves Revisited: Construction Versus Erosion. Pp.
475-484, Vol. 1 In Proceedings: Fourth International Coral
Reef Symposium. University of the Philippines, Diliman,
Quezon City.

Silvy, N.J. 1975. Population Density, Movements, and Habitat
Utilization of Key Deer Odocoileus virginianus clavium.
Ph.D. Dissertation. Southern Illinois University,
Carbondale. 152 pp.

Simberloff, D. 1976. Experimental Zoogeography of Islands:.
Effects of Island Size. Ecolocy 57:629-648.

180

Simberloff, D., and E.O. Wilson. 1969. Experimental
Zoogeography of Islands: The Colonization of Empty Islands.
Ecology 50:278-296.

Skinner, R., and W. Jaap. 1984. Effects of Boat Traffic and
Land Development on Key Largo's Coral Reefs and Adjacent
Marine Environments. A Report to the Governor and Cabinet
by the Florida Department of Natural Resources.

Snyder, H. 1978. Peregrine Falcon. Pp. 7-9 IN Kale, H.W., II,
ed. Rare and Endangered Biota of Florida, Vol. 2, Birds.
University Presses of Florida, Gainesville.

Spitzer, N.C., and J.D. Lazell, Jr. 1978. A New Rice Rat
(genus Oryzomys) from Florida's Lower Keys. J.Mamm.
59(4):787-792.

Spitzer-Goodyear, N.C. 1986. Personnal communication regarding
endangered rodents.

Sprunt, A., Jr. 1954. Florida Birdlife. Coward-McCann, Inc.,
New York. 527 pp.

Sprunt, A., Jr. 1986. Personnal communication regarding
Florida Keys birds.

Stearn, C.W., T.P. Scoffin, and W. Martindale. 1977. Calcium
Carbonate Budget of a Fringing Reef on the West Coast of
Babados. Part I. Zonation, and Productivity. Bul Mar. Sci.
27(3):479-510.

Sournia, A. 1977. Primary Production in Coral Reefs: A Review
of Organisms, Rates and Budget. Ann. Inst. Oceanogr.
53(l):47-74.

Swanton, J.R. 1979. The Indians of the Southeastern United
States. Smithsonian Institution Press, Washington, D.C. 943
PP.

Tabb, D.C., D.L. Dubrow, and R.B. Manning. 1962. The Ecology
of Northern Florida Bay and Adjacent Estuaries. Florida
Board of Conservation. Tech. Serv. 39. 79 pp.

Taylor, W.R. 1960. Marine Algae of the Eastern Tropical and
Subtropical Coasts of the Americas. Univ. of Michigan Press,
Ann Arbor. 879 pp.

Teas, H. 1977. Ecology and Restoration of Mangrove Shorelines
in Florida. Environ. Conserv. 4:51-57.

Teas, H. 1979. Silviculture with Saline Water. Pg. 117-161 IN
A. Hollaender, ed. The Biosaline Concept. Plunum Publ. Corp.

181

Thorhaug, A., and B. Austin. 1976. Restoration of Seagrasses
with Economic Analysis. Environ. Conserv. 3:259-267.

Thresher, R.E. 1976. Field Analysis of the Territoriality of
the Threespot Damselfish, Eupomacentrus planifrons
(Pomacentridae). Copeia 1976:266-276.

Thresher, R.E. 1977. Ecological Determinants of Socia
Organization of Reef fishes. Pp. 551-557 Vol. I In D. L.
Taylor, ed. Proceeding: Third International Coral Reef,
Symposium. University of Miami, Florida.

U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service. 1984. Endangered and
Threatened Wildlife and Plants. Department of the Interior.
24 pp.

Voss, G.L. 1976. Seashore Life of Florida and the Caribbean.
E.A. Seemann Publ. Co. Inc., Miami, Fla. 168 pp.

Voss, G.L. 1982. An Environmental Assessment of the Key Largo
National Marine Sanctuary. Final Report, NOAA Contract No.
NA-79-SAC-00813. 517 pp.

Voss, G.L. 1988. Coral Reefs of Florida. Pinapple Press,
Sarasota, Florida. 80 pp.

Waisel, Y. 1972. Biology of Halophytes. Acad emic Press, New
York. 395 pp.

Walsh, G.E. 1967. An Ecological Study of a Hawaiin Mangrove
Swamp. PP. 420-431 IN G.H. Lauff, ed. Estuaries. American
Association Advancement Science Publ. 83. Washington, D.C.

Wanless, H.R. 1969. Sediments of Biscayne Bay-Distribution and
Depositional History. Tech. Report 69-2, Inst. Mar. Sci.,
University of Miami, Florida. 260 pp.

Warzeski, E.R. Storm Sedimentation in the Biscayne Bay Region.
pp.33-38. IN Biscayne Bay, Symposium I, April 2-3, 1976.
Published as part of University of Miami Sea Grant Special
Report No. 5.

Weaver, W.G. 1978a. Florida Brown Snake. Pp. 44-45, IN
McDiarmid, R.W., ed. Rare and Endangered Biota of Florida,
Vol. 31 Reptiles and Amphibians. University Presses of
Florida, Gainesville.

Weaver, W.G. 1978b. Keys Mud Turtle. Pp. 30-31 IN McDiarmid,'
R.W., ed. Rare and Endangered Biota of Florida, Vol. 3,
Reptiles and Amphibians. University of Florida Presses,
Gainesville.

182

Wheaton, J.L. 1982. The Marine Life Fishery for "Live-rock":
Biological and Ecological Assessment of the Product and
Implications for Harvest. Florida Marine Research Institute.
Unpublished report. 18 pp.

Wiley, J.W. 1979. The White-crowned Pigeon in Puerto Rico:
Status, Distribution and Movements. J. Wildl. Manage.
43(2):402-413.

Williams, S.L. 1981. Caulerpa cupressoides: The Relationship
of the Uptake of Sediment Ammonium and of Algal
Decomposition for Seagrass Bed Devleopment. Ph.D.
Dissertation, University of Maryland.

Wofenden, S.L. 1978. Snowy Plover. Pp. 8-10 IN Kale, H.W. II,
ed. Rare and Endangered Biota of Florida, Vol. 2, Birds.
University Presses of Florida, Gainsville.

Wood, E.J.F. 1965. Marine Microbial Ecology. Reinhold Publ.
Corp., New York. 243 pp.

Young, F.A. 1989. Communication to P. McVety of Florida
?epartment of Natural Resources regarding live rock industry
in south Florida.

Zieman, J.C. 1972. origin of Circular Beds of Thalassia
(Spermatophyta:Hydrocharitaceae) in South Biscayne Bay,
Florida, and their Relationship to Mangrove Hammocks. Bull.
Mar. Sci. 22(3):559-574.

Zieman, J.C. 1975. Quantitative and Dynamic Aspects of the
Ecology of Turtle Grass, Thalassia testudinum. Pp. 541-561
In L.E. Cronin, ed. Estuarine Research. Vol. I Academic
Press, New York.

Zieman, J.C. 1976. The Ecological Effects of Physical Damage
from Motorboats on Turtle Grass Beds in Southern Florida.
Aquat. Bot. 2:127-139.

Zieman, J.C. 1982. The Ecology of the Seagrasses of South
Florida: A Community Profile. U.S. Fish and Wildlife
Services, Office of Biological Services, Washington, D.C.
FWS/OBS-82/25. 158 pp.

Zieman, J.C., and R.G. Wetzel. 1980. Methods and Rates of
Productivity in Seagrasses. Pp. 87-116 IN R.C. Phillips and
C.P. McRoy, eds. Handbook of Seagrass Biology. Garland STMP
Press, New York.

183

APPENDIX A
Relevant Legislation (R.3/87)
V. 9, p. 692-20 18-20.002

CHAPTER 18-20 (c) To coordinate with federal. state. and local
FLORIDA AQUATIC PRESERVES agencies in aid in carrying out the intent of the
18-20.001 Intent. Legislature in creating the preserves;
18-20.002 Boundaries and Scope of the (d) To use applicable federal, state, and local
Preserves. management programs, which are compatible with
18-20.003 Definitions. the intent and provisions of the act and these rules,
18-20.004 Management Policies, Standards and in assist in managing the preserves;
and Criteria. (e) To encourage the protection, enhancement
or restoration or the biological, aesthetic, or
18-20.005 Uses, Sales, Leases, or Transfer or scientific values of the preserves, including but not
Interests in Lands, or Materials, limited to the modification of existing manmade
Held by the Board. (Repealed) conditions toward their natural condition, and
18-20.006 Cumulative Impacts. discourage activities which would degrade the
18-20.007 Protection of Riparian Rights. aesthetic, biological, or scientific values, or the
(Repealed) quality, or utility of a preserve, when reviewing
18-20.008 Inclusion or Lands, Title to Which
Is Not Vested in the Board, applications, or when developing and implementing
Preserve. management plans for the preserves;
18-20.009 Establishment or Expansion of (l) To preserve, promote, and utilize indigenous
Aquatic Preserves. life forms and habitats, including but not limited to:
18-20.010 Exchange of Lands. sponges, soft coral, hard corals, submerged grasses,
18-20.011 Gifts of Lands. mangroves, salt water marshes, fresh water
18-20.012 Protection of Indigenous Life marshes, mud flats, estuarine, aquatic, and marine
Forms. reptiles, game and non-game fish species, estuarine,
aquatic and marine invertebrates, estuarine,
18-20.013 Development of Resource aquatic and marine mammals, birds, shellfish and
Inventories and Management mollusks;
Plans for Preserves.
1820.014 Enforcement. (g) To acquire additional title interests in lands
18-20.015 Application Form. (Repealed) wherever such acquisitions would serve to protect or
18-20.016 Coordination with Other enhance the biological, aesthetic, or scientific values
Governmental Agencies. of the preserves;
(h) To maintain those beneficial hydrologic and

18-20.017 Lake Jackson Aquatic Preserve. biologic functions, the benefits of which accrue to
Library References: Riparian rights to navigable waters.
the public at large.
I Henry Dean. 55 Fla. Bar J. 247, 250 (Mar. 1981). (4) Nothing in these rules shall serve to
18-20.001 Intent. eliminate or alter the requirements or authority or
(1) All sovereignty lands within a preserve shall other governmental agencies, including counties
be managed primarily for the maintenance of and municipalities, to protect or enhance the
essentially natural conditions, the propagation of preserves provided that such requirements or
fish and wildlife, and public recreation, including authority are not inconsistent with the act and this
hunting and fishing where deemed appropriate by chapter.
the board, and the managing agency. Specific Authority 120.53, 258.43(1) F.S. Law
(2) The aquatic preserves which are described in Impiemented 258.35,258.36,258.37,258.39,258.393 F.S.,
Chapter 80-280 Laws of Florida. History-New 2-23-81.
73-534, Laws of Florida, Sections 258.39, 258.391, Amended 8-7-85, Formerly 16Q-20.01, Transferred from
258.392 and 258.393, Florida Statutes, future 16Q-20.001.
aquatic preserves established pursuant to general or
special acts of the legislature, and in Rule 18-20.002 Boundaries and Scope of the
18-20.007, Florida Administrative Code, were Preserve.
established for the purpose of being preserved in an (1) These rules shall only apply to those
essentially natural or existing condition so that their sovereignty lands within a preserve, title to which is
aesthetic, biological and scientific values may vested in the board, and those other lands for which
endure for the enjoyment of future generations. the board has an appropriate instrument in writing,
(3) The preserves shall be administered and executed by the owner, authorizing the inclusion or
managed in accordance with the following goals: specific lands in an aquatic preserve pursuant to
(a) To preserve, protect, and enhance these Section 2(2) of Chapter 73-534, Laws of Florida,
exceptional areas of sovereignty submerged lands by Sections 258.40(1) and 258.41 (5), Florida Statutes,
reasonable regulation or human activity within the future aquatic preserves established through
preserves through the development and general or special acts of the legislature, and
implementation of a comprehensive management pursuant to Rule 18.20.008, Florida
program; Administrative Code. Any publicly owned and
(b) To protect and enhance the waters or the maintained navigation channel authorized by the
preserves so that the public may continue to enjoy United States Congress, or other public works
the traditional recreational uses of those waters such project authorized by the United States Congress,
as swimming, boating, and fishing; designed to improve or maintain commerce and
navigation shall be deemed to be excluded from the

185

(R. 3/87)
18-20.002 INTERNAL IMPROVEMENT TRUST FUND V. 9, p. 692-2P

provisions Of this chapter, pursuant to Subsection 181, pages 363-366, and in the Official Records of
258.40(2), Florida Statutes. Furthermore, all lands Flagler County in Book 33, pages 131-134.
lost by avulsion or by artificially induced erosion 4. Tomoka Marsh Aquatic Preserve, as
shall be deemed excluded from the provisions of this described in the Official Records of Flagler County
chapter pursuant to Subsection 258.40(3), Florida in Book 33, pages 135-138, and in the Official
Statutes. Records of Voiusia County in Book 1244, pages
(2) These rules do not apply to Boca Ciega Bay, 615-618.
Pinellas County or Biscayne Bay Aquatic 5. Wekiva River Aquatic Preserve, as described
Preserves. in Section 258.39(30). F.S.
(3) These rules are promulgated to clarify the 6. Mosquito Lagoon Aquatic Preserve, as
responsibilities of the board in carrying out its land described in the Official Records of Voiusia County
management functions as those functions apply in Book 1244, pages 619-623, and in the Official
within the preserves. Implementation and Records of Brevard County in Book 1143, pages
responsibility for environmental permitting or 190-194.
activities and water quality protection within the 7. Banana River Aquatic Preserve, as described
preserves are vested in the Department of in the Official Records of Brevard County in Book,
Environmental Regulation. Since these rules are 1143, pages 195-198, less those lands dedicated to
considered cumulative with other rules, a person the U. S. A. prior to the enactment of the act, until
planning an activity within the preserves should such time as the U. S. A. no longer wishes to
also consult the other applicable department rules maintain such lands for the purpose for which they
(Chapter 18-21, Florida Administrative Code, for were dedicated, at which time such lands would
example) as well as the rules of the Department of revert to the board, and be managed as part of the
Environmental Regulation. preserve.
(4) These rules shall not affect previous actions 8. Indian River - Malabar to Sebastian
of the board concerning the issuance of any Aquatic Preserve, as described in the Official
easement or lease; or any disclaimer concerning Records or Brevard County in Book 1143, pages
sovereignty lands. 199-202, and in the Official Records of Indian
(5) The intent and specific provisions expressed River County in Book 368,pages 5-8.
in 18-20.001(e) and (i) apply generally to all 9. Indian River - Vero Beach to Fort Pierce
existing or future aquatic preserves within the scope Aquatic Preserve, as described in the Official
of this chapter. Upon completion or a resource Records of Indian River County in Book 368, pages
inventory and approval or a management plan for a 9-12, and in the Official Records ofr St. Lucie
preserve, pursuant to 18-20.013, the type County in Book 187, pages 1083-1086.
designation and the resource sought to be preserved 10. Jensen Beach to Jupiter Inlet Aquatic
may be readdressed by the Board. Presecrve, as described in the Official Records of St.
(6) For the purpose or clarification and Lucie County in Book 218, pages 2865-2869.
interpretation, the legal description set forth as 11. North Fork, St. Lucie Aquatic Preserve, as
follows do not include any land which is expressly described in the Official Records of Martin County
recognized as privateqly owned upland in a in Book 337, pages 2159-2162, and in the Official
pre-existing recorded mean high water line Records of St. Lucie County in Book 201, pages
settlement agreement between the board and a 1676-1679.
private owner or owners. Provided, however, in 12. Loxahatchee River - Lake Worth Creek
those instances wherein a settlement agreement was Aquatic Preserve, as described in the Official
executed subsequent to the passage of the Florida Records of Martin County in Book 320, pages
Coastal Mapping Act, the determination of the 193-196, and in the Official Records of Palm Beach
mean high water line shall be in accordance with the County in Volume 1860, pages 806-809.
provisions of such act. 13. Biscayne Bay - Cape Florida to Monroe
(7) Persons interested in obtaining details or County Line Aquatic Preserve, as described in the
particular presereves should contact the Bureau of Official Records of Dade County in Book 7055,
State Lands Management, Department or Natural pages 852-856, less, however, those lands and
Resources, 3900 Commonwealth Blvd., waters as described in Section 258.165, F. S.,
Tallahassee, FL 32303 (telephone 904-488-2297). (Biscayne Bay Aquatic Preserve Act of 1974), and
(a) The preserves are described as follows: those lands and waters within the Biscayne

1. Fort Clinch State Park Aquatic Preserve, as National Park.
described in the Official Records of Nassau County 14. Lignumvitae Key Aquatic Preserve, as
in Book 108, pages 343-346, and in Book 111, page described in the Official Records of Monroe County
409. in Book 502, pages 139-142.
2. Nassau River - St. Johns River Marshes 15. Coupon Bight Aquatic Preserve, as
Aquatic Preserve, as described in the Official described in the Official Records of Monroe County
Records of Duval County in Volume 3183, pages in Book 502, pages 143-146.
547-552, and in the Official Records of Nassau 16. Cape Romano - Ten Thousand Islands
County in Book 108, pages 232-237. Aquatic Preserve, as described in the Official
3. Pellicer Creek Aquatic Preserve, as described Records of Collier County in Book 381, pages
in the Official Records of St. Johns County in Book 298-301.

186

(R. 3/87)
V. 9, p. 692-2Q FLORIDA AQUATIC PRESERVES 18-20.003

17. Rookery Bay Aquatic Preserve, as described negotiate an arrangement with any such private
in Section 258.39(31), FS. upland owner by which such land may be included
18. Estero Bay Aquatic Preserve as described in in the preserve.
Section 258.39(28), Florida Statutes. 33. Terra Ceia Aquatic Preserve, as described in
19. Pine Island Sound Aquatic Preserve, as Section 258.393, Florida Statutes.
described in the Official Records or Lee County in 34. Future aquatic preserves established
Book 648, pages 732-736. pursuant to general or special acts of the legislature.
20. Matlacha Pass Aquatic Preserve, as Specific Authority 120.53, 258-43(l) F.S. Law
described in the Official Records of Lee County in Implemented 258.39, 258.391, 258.392, 258.393, 258.40,
Book 800, pages 725-728. 258.41, 258.42, 258.43, 258,44, 258.45 F.S. History-
New 2-23-81. Amended 8-7-85, Formerly 16Q-20.02,
21. Gasparilla Sound - Charlotte Harbor Transferred from 16Q-20.002.
Aquatic Preserve, as described in Section 258.392,
F.S. 18-20.003 Definitions. When used in these

22. Cape Haze Aquatic Preserve, as described in rules, the following words shall have the indicated
Section 258.39(29), F.S. meaning unless, the context clearly indicates
23. Cockroach Bay Aquatic Preserve, as otherwise:
described in Section 258.391, F.S. (1) "Act" means the provisions of Section 258.35
24. St. Martins Marsh Aquatic Preserve, as through 258.46, F.S., the Florida Aquatic Preserve
described in the Official Records of Citrus County Act.
in Book 276, pages 238-241. (2) "Activity" means any project and such other
25. Alligator Harbor Aquatic Preserve, as human action within the preserve requiring board
described in the Official Records of Franklin approval for the use, sale, lease or transfer of
County in Volume 98, pages 82-85. interest in sovereignty lands or materials, or which
26. Apalachicola Bay Aquatic Preserve, as may require a license from the Department of
described in the Official Records of Gulf County in Environmental Regulation.
Book 46, pages 77-81, and in the Official Records of (3) "Aesthetic values" means scenic
Franklin County in Voume 98, pages 102-106. characteristics or amenities of the preserve in its
27. St. Joseph Bay Aquatic Preserve, as essentially natural state or condition, and the
described in the Official Records or Gulf County in maintenance thereof.
Book 46, pages 73-76. (4) "Applicant" means any person making
28. St. Andrews State Park Aquatic Preserve, as application for a permit, license, conveyance of an
described in the Official Records of Bay County in interest in state owned lands or any other necessary
Book 379, pages 547-550. form of governmental approval in order to perform
29. Rocky Bayou State Park Aquatic Preserve, an activity within the preserve.
as described in the Official Records of Okaloosa (5) "Beneficial biological functions" means
County in Book 593, pages 742-745. interactions between flora, fauna and physical or
30. Yellow River Marsh Aquatic Preserve, as chemical attributes of the environment, which
described in the Official Records of Santa Rosa provide benefits that accrue to the public at large,
County in Book 206, pages 568-571. including, but not limited to: nutrient, pesticide and
31. Fort Pickens State Park AquaLiC Preserve as heavy metal uptake; sediment retention; nutrient
described in the Official Records or Santa Rosa conversion to biomass; nutrient recycling and
County in Book 220, pages 60-63, in the Official oxygenation.
Records of Escambia County in Book 518, pages (6) "Beneficial hydrological functions" means
659-662, less the lands dedicated to the U. S. A. for interactions between flora, fauna and physical
the establishment of the Gulf Islands National geological or geographical attributes of the
Seashore prior to the enactment of the act, until such environment, which provide benefits that accrue to
time as the U. S. A. no longer wishes to maintain the public at large, including, but not limited to:
such lands for the purpose for which they were retardation or storm water flow; storm water
dedicated, at which time such lands would revert to retention; and water storage, and periodical release;
the board and be managed as part of the preserve. (7) "Biological values" means the preservation
32. For the purpose of this section the and promotion of indigenous life forms and habitats
boundaries of the Lake Jackson Aquatic Preserve, including, but not limited to: sponges, soft corals,
shall be the body of water in Leon County known as hard corals, submerged grasses, mangroves,
Lake Jackson in Sections 1, 2, 3, 5, 10, 11 and 14, saltwater marshes, fresh water marshes, mud flats,
Township 1 North, Range 1 West and Sections 11, marine, estuarint, and aquatic reptiles, games and
12, 13, 14, 15, 21, 22, 23, 26, 27, 28, 29, 32, 33, 34, non-games fish species, marine, estuarine, and
and 35, Township 2 North, Range 1 West lying aquatic mammals, marine, estuarine, and aquatic
below the ordinary high water line. Such lands shall invertebrates,birds and shellfish.
include the submerged bottom lands and the water (8) "Board" means the Governor and Cabinet
column upon such lands, as well as all publicly sitting as the Board of Trustees of the Internal
owned islands, within the boundaries of the Improvement Trust Fund.
preserve. Any privately held upland within the (9) "Channel" means a trench, the bottom of
boundaries of the preserve shall be deemed to be which is normally covered entirely by water, with
excluded therefrom; provided that the Board may the upper edges of its sides normall below water.

187

(R. 3/87)
18-20.003 INTERNAL IMPROVEMENT TRUST FUND V. 9, p. 692-2R

(10) "Commercial, industrial and other revenue (22) "Preserve" means any and all of those areas
generating/income related docks" means docking which are exceptional areas of sovereignty lands
facilities for an activity which produces income, and the associated water bocy so designated in
through rental or any other means, or which serves Section 258.39, 258.391, and 258.392, F.S.,
as an accessory facility to other rental, commercial including all sovereignty lands, title to which is
or industrial operations. It shall include, but not be vested in the board, and such other lands as the
limited to docking for: marinas, restaurants, hotels, board may acquire or approve for inclusion, and the
motels, commercial fishing, shipping, boat or ship water column over such lands, which have been set
construction, repair, and sales. aside to be maintained in an essentially natural or
(11) "Department" means the State of Florida existing condition of indigenous flora and fauna and
Department of Natural Resources, as administrator their supporting habitat and the natural scenic
for the board. qualities and amenities thereof.
(12) "Division" meantsthe Division of State (23) "Private residential single dock" means a
Lands, which performs all staff duties and functions dock which is used for private, recreational or
related to the administration of lands title to which leisure purposes for a single family residence,
is, or will be, vested in the board, pursuant to section cottage or a other such single dwelling unit and which
253.002, F.S. is designed to moor than two boats.
(13) "Dock" means a fixed or floating structure, (24) "Private residential multi-slip docks" means
including moorings, used for the purpose of a docking facility which is used for private
berthing buoyant vessels either temporarily or recreational and leisure purposes for muiti-unit
indefinitely. residential dwellings which shall include but is not
(14) "Essentially natural condition" means limited to condominiums, townhouses, subdivisions
those functions which support the continued and other such dwellings or residential areas and
existence or encourage the restoration of the diverse which is designed to moor three or more boats.
population or indigenous life forms and habitats to Yacht clubs associated with residential
the extent they existed prior to the significant developments, whose membership or utilization of
development adjacent to and within the preserve. the docking facility requires some real property
(15) "Extreme hardship" means a significant interest in the residential area, shall also be
burden, unique to the applicant and not shared by included.
property owners in the area. Self-imposed (25) "Public interest" mcans demonstrable
circumstances caused to any degree by actions of any environmental, social, and economic benefits which
person subsequent to the enactment of the Act shall would accrue to the public at large as a result of a
not be construed as an extreme hardship. Extreme proposed action, and which would clearly exceeed all
hardship under this act shall not be construed to demonstrable environmental, social, and economic
include any hardship which arises in whole or in costs of the proposed action. In determining the
part from the effect of other federal, state or local public interest in a request for use, sale, lease, or
laws, ordinances, rules or regulations. The term transfer or interest in sovereignty lands or severance
may be inherent in public projects which are shown of materials from sovereignty lands, the board shall
to be a public necessity. consider the ultimate project and purpose to be
(16) "Fill" means materials from any source, served by said use, sale, lease, or transfer of lands or
deposited by any means onto sovereignty lands, materials.
either for the purpose of creating new uplands or for (26) "Public navigation project" means a project
any other purpose, including spoiling of dredged primarily for the purpose or navigation which is
materials. For the purpose or this rule, the authorized and funded by the United States
placement of pilings or riprap shall not be Congress or by port authorities as defined by
considered to be filling. Section 315.02(2), F.S.
(17) "Lease" means a conveyance or interest in (27) "Public necessity" means the works or
lands, title to which is vested in the board, granted in improvements required for the protection of the
accordance with specific terms set forth in writing. health and safety of the public, consistent with the
(18) "Marina" means a small craft harbor Act and these rules, for which no other reasonable
complex used primarily for recreation. alternative exists.
(19) "Oil and gas transportation facilities" (28) "Public utilities" means those services,
means those structures necessary for the movement provided by persons regulated by the Public Service
of oil and gas from the production site to the Commission, or which are provided by rural
consumer. cooperatives, municipalities, or other governmental
(20) "Person" means individuals, minors, agencies, including electricity, telepone, public
partnerships, corporations, joint ventures, estates, water and wastewater services, and structures
trusts, syndicates, fiduciaries, firms, and all other necessary for the provision of these services.
associations and combinations, whether public or (29) "Quality of the preserve" means the degree
private, including governmental entities. of the biological, aesthetic and scientific values of the
(21) "Pier" means a structure in, on, or over
preserve necessary for present and future enjoyment
sovereignty lands, which is used by the public of it in an essentially natural condition.
primarily for fishing, swimming, or viewing the (30) "Resource mananagement agreement" means
preserve. A pier shall not include a dock. a contractual agreement between the board and one

188

V.9.p. 692-25 FLORIDA AQUATIC PRESERVES (R.3/87)
18-20.004

or more parties which does not create an interest in real property but merely authorizes conduct of certain
management activities on lands held by the board.
(31) "Resource Protection Area (RPA) 1"- Areas within the aquatic preserves which have resources of the
highest quality and condition for that area. These resources may include, but are not limited to corals; marine
grassbeds, mangrove swamps; salt-water marsh; oyster bars; archaeological and historial sites; endangered or
threatened species habitat; and, colonial water bird nesting sites.
(32) "Resource Protection Area 2" -Areas within the aquatic preserves which are in transition with either
declining resource protection area 1 resources or new pioneering resources within resource protection area 3.
(33) "Resource Protection area 3"-Areas within the aquatic preserve that are characterized by the absence
of any significant natural resource attributes.
(34) "Riparian rights" means those rights incident to lands bordering upon navigable waters, as recognized
by the courts of this state and common law.
(35) "Sale" means a conveyance of interes in lands, by the board, for consideration.
(36) "Scientific values" means the preservation and promotion of certain qualities or features which have
scientific significance.
(37) "Shore protection structure" means a type of coastal construction designed to minimize the rate of
erosion. Coastal construction includes any work or activity which is likely to have a material physical effect on
existing coastal conditions or natural shore processes.
(38) "Sovereignty lands" means those lands including, but not limited to: tidal lands, islands, sandbars,
shallow banks, and lands waterward of the ordinary or mean highwater line, to which the State of Florida acquired
title March 3,1845, by virtue of statehood, and of which it has not since divested its title interest. For the
purposes of this rule sovereignty lands shall include all submerged lands within the boundaries of the preserve,
title to which is held by the board.
(39) "Spoii" means materials dredged from sovereignty lands which are redeposited or discarded by any means,
onto either sovereignty lands or uplands.
(40) "Transfer" means the act of the board by which any interest in lands, including easements, other than
sale or lease, is conveyed.
(41) "Utility of teh preserve" means fitness of the preserve for the present and future enjoyment of its
biological, aesthetic and scientific values, in an essentially natural condition.
(42) "Water dependent activity" means an activity which can only be conducted on,in,over,or adjacent to,
water areas because the activity requires direct access to the water body or adjacent to, water areas because
the activity requires direct access to the water body or sovereignty lands for transportation, recreation, energy
production or transmission, or source of water and where the use of water or sovereignty lands is an integral
part of the activity.
Specific Authority 258.43(1) FS. Law Implemented 258.37,258.43(1) FS. History-New 2-25-81. Amended 8-7-85.
Formerly 16Q-20.03. Transferred from 16Q-20.003.

18-20.004 Management Policies, Standards and Criteria. The following managment policies, standards and
criteria are supplemental to Chapter 18-21, Florida Administrative Code (Sovereignty Submerged Lands Management(
and shall be utilized in determining whether to approve, approve with conditions or modifications or deny all
requests for activites on sovereignty lands in aquatic preserves.
(1) GENERAL PROPRIETARY
(a) In determining whether to approve or deny any request the Board will evaluate each on a case-by-case
basis and weigh any factors relevant under Chapter 253 and/or 258. Florida Statutes. The Board, acting as Trustees
for all state-owned lands, reserves the right to approve, modify or reject any proposal.
(b) There shall be no further sale, lease or transfer of sovereignty lands except when such sale, lease
or transfer is in the public interest (see Section 18-20.004(2) Public Interest Assessment Criteria).
(c) There shall be no construction of seawalls waterward of the mean or ordinary high water line, or
filling waterward of the mean or ordinary high water line except in the case of public road and and bridge
projects where no reasonable alternative exists.
(d) There shall, in no case, be any dredging waterward of the mean or ordinary high water line for the
sole purpose of providing fill for any area landward of the mean or ordinary high water line.
(e) A lease, easement or consent of use may be authorized only for the following activities:
1. a public navigation project;
2. maintenance of an existing navigational channel:
3. installatioin or maintenance of approved navigational aids;
4. creation or maintenance of a commercial/industrial dock, pier or a marina;
5. creation or maintenance of private docks for reasonable ingress and egress of riparian channels
attendant to docking facilities;
6. minimum dredging for navigation channels attendant to docking facilities;
7. creation or maintenance of a shore protection structure;
8. installation or maintenance of oil and gas transportation facilities;
9. creation, maintenance, replacement or expansion of facilities required for the provision of public
utilities; and
10. other activities which are a publci necessity or which are necessary to enhance the quality or
utility of the preserve and which are consistent with the act and this chapter.
(f) For activities listed in paragraphs 18-20.004(1)(e)1.-10. above, the activity shall be

189

(R.3/87)
18-20.004 INTERNAL IMPROVEMENT TRUST FUND V.9,p.692-2T

designed so that the structure or structures to be built in, on or over sovereignty lands are limited to
structures necessary to conduct water dependent activities.
(g) For activities listed in paragraphs 18-20.004(1)(e)7.,8.,9., and 10, above, it must be demonstrated
that no other reasonable alternative exists which would allow the proposed activity to be constructed or
undertaken outside the preserve.
(h) The use of state-owned lands for the purpose of providing private or public road access to islands
where such access did not previously exist shall be prohibited. The use of state-owned lands for the purpose of
providing private or public water supply to islands where such water supply did not previously exist shall be
prohibited.
(i) Except for public navigation projects and maintenance dredging (or existing channels and basins, any
areas dredged to improve or create navigational access shall be incorporated into the preempted area of any
required lease or be subject to the payment of a negotiated private easement fee.
(j) Private residential multi-slip docking facilities shall require a lease.
(k) Aquaculture and beach renourishment activiteis which comply with the standards of this rule chapter
and Chapter 18-21, Florida Administrative Code, may be approved by the board, but only subsequent to a formal
finding of compatibility with the purposes of Chapter 258, Florida Statutes, and this rule chapter.
(l) Other uses of the preserve, or human activity within the preserve, although not originally contemplated
may be approved by the board, but only subsequent to a formal finding of compatibility with the purposes of
Chapter 258, Florida Statutes, and this rule chapter.
(2) PUBLIC INTEREST ASSESSMENT CRITERIA
In evaluating requests for the sale, lease or transfer of interest, a balancing test will be utilized
to determine whether the social, economic and/or environmental beneficts clearly exceed the costs.
(a) GENERAL BENEFIT/COST CRITERIA:
1. any benefits that are balanced against the costs of a particular project shall be related to the
affected aquatic preserve;
2. in evaluating the benefits and costs of each request, specific consideration and weight shall be given
to the quality and nature of the specific aquatic preserve. Projects in the less developed, more pristine
aquatic preserves such as Apalachicola Bay shall be subject to a higher standard than the more developed urban
aquatic preserves such as Boca Ciego Bay; and,
3. for projects in aquatic preserves with adopted management plans, consistency with the management plan will
be weighed heavily when determining whether the project is in the public interest.
(b) BENEFIT CATEGORIES:
1. public access (public boat ramps, boatslips, etc);
2. provide boating and marina services (repair pumpout, etc);
3. improve and enhance public health, safety, welfare, and law enforcement;
4. improved public land management;
5. improve and enhance public navigation;
6. improve and enhance water quality;
7. enhancement/restoration of natural habitat and functioins; and
8. improve/protect endangered/threatended/unique species.
(c) COSTS:
1. reduced/degraded water quality;
2. reduced/degraded natural habitat and function; and
3. destruction, harm or harassment of endangered or threatened species and habitat;
4. preemption of public use;
5. increasing navigational-hazards and congestion;
6. reduced/ degraded aesthitiecs, and
7. adverse cumulative impacts.
(d) EXAMPLES OF SPECIFIC BENEFITS:
1. donation of land, conservation easements, restrictive covenants or other title interests in or
contiguous to the aquatic preserve which will protect or enhance the aquatic preserve;
2. providing access or facilities for public land management activities;
3. providing public access easements and/or facilities, such as beach access, boat ramps, etc.;
4. restoration/enhancement of altered habitat or natural functions, such as conversion of vertical
bulkheads to riprap and/or vegetation for shoreline stabilization or re-establishment of shoreline or
submerged vegetation;
5. improving fishery habitat through the establishment of artificial reefs or other such projects, where
appropriate;
6. providing sewage pumpout facilities where normally not required, in particular, facilities open to
the general public;
7. improvement to water quality such as removal of toxic sediments, increased flushing and circulation,
etc;
8. providing upland dry storage as an alternative to wetslip; and
9. marketing navigation channels to avoid disruption of shallow water habitats.
(3) RESOURCE MANAGEMENT.
(a) All proposed activities in aquatic preserves having managment plans adopted by the Board must
demonstrate that such activities are consistent with the managment plan.
(b) No drilling of oil, gas, or other such wells shall be allowed.
(c) Utility cables, pipes and other such structures shall be constructed and located in a manner that
will cause minimal disturbance to submerged land resources such as oyster bars and submerged grass beds and do
not interfere with traditional public uses.
(d) Spoil disposal within the preserves shall be strongly discouraged and may be approved only

190

(R.9/88)
V. 9, p. 692-2U FL0RIDA AQUATIC PRESERVES 18-20.004

structures shall be constructed and located in a 3. the dock will extend out from the shoreline ran
manner that will cause minimal disturbance in further than to a maximum depth of minus four
submerged land resources such as oyster bars and - 4) feet (mean low water);
submerged grass beds and do not interfere with 4. when the water depth is minus four 4) feet
traditional public uses. (mean low water) at an existing bulkhead the
(d) Spoil disposal within the preserves shall be maximum dock length from the bulkhead shall be
strongly discouraged and mail be approved only 25 feet. subject to modifications accommodating
where the applicant has demonstrated that there is shoreline vegetatiOn overhang;
no either reasonable alternative and that activity 5. wave break devices, when necessary, shall be
may be beneficial to, or at a minimum. not harmful designed to allow for maximum water circulation
in the quality and utility of the preserve. and shall be built in such a manner as to be pan of
(4) RIPARIAN RIGHTS the dock structure;
(a) None of the provisions of this rule shall be 6. terminal platform size shall be no more than
implemented in a manner that would unreasonably 160 square feet; and
infringe upon the traditional. common law and 7. dredging to obtain navigable water depths in
statutory riparian right or upland riparian conjunction with -private residential, single dock
property owners adjacent to sovereignty lands. applications is strongly discouraged.
(b) The evaluation and determination of the (c) Private residential multi-slip docks shall
reasonable riparian rights or ingress and egress for conform to the following specific design standards
private, residential multi-slip docks shall be based and criteria:
upon the number of linear feet of riparian shoreline. 1. the area of severeignty, submerged land
(c) For the purposes or this rule, a private, preempted by the docking facility %hall not exceed
residential, single docking facility which mects all the square footage amounting in ten times the
the requirments or Rule 18-20.004(5) shall be riparian waterfront footage of the affected
deemed to meet the public interest requirements of waterbody of the applicant. or the square footage
Rule 18-20.O04(1)(b), Florida Administrative attendant to providing a single dock in accordance
Code. However. the applicants for such docking with the criteria for private residential single docks,
facilities must apply for such consent and must meet whichever is greater. A conservation casement or
all or the requirements and standards of this rule other such use restriction acceptable to the board
chapter. must be placed on the riparian shoreline. used for
(5) STANDARDS AND CRITERIA FOR the calculation of the 10: 1 threshold, to conserve and
DOCKING FACILITIES protect shoreline resources and subordinate waive
(a) All docking facilities, whether for a single or any further riparian rights or ingress and egress for
multi-slip residential or commercial, shall be additional docking facilities;
subject to the following standards and criteria: 2. docking facilities and access channels shall be
1. no dock shall extend waterward or the mean prohibited in Resource Protection Area I or 2,
or ordinary high water line more than 500 feet or 20 except as allowed pursuant to Section
percent of the width or the waterbody at that 258.42(3)(c)l., Florida Statutes, while dredging in
particular location whichever is less; Resource Protection Area 3 shall be strongly
2. certain docks may fall within areas or special discouraged;
or unique importance. These areas may be or 3. docking facilities shall only be approved in
significant biological, scientific, historic and/or locations having adequate existing water depths in
aesthetic value and require special management the boat mooring. turning basin, access channels,
considerations. Modifications may be more and other such areas which will accommodate the
restrictive than the normally accepted criteria. Such proposed boat use in order to insure that a minimum
modifications shall be deter-mined on a case-by-case of one foot clearance is provided between the deepest
analysis. and may include, but shall not be limited in draft of a vessel and the bottom at mean low water;
changes in location, configuration, length, width 4. main access docks and connecting or cross
and height; walks shall not exceed six (6) feet in width;
3. the number, lengths, drafts and types of 5. terminal platforms shall not exceed eight (8)
vessels allowed to utilize the proposed facility may feet in width;
also be stipulated; and 6. Finger piers shall not exceed three (3) feet in
A. where local governments have more stringent width. and 25 feet in length;
standards and criteria for docking facilities, the 7. pilings may be utilized as required to provide
more stringent standards for the protection and adequate mooring capabilities; and
enhancement of the aquatic preserve shall prevail. 8. the following provisions or Rule
(b) Private residential single docks shall 18-20.O04(5)(d) shall also apply to private
conform to the following specific design standards residential multi-slip docks.
and criteria: (d) Commercial, industrial and other revenue
1 1. any main access dock shall be limited to a generating/income related docking facilities shall
maximum width of four (4) feet; conform to the following specific design standards
2. the dock decking design and construction will and criteria:
insure maximum light penetration, with full 1. docking facilities shall only be located in or
consideration of safety and practicality; near areas with good circulation, flushing and
adequate Water depths;

-191

(R.9/88)
18-20.006 INTERNAL IMPROVEMENT TRUST FUND V.9,p.692-2V

2. docking facilities and access channels shall be prohibited in Resource Protection Area 1 or 2, except
as allowed pursuant to Sections 258.42(3)(e)1.,Florida Statutes; while dredging in Resource Protection
Area 3 shall be strongly discouraged;
3. the docking facilities shall not be located in Resource Protection Area 1 or 2; however, main access
docks may be allowed to pass through Resource Protection Area 1 or 2, that are located along the shoreline,
to reach an acceptable Resource Protection Area 3,provided that such crossing will generate minimal
environmental impact;
4. beginning July 1, 1986 new docking facilities may obtain a lease only where the local governments
have an adopted marina plan and/or policies dealing with the siting of commercial/industrial and private
residental, multi-slip docking facilities in their local governement comprehensive plan;
5. the sitting of the docking facilitis shall also take into account the access of the boat traffic to
avoid marine grassbeds or other aquatic resources in the surrounding areas;
6. the sitting of new facilities within the preserve shall be secondary in the expansions of exisiting
facilities within the preserve when such expansion is consistent with the other standards;
7. the location of new facilities and expansion of existing facilities shall consider the use of upland
dry storage as an alternative to multiple wet-slip docking;
8. marina siting will be coordinated with local governments to insure consistency with all local plans
and ordinances;
9. marinas shall no be sited within state designated manatee sanctuaries; and
10. in any areas with known managee concentrations, manatee warning/notice and/or speed limit signs
shall be erected at the marina and/or ingress and egress channels, according to Florida Marine Patrol
specifications.
(e) Exceptions to the standards and criteria listed in Rule 18-20.004(5), Florida Administrative Code,
may be considered, but only upon demonstration by the applicant that such exceptions are necessary to
insure reasonable riparian ingess and egress.
(6) MANAGEMENT AGREEMENTS
The board may enter into management agreements with local agencies for the administration and enforcement
of standards and criteria for private residential single docks.
(7) In addition to the policies, standards and criteria delineated in subsectioins (1) through (6), the
provisions of the following managment plans apply to specific aquatic preserves and are incorporated
herein by reference. Where regulatory criteria in 18-20, F.A.C. , may differ with specific politics in the
management plans listed herein, the general rule criteria shall prevail.
Date Adopted
Alligator Harbor September 23,1986
Banana River September 17,1985
Cockroach Bay April 21, 1987
Estero Bay September 6, 1983
Charlotte Harbor
(Capte Haze,
Gasparilla
Sound-Charlotte
Harbor, Matlacha
Pass and Pine Island
Sound) May 18, 1983
Indian River-Malabar
to Vero Beach January 21, 1986
Indian River Lagoon
(Vero Beach to Fort
Pierce and Jensen
Beach to Jupiter
Inlet) January 22, 1985
Loxahatchee
River-Lake Worth
Creek June 12,1984
Nassau River-St.
Johns River Marshes
and Fort Clinch
State Park April 22,1986
North Fork of the St,
Lucie River May 22,1984
St. Joseph Bay June 2,1987
St. Martins Marsh September 9,1987
Terra Ceia April 21,1987
Wekiva River August 25,1987
Specific Authority 258.43(1) FS. Law Implemented 258.41, 258.42, 258.43(1), 258.44 FS. History- New
2-25-81. Amended 6-7-85. Formerly 16q-20.004, Transferred from 16q-20.004, Amended 9-4-88.
18-20.005 Uses, Sales, Leases or Transfer of Interests in Lands, or Materials, Held by the Board.
Specific Authority 258.43(1) FS Law Implemented 253.02, 253.12, 258.42 FS. History- New 2-25-81,
Repealed 8-7-85, Formerly 16q-20.05, Transferred from 16q-20.005.
18-20.006 cumulative Impacts In evaluating applications for activities within the preserves or which may impact the preserves, the department
recognizes that, while a particular alteration of the preserve may constitute a minor change, the cumulative effect fo numerous such changes often
results in major impairments to the resources of the preserve. Therefore, the depatrment shall evaluate a porticular site for which the activity is
proposed with the recognition that the activity may, in conjunction with other activities adversely affect the preserve which is part
of a complete and interrelated system. The impact of a proposed activity shall be considered in light of its cumulative impact on the
preserve's natural system. The department shall include as a part of its evaluation of an activity:
(1) The number and extent of similar human actions within the preserve which have previously affected or are likely to affect the preserve, whether
considered by the department under its current authority or which existed prior to or since the enactment of the Act; and
(2) The similar activities within the preserve

192

(R. 9/88)
V. 9, p. 692-2W FLORIDA AQUATIC PRESERVES 18-20.012

which are currently under consideration by the aquatic preserve system, subject to confirmation by
department; and the legislature.
(3) Direct and indirect effects upon the preserve (2) The board may, after public notice and
and adjacent preserves, if applicable, which may public hearing in the county or counties in which the
reasonably be expected to result from the activity; proposed expanded or new preserve is to be located,
and adopt a resolution formally setting aside such areas
(4) The extent to which the activity is consistent to be included in the system.
with management plans for the preserve, when (3) The resolution setting aside an aquatic
developed; and preserve area shall include:
(5) The extent to which the activity is (a) A legal description of the area to be included.
permissible within the preserve in accordance with A map depicting the legal description shall also be
comprehensive plans adopted by affected local attached.
governments, pursuant to section 163.3161, F.S., (b) The designation or the type of aquatic
and other applicable plans adopted by local, state. preserve.
and federal governmental agencies; (c) A general statement of what is sought in to be
(6) The extent to which the loss of beneficial preserved.
hydrologic and biologic functions would adversely (d) A statement that the area established as a
impact the quality or utility of the preserve; and preserve shall be subject to the management criteria
(7) The extent to which mitigation measures and directives of this chapter.
may compensate for adverse impacts. (c) A directive to develop a natural resource
Specific Authority 258.43(1) FS. Law Implemented inventory and a management plan for the area being
258.123,258.124(8),258.44 FS. History--New 2-25-81, established as an aquatic preserve.
Repealed 8-7-85, Formerly 16Q-20.07, Transferred from
16Q-20.007. (4) Within 30 days of the designation and
18-20.007 Protection of Riparian Rights. establishment of an aquatic preserve, the board
Specific Authority 258.43(1) FS. Law Implemented shall record in the public records of the county or
258.123,258.124(8),258.44 FS. History--New 2-25-81, counties in which the preserve is located a legal
Repealed 8-7-85, Formerly 16Q-20.07, Transferred from description of the preserve.
16Q.20.007. Specific Authority 258.43(1) FS. Law Implemented
238.41 FS. History--New 2-25-81, Formerly 16Q-20.09,
18-20.008 Inclusion or Lands, Title to Which Transferred from 16Q-20.009.
Is Not Vested in the Board, in a Preserve.
(1) Lands and water bottoms which art within 18-20.010 Exchange of Lands. The board in its
designated aquatic preserve boundaries, or adjacent discretion may exchange lands for the benefit of the
thereto and which are owned by other governmental preserve, provided that:
agencies, may be included in an aquatic preserve (1) In no case shall an exchange result in any
upon specific authorization for inclusion by an land or water area being withdrawn from the
appropriate instrument in writing executed by the preserve; and
agency. (2) Exchanges shall be in the public interest and
(2) Lands and water bottoms which are within shall maintain or enhance the quality or utility of
designated aquatic preserve boundaries or adjacent the preserve.
thereto, and which are in private ownership, may be Specific Authority 258.43(1) FS. Law Implemented
included in an aquatic preserve upon specific 258.41(5), 258.42(1) FS. History--New 2-25-81,
authorization for inclusion by an appropriate Formerly 16A-20.10, Transferred from 16Q-20.010.
instrument in writing executed by the owner. 18-20.011 Gifts of Lands. The board in its
(3) The appropriate instrument shall be either a discretion may accept any gifts of lands or interests
dedication in perpetuity, or a lease. Such lease shall in lands within or contiguous to the preserve to
contain the following conditions: maintain or enhance the quality and utility of the
(a) The term of the lease shall be for a minimum preserve.
period of ten years. Specific Authority 258.43(1) FS. Law Implemented
(b) The board shall have the power and duty to 258.42(5) FS. History--New 2-25-81, Formerly
enforce the provisions of each lease agreement, and 16Q-20.11, Transferred from 16Q-20.011.
shall additionally have the power to terminate any 18-20.012 Protection of Indigenous Life
lease if the termination is in the best interest of the Forms. The taking of indigenous life forms for sale
aquatic preserve system, and shall have the power to
or commercial use is prohibited, except that this
include such lands in any agreement for prohibition shall not extend to the commercial
management of such lands. taking of fin fish, crustacea or mollusks, except as
(c) The board shall pay no more than $1 per year prohibited under applicable laws, rules or
for any such lease. regulations. Members of the public may exercise
Specific Authority 258.43(1) FS. Law Implemented
258.40,258.41 FS. History--New 2-25-81. Formerly their rights to fish, so long as not contrary to other
16Q-20.08, Transferred from 16Q-20.008. statutory and regulatory provisions controlling such
activities.
18-20.009 Establishment or Expansion of Specific Authority 258.43(1) FS. Law Implemented
Aquatic Preserves. 258.43(1) FS. History--New 2-25-81, Formerly
(1) The board may expand existing preserves or 16Q-20.12, Transferred from 16Q-20.012.
establish additional areas to be included in the

193

(R. 9/88)
18-20.017 INTERNAL IMPROVEMENT TRUST FUND V. 9, p. 692-2X
18-20.013 Development of Resource 18-20.017 Lake Jackson Aquatic Preserve. In
Inventories and Management Plans for addition to the provisions of Rules 18-20.001
Preserves. through 18-20.016, the following requirements
(1) The board authorizes and directs the division shall also apply to all proposed activities within the
to develop a resource inventory and management Lake Jackson Aquatic Preserve. If any provisions of
plan for each preserve. this Rule are In conflict with any provisions of Rules
(2) The division may perform the work to 18-20.001 through 18-20.016 or Chapter 73-534.
develop the inventories and plans, or may enter into Laws of Florida, the stronger provision for the
agreements with other persons to perform the work. protection or enhancement of the aquatic preserve
In either case, all work performed shall be subject to shall prevail.
board approval. (1) No further sale, transfer or lease of
Specific Authority 258.43(1) FS. Law Implemented sovereignty lands in the preserve shall be approved
253.03(7), 253.03(8) FS. History--New 2-25-81, or consummated by the Borard, except upon a
Amended 8-7-85, Formerly 16Q-20.13, Transferred from showing of extreme hardship on the part of the
16Q-20.013. applicant or when the board shall determine such
18-20.014 Enforcement. The rules shall be sale, transfer or lease to be in the public interest.
enforced as provided in Section 258.46. (2) No further dredging or filling of sovereignty
Specific Authority 258.43(1) FS. Law Implemented lands of the preserve shall be approved or tolerated
258.46 FS. History--New 2-25-81, Formerly 16Q-20.14, by the Board of Trustees except:
Transferred from 16Q-20.014. (a) Such minimum dredging and spoiling as may
be authorized for public navigation projects or for
18-20.015 Application Form.
Specific Authority 253.43(1) FS. Law Implemented preservation of the lake according to the expressed
258.43 FS. History--New 2-25-81. Repealed 8-7-85. intent of Chapter 73-534. Laws or Florida; and
Formerly 16Q-20.15, Transferred from 16Q-20.015. (b) Such other alteration of physical conditions
as may be necessary to enhance the quality or utility
18-20.016 Coordination with Other of the preserve.
Governmental Agencies. Where a Department of (3) There shall be no drilling or wells,
Environmental Regulation permit is required for excavation for shell or minerals, and no erection of
activities on sovereignty lands the department will structures (other than docks), within the preserve,
coordinate with the Department of Environmental unless such activity is associated with activity
Regulation to obtain a copy of the joint Department authorized by Chapter 73-534. Laws of Florida.
of Army/Florida Department of Environmental (4) The Board shall not approve the relocations
Regulation permit application and the biological or bulkhead lines within the preserve.
survey. The information contained in the joint (5) Notwithstanding otherr provisions of this act,
permit application and biological assessment shall the board may, respecting lands lying within the
be considered by the department in preparing its Lake Jackson basin:
staff recommendations to the board. The board may (a) Enter into agreements for and establish lines
also consider the reports of other governmental delineating sovereignty and privately owned lands;
agencies that have related management or
(b) Enter into agreements for the exchange and
permitting responsibilities regarding the proposed exchange sovereignty lands for privately owned
activity. lands;
Specific Authority 253.43l) FS. Law implemented (c) Accept gifts or land within or contiguous to
259.43 FS. History--New 2-25-81, Formerly 16Q-20.16, the preserve.
Transferred from 16Q-20.016. Specific Authority 258.39(26) FS. Law Implemented
238.39(26). 258.43 FS. History--New 8-7-85. Formerly
16Q-20.017. Transferred from 16Q-20.017.

194

NOAA COASTAL SERVICES CTR LIBRARY

3 6668 14111318 5 8q1
4q1
4q1
4q1
0q1
6q1
4q1
6q1
0q1
4q1
8q1
8q1
0q1
4q1
84q1